Angularly varying light emitting device with a light sensor

ABSTRACT

A light emitting system comprises an angularly varying light emitting device (AVLED) operable to individually adjust light flux output from the one or more light sources into different angular bins in the environment and a light sensor positioned to receive light from the environment. The AVLED emits light flux into different angular bins in the environment, the at least one light sensor provides first information related to light from the light flux from each of the different angular bins reflected from the environment in one or more spatial zones, and the AVLED adjusts the light flux output in at least one angular bin based at least in part on analysis of the first information received by the light sensor and a target light property for the one or more spatial zones. The target light property may be luminance, irradiance, or illuminance.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.16/949,353, filed Oct. 27, 2020, entitled “Angularly varying lightemitting device with an imager,” which is a continuation-in-part of U.S.application Ser. No. 16/406,005, filed May 7, 2019, entitled “Method ofilluminating an environment using an angularly varying light emittingdevice and an imager,” which claims the benefit of U.S. ProvisionalApplication No. 62/667,629 entitled “Angularly varying light emittingdevice comprising an imager,” filed May 7, 2018, the entire contents ofeach are incorporated by reference herein.

BACKGROUND

Traditional light sources create shadows in the environment and directlight into spatial zones where the light is not needed. A system,devices and methods are needed that can optimize the illumination orirradiation of an environment for many different needs for modes ofillumination or irradiation.

BRIEF SUMMARY

In one embodiment, an Angularly Varying Light Emitting Device (AVLED) orsystem comprising and AVLED comprises an imager wherein the spectraland/or flux output from the AVLED is adjusted to provide increasedefficiency, increased safety, or other functionalities by independentlyadjusting the light flux output and/or spectral content of the lightflux output for a plurality of angular bins of the AVLED, optionallyusing information from one or more images from one or more imagers.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 is a side view of an embodiment of a system comprising a firstAVLED and a second AVLED.

FIG. 2 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a method ofproviding illumination in an environment including angular cycling anangularly varying light emitting device.

FIG. 3 is a tabular presentation illustrating examples of modes ofillumination and/or irradiation for a one or more AVLEDs in anillumination and/or irradiation system comprising one or more AVLEDs.

FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of generating a lightfield map including angular cycling one or more AVLEDs.

FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of light flux outputadjustment in two or more angular bins for one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation.

FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrating a second method of light fluxoutput adjustment in two or more angular bins for one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation.

FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of light flux outputadjustment in two or more angular bins to reduce shadow zones.

FIG. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of differentiatingbetween a shadow region and a dark object 800.

FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of an AVLED with anaxially redirecting optical element (AROE) that totally internallyreflects light from one or more light sources.

FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of an AVLED with anAROE that reflects light.

FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED comprising a spatialarray light source, an AROE, and an imager.

FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED comprising a laser, ascanner, an AROE, and an imager.

FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED comprising a spatialarray light source on a substrate.

FIG. 14 is a top view of a spatial array light source comprising aplurality of substrates oriented at an angle to each other.

FIG. 15 is a side view of the spatial array light source of FIG. 14.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The features and other details of the invention will now be moreparticularly described. It will be understood that particularembodiments described herein are shown by way of illustration and not aslimitations of the invention. The principal features of this inventioncan be employed in various embodiments without departing from the scopeof the invention. All parts and percentages are by weight unlessotherwise specified.

Glossary

In describing one or more embodiments, the following terms are definedas set forth below. When an element such as a layer, region or substrateis referred to herein as being “on” or extending “onto” another element,it can be directly on or extend directly onto the other element orintervening elements may also be present. In contrast, when an elementis referred to herein as being “directly on” or extending “directlyonto” another element, there are no intervening elements present. Also,when an element is referred to herein as being “connected” or “coupled”to another element, it can be directly connected or coupled to the otherelement or intervening elements may be present. In contrast, when anelement is referred to herein as being “directly connected” or “directlycoupled” to another element, there are no intervening elements present.

Although the terms “first”, “second”, etc. may be used herein todescribe various elements, components, regions, layers, sections and/orparameters, these elements, components, regions, layers, sections and/orparameters should not be limited by these terms. These terms are onlyused to distinguish one element, component, region, layer or sectionfrom another region, layer or section. Thus, a first element, component,region, layer or section discussed below could be termed a secondelement, component, region, layer or section without departing from theteachings of the present inventive subject matter.

Furthermore, relative terms, such as “lower” or “bottom” and “upper” or“top,” may be used herein to describe one element's relationship toanother element as illustrated in the Figures. Such relative terms areintended to encompass different orientations of the device in additionto the orientation depicted in the Figures. For example, if the devicein the Figures is turned over, elements described as being on the“lower” side of other elements would then be oriented on “upper” sidesof the other elements. The exemplary term “lower”, can therefore,encompass both an orientation of “lower” and “upper,” depending on theparticular orientation of the figure. Similarly, if the device in one ofthe figures is turned over, elements described as “below” or “beneath”other elements would then be oriented “above” the other elements. Theexemplary terms “below” or “beneath” can, therefore, encompass both anorientation of above and below.

As used herein, “array” includes an arrangement of elements where thespacing between the elements in one or more directions may be regular,irregular, random, partially random, or some combination thereof. Itincludes non-planar arrangements of elements such as an arrangement oflight emitting diodes along a surface of a hemisphere spaced at every 5degrees from the radial center of the corresponding spherical shape, forexample.

As used herein, the term “substantially,” e.g., in the expressions“substantially circular”, “substantially level”, “substantiallyparallel”, “substantially perpendicular”, “substantially cylindrical”,“substantially coaxial”, etc., means at least about 90% correspondencewith the feature recited. For example, an element that is “substantiallycircular” means that a circle can be drawn having the formula x2+y2=1,where imaginary axes can be drawn at a location where the y coordinateof each point on the structure is within 0.90 to 1.10 times the valueobtained by inserting the x coordinate of such point into such formula.The expression “substantially level” means that at least 90% of thepoints in the surface which is characterized as being substantiallylevel are located on one of or between a pair of planes which are leveland which are spaced from each other by a distance of not more than 10%of the largest dimension of the surface. The expression “substantiallyparallel” means that two lines (or two planes) diverge from each otherat most by an angle of 10% of 90 degrees, i.e., 9 degrees. Theexpression “substantially perpendicular”, as used herein, means that atleast 90% of the points in the structure which is characterized as beingsubstantially perpendicular to a reference plane or line are located onone of or between a pair of planes (1) which are perpendicular to thereference plane, (2) which are parallel to each other and (3) which arespaced from each other by a distance of not more than 10% of the largestdimension of the structure. The expression “substantially cylindrical”(and analogous statements), as used herein, means that at least 90% ofthe points in the surface which is characterized as being substantiallycylindrical are located on one of or between a pair of imaginarycylindrical structures which are spaced from each other by a distance ofnot more than 10% of their largest dimension. The expression“substantially coaxial” means that the axes of the respective surfacesdefine an angle of not greater than 10% of 90 degrees, i.e., 9 degrees.

As used herein, “angular bin” is a range of angles from an origin suchas a light fixture or light emitting device. The range may be definedwithin in one plane, a range of angles defined by two orthogonal planes,a range of angles represented by theta and phi in spherical coordinates,or asymmetric or non-uniform range of angles defined by a closed shapeprojection onto a sphere with the source at the center. The angles in an“angular bin” may be defined relative to an axis or specific direction,such as the nadir in a downlight light fixture application or adirection perpendicular to a light emitting surface of the device (thedevice axis). In some embodiments, the axis of the device is the opticalaxis of the light output. In other embodiments, the optical axis is atan angle greater than 0 degrees from the device axis, and the lightoutput is off-axis.

As used here, the “optical axis” of an angularly varying light emittingdevice (AVLED) emitting light from a plurality of sources, a singlelight source, an angular bin, or light output from an axial redirectingoptical element redirecting light from one or more light sources is thecentral angle of the light output from the corresponding angularlyvarying light emitting device, light source, angular bin, or lightoutput from an axial redirecting optical element, respectively when thecorresponding light sources are emitting light at the same intensity orat their peak intensity during normal use.

The expression “light emitting device”, as used herein, is not limited,except that it indicates that the device is capable of emitting light.That is, a lighting device can be a device which illuminates orirradiates an object, individual, animal, area or volume. For example,in one embodiment, the light emitting device is of the type,illuminates, irradiates, or is a component of one or more selected fromthe group: a structure, a swimming pool or spa, a room, a warehouse, anindicator, a road, a parking lot, a vehicle, signage, e.g., road signs,a billboard, a ship, a toy, a mirror, a vessel, an electronic device, aboat, an aircraft, a stadium, a computer, a remote audio device, aremote video device, a cell phone, a tree, a window, an LCD display, acave, a tunnel, a yard, a lamppost. In another embodiment, the lightemitting device is a device that is used for edge lighting,back-lighting, or front-lighting an active or passive display or sign,(e.g., back light poster, signage, LCD displays). In another embodiment,the light emitting device is a light bulb replacement (e.g., forreplacing AC incandescent lights, low voltage lights, fluorescentlights, etc.), a light used for outdoor lighting, light used forsecurity lighting, light used for exterior residential lighting (wallmounts, post/column mounts), a streetlight, a ceiling fixture or wallsconce, an under cabinet light fixture, a lamp (floor and/or tableand/or desk), a light fixture directing light upwards (uplighting)and/or downwards (down lighting), a landscape light, a track light, atask light, a specialty light, a ceiling fan light, an archival/artdisplay light, a high vibration/impact light—work light, etc., amirrors/vanity light, a flashlight, a head-worn lighting deviceilluminating or irradiating the environment external to the personwearing the head-worn lighting device (such as a helmet mounted lightingdevice, visor mounted lighting device, glasses mounted lighting device,head-mounted display lighting device, headlamp, or headband lightingdevice), or any other light emitting device providing illumination orirradiation of an object and/or environment or providing a visualdisplay of sign, indicia, media, graphic, image, video, or combinationthereof by emitting light.

A “spatial light modulator” or SLM as used herein is an object thatimposes some form of spatially varying modulation on a beam of light.The modulation may modulate the intensity or phase of the incident lightand the SLM may be electrically addressed or optically addressed.

“Optically coupled” as used herein means connected, whether directly orindirectly, for purposes of transmitting a light beam. A first and asecond element may be optically coupled if a beam may be provided fromthe first element to the second element, whether or not an intermediatecomponent manipulates the beam between the first and second elements.

A “light property” as used herein is the measured, estimated, orcalculated luminance of a surface, radiance of a surface, relativeintensity of a surface, color or spectral properties of light reflectedfrom a surface, illuminance of a surface, irradiance of a surface,luminous exposure of a surface, region, or spatial zone, radiantexposure of a surface, region, or spatial zone, or color or spectralproperties of light directed to a surface. As used herein, a “shadowzone”, or “shadow region” is a spatial zone with a light property lessthan a target light property or light property in a spatial zone lessthan a neighboring (adjacent) spatial zone due to light occlusion fromone or more surfaces. As used herein, a “wavelength band of interest” isthe spectral range of wavelengths of light of interest based on one ormore selected from the group: the light emitting device application, theillumination mode, the irradiation mode, the light emitting device, andenvironment to be illuminated As used herein, a first device, such as afirst imager, is “remote from” a second device, such as a second imagerwhen the first device and second device are not parts of a single devicelarger than the first or second device. For example, a first imager in afirst AVLED downlight in the same ceiling as a second AVLED downlight isremote from a second imager in the second AVLED. In this example, thetwo imagers may be indirectly supported by the same ceiling or the samedrop ceiling T-bar, powered by the same electrical power supply line, orin communication with each other or the same server, for example, andremain remote from each other as there is no larger device encompassingboth imagers.

Unless otherwise defined, all terms (including technical and scientificterms) used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by oneof ordinary skill in the art to which this inventive subject matterbelongs. It will be further understood that terms, such as those definedin commonly used dictionaries, should be interpreted as having a meaningthat is consistent with their meaning in the context of the relevant artand the present disclosure and will not be interpreted in an idealizedor overly formal sense unless expressly so defined herein. It will alsobe appreciated by those of skill in the art that references to astructure or feature that is disposed “adjacent” another feature mayhave portions that overlap or underlie the adjacent feature.

System Comprising Angularly Varying Light Emitting Device

In one embodiment a system for providing illumination, irradiation, or adisplay comprises one or more angularly varying light emitting devices.In another embodiment, the system comprises an angularly varying lightemitting device (AVLED) and one or more sensors (such as a camera, lightsensor (photosensor) , occupancy sensor, scanner, or position sensor,for example) where the AVLED comprises at least one sensor and/or asensor is positioned remote from the AVLED and is in communication,directly or indirectly with the AVLED, or a control system comprisingthe sensor or in communication with the sensor is also in communicationwith the AVLED. The system and/or AVLED may operate in one or moreillumination and/or irradiation modes. In another embodiment, the AVLEDor system comprising at least one AVLED has a setup configuration and/ormeasurement that cycles through one or more light sources in one or moreangular bins of one or more AVLEDs (herein called “angular cycling”),optionally adjusting the intensity over a range within each angular bin,and the light reflected from the environment is detected by a sensor orcamera on the AVLED, one or more other AVLEDs, or another devicecomprising a sensor or camera such as a portable device or mobile phone.In this embodiment, a second AVLED can similarly cycle through theangular bins and the combined information from one or more sensors orcameras detecting the light from the AVLEDs cycling through the angularbins is used in one or more modes of operation (such as to follow byillumination an individual or animal, identify the location of anindividual by illuminating the individual from one or more AVLEDs,determine the optimum angular bin of the optimum AVLED to use forilluminating or irradiating a location, determine the optimum AVLED touse to avoid glare to the eyes of an individual, provide variableillumination or irradiation controlled by an individual, providepredictive illumination to illuminate ahead of an individual taking intoaccount possible shadows, or other modes disclosed herein).

Angularly Varying Light Emitting Device (AVLED)

An angularly varying light emitting device (AVLED) is a light emittingdevice with an electrically controllable light output that can varyangularly with an increase or decrease in the light flux output(including turning the light off or on) independently in one or moreangular bins oriented at an angle relative to a device axis or lightoutput surface. The change may occur automatically, such as a programmedchange at a specific time in the future or automatically in response todata from one or more sensors, or the change may be manually controlled.The system comprising one or more AVLEDs and/or one or more AVLEDs maycomprise one or more devices or components that facilitate an electricalpower connection, control connection, or communication connectionbetween the one or more AVLEDs (and optionally other devices), and/orbetween one or more sensors, and/or between one or more sensors and theone or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment, the one or more AVLEDs compriseat least one sensor, such as a camera, wherein the angular output oflight from the one or more AVLEDs changes due to an analysis of datafrom the one or more sensor at one or more time periods. In anotherembodiment, the system comprises a fixed, mounted, or mobile controller,application or program on an input device (such as an application on acellular phone) that changes or programs the system to change theangular output from the one or more AVLEDs immediately, in the future,automatically, in response to sensor input, in response to input fromanother device, or based on one or more modes of illumination orirradiation. In one embodiment, the system or one or more AVLEDs operatein one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation.

Light Source of the Avled

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more light sourcesselected from the group: inorganic light emitting diode, organic lightemitting diode, active matrix organic light emitting diode, micro-lightemitting diode device (micro-LED device), photonic crystal lightemitting diode, light emitting polymer, polymer light emitting diode,light emitting diode emitting substantially polarized light, highefficiency plasma light source, nanocrystal based light emitting diode,quantum well-based light source, fluorescent light source or bulb,graphene-coated light emitting diode, direct emission from graphene,electroluminescent light source, light source with a luminophore,organic light emitting transistor, incandescent lamp, arc lamp,bioluminescent light source, cathodoluminescent light source,chemiluminescent light source, cryoluminescent light source,electrochemiluminescent light source, light emitting electrochemicalcell, electroluminescent wire, field-induced polymer electroluminescentlight source, laser, laser diode, solid-state laser, quantum well laser,whispering gallery mode laser, electrically pumped quantum dot basedmicro-ring laser, supercontinuum laser, piezoluminescent light source,photoluminescent light source, fluorescent light source, phosphorescentlight source, photoluminescent polarizer, quantum rod based lightsource, nano-wire based light source, quantum dot electroluminescent,microplasma array (such as for UV spot disinfection or bactericide),excimer light source, and thermoluminescent light source. Examples ofthe light sources, systems comprising the light sources, accessories,and their related technology that may be incorporated into one or moreembodiments include those described in Handbook of Advanced LightingTechnology, Editors Robert Karlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, Georges Zissis,Ruiqing Ma, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland, 2017, VolumeI, Parts I, II, and III (pp. 3-441), the pages are incorporated byreference herein. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a laser lightsource that illuminates one or more phosphors (such as phosphor layer300 micron by 300 micrometers in size) such that a high lumen source maybe generated in small area to be able to collimate and/or scan thelight. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a red, green, blue, andwhite micro-LED array or a red, green, and blue micro-LED array and awhite micro-LED array. Light sources with other colors or spectral bandssuch as amber, cyan, magenta, yellow, and/or ultraviolet may also beused in the micro-LED array. In one embodiment, the light from a red,green, and blue micro-LED array is combined with the light from a whitemicro-LED array using a beam combiner (which could be TIR based,polarization based, or spectral filter/dichroic filter based, forexample) such as those used in projection displays light engines.

Angular Output of the Avled Light Source

In one embodiment, the light source for the AVLED, such as a micro-arrayof light emitting diodes or an array of one of the other aforementionedlight sources, is in a collimating package, has chip scale optics,primary optic, substrate free primary optic light emitter package, orhas internal or surface diffractive structures with a dimension lessthan 1 or 5 micrometers in one or more directions that result in areduced angular width of light output relative to a similar light sourcewithout the package, optics, or structures, respectively. In oneembodiment, the reduced angular width light source has a light outputfull-angular width at half-maximum intensity in one light output planeor two orthogonal light output planes less than 60 degrees, 50 degrees,40 degrees, 30 degrees, 20 degrees, 10 degrees, 8 degrees, 5 degrees, 4degrees, 3 degrees, 2 degrees, and 1 degree.

Examples of packages, optics, photonic structures, diffractivestructures that may be used to reduce the angular width of the lightoutput of the light source and/or AVLED comprising one or more of thelight sources are found in US Patent Publications US20160013373,US20090014740, US20080121912, US20080037116, US20060113638,US20150036358, US20100148193, US20080081531, US20180083156,US20100053980, and US20090045416, the contents of each are incorporatedby reference herein.

In one embodiment, the angular light output from the light source ismodified by one or more optical elements, lenses and/or the axis of thelight output from one or more light sources, or an individual pixel ofan array of light sources, is modified by an axially redirecting opticalelement (AROE). In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial arraylight source comprising a micro-LED array wherein each micro-LED has areduced angular width (such as a full-angular width at half-maximumintensity in one light output plane or two orthogonal light outputplanes less than 5 degrees). In this embodiment, the AVLED may furthercomprise an AROE that redirects the optical axes of the light from eachmicro-LED into different directions and the reduced angular widthenables a substantially focus-free lens, optical element, or AROE todirect the light output such that at a first distance from the AVLED orfurther, the light output for one or more angular bins is sufficientlydefined and overlaps a neighboring angular bin by less than one selectedfrom the group of 20%, 15%, 10%, 8%, 6%, and 5% of the angular width ofthe first bin in one or more output bins. In one embodiment, the firstdistance is greater than one selected from the group 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4,0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 meters.In one embodiment, the AVLED or AROE can be rotated, such as on a gimbalmount to direct the light output to a different range of angular bins.

Spectral Properties of the Aved or Aved Light Source

In one embodiment the light output of the AVLED or AVLED light source issubstantially within the wavelength range between 400 nanometers and 700nanometers, between 380 nanometers and 720 nanometers, above 700nanometers, below 400 nanometers, between 380 nanometers and 420nanometers, or within a combination of one or more of the aforementionedwavelength ranges. In one embodiment, the AVLED, spatial array of lightsources, or light sources for each angular bin of a plurality of angularbins in an AVLED comprises one or more light sources emitting lightwithin different wavelength bands, such as a red light emitting diode, ablue light emitting diode, a green light emitting diode, and a phosphorconverted white light emitting diode. In another embodiment, the colorof the light sent to each angular bin is selectively controlledindependently in addition to the intensity or flux. In a furtherembodiment, the light from a plurality of light sources is directed intothe same angular bin, such as by using the same axially redirectingoptical element (or sub-element of the AROE) for the plurality of lightsources, or a scanner and optionally a beam combiner. In anotherembodiment, one or more light sources or an AVLED comprising one or morelight sources comprises an infrared light emitting light source. In thisembodiment, the infrared light may be independently directed todifferent angular bins to warm an individual who may be sitting indifferent locations in the room. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises aplurality of luminophores (such as different down conversion materials)in a pattern on an element that may spin or be imaged (such as describedin US Patent Application Publication No. US20130194644, the entirecontents are incorporated by reference herein).

In one embodiment, the light source emits light with a first wavelengthband and the emitted light interacts with one or more luminophores suchthat the light output from the AVLED or light emitting device comprisingthe light source emits light in a second wavelength band different fromthe first wavelength band. In one embodiment, the luminophore (alsoreferred to as a lumiphore or lumiphore) a comprises one or moreselected from the group: phosphors, scintillators, alkaline-earthorthosilicate or aluminates (optionally with Europium and/or Manganese),Barium ortho-silicates, Barium-Strontium-orthosilicate mixed crystals,BaMgAl₁₀O₁₇:Eu²⁺ (BAM), Y₂O₃:Eu phosphor, ZnS:Mn, ZnS-based phosphors,CdS phosphor, Europium(II)-doped alkaline earth aluminates, Y₂SiO₅:Ce³ ⁺phosphors, Zn₂SiO₄:Mn(P1) phosphors, Oxide phosphor, Cerium(III)-dopedYAG (YAG:Ce³⁺, or Y₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce³⁺ or Y₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce) (including substitutingthe cerium with other rare-earth elements such as terbium and gadoliniumand can even be further adjusted by substituting some or all of thealuminum in the YAG with gallium), Europium(II)-doped β-SiAlON, SiAlONphosphor and a red CaAlSiN₃-based (CASN) phosphor, green emitting copperand aluminum doped zinc sulfide (ZnS:Cu,Al) phosphor, SrGa₂S₄:Euphosphors, Y₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce phosphors, (Y,Gd)₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce phosphors,Gd₃Al₅O₁₂:Ce phosphors, quantum dots, quantum nanospheres, otherphosphors such as are commonly known in the field of light emittingdiode lighting, cathode ray tube phosphors, fluorescent lamp phosphors,high pressure mercury and metal halide lamps, black-light fluorescentlamps, luminophores or phosphors such described in US patent applicationpublication number US20040090174A1, quantum nanoplatelets such asdescribed in US patent application publication No. 20180107065, andluminophores or phosphors such as described in the Handbook of AdvancedLighting Technology, Editors Robert Karlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, GeorgesZissis, Ruiqing Ma, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland,2017, Volume I, Part II, “Phosphors for White LEDs” by Chun Che Lin,Wei-Ting Chen, and Ru Shi Liu, pp. 181-222, the pages are incorporatedherein by reference. In another embodiment, the luminophore comprises adown-shifting material that reduces the wavelength of the light afterpassing through the material (such as a frequency doubling crystal, forexample). In another embodiment, the luminophore comprises a non-linearoptical element that provides one or more selected from the group:second-harmonic generation (SHG), or frequency doubling, generation oflight with a doubled frequency (half the wavelength), two photons aredestroyed, creating a single photon at two times the frequency;third-harmonic generation (THG), generation of light with a tripledfrequency (one-third the wavelength), three photons are destroyed,creating a single photon at three times the frequency; high-harmonicgeneration (HHG), generation of light with frequencies much greater thanthe original (typically 100 to 1000 times greater), sum-frequencygeneration (SFG), generation of light with a frequency that is the sumof two other frequencies (SHG is a special case of this); anddifference-frequency generation (DFG), generation of light with afrequency that is the difference between two other frequencies. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more luminophores that compriseone or more selected from the group: a thin microstructured potassiumtitanyl phosphate material, a periodically poled potassium titanylphosphate (PPKTP) material, a lithium niobate material, a lithiumtriborate material, a beta barium borate material, lithium tantalate(LiTaO₃), cesium lithium borate, potassium niobate, potassium dihydrogenphosphate, monopotassium phosphate, self-frequency-doubling crystal,active-ion doped LiNbO3 series crystals, active ions doped YAB crystals,active ions doped rare-earth calcium oxyborate (RECOB) crystalsincluding Nd:GdCOB, active ion (Yb3+ or Nd3+) doped La₂CaB₁₀O₁₉ (LCB)crystals, neodymium doped ferroelectric crystals, Nd:Ca₃TaGa₃Si₂O₁₄(Nd:CTGS), Nd:Ca₅(B0 ₃)₃F, Nd:BaCaBO₃F, and whitlockite-type vanadatescrystals.

Flux Output

In one embodiment, one or more light sources or at least one AVLED has aradiant flux output greater than one selected from the group: 0.05, 0.1,0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 500, and 1000 watts. In anotherembodiment, one or more light sources or at least one AVLED has aradiant flux output less than one selected from the group: 0.05, 0.1,0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 500, and 1000 watts. Forexample, in one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a micro-LED arraycomprising an array of 1,024 LEDs, with an average radiant flux outputless than 0.5 Watt each and the average total radiant flux output of theAVLED at full power is greater than 500 watts. In a further embodiment,one or more light sources or at least one AVLED has a luminous fluxoutput greater than one selected from the group: 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2,5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 5000, 10,000,and 20,000 lumens. In another embodiment, one or more light sources orat least one AVLED has a luminous flux output less than one selectedfrom the group: 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 300,500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 5,000, 6,000, 10,000, and 20,000 lumens. Forexample, in one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a micro-LED arraycomprising an array of 1,024 white LEDs, with an average luminous fluxoutput less than 5 lumens each and the average total radiant flux outputof the AVLED is less than 6,000 lumens. In another embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a micro-LED array comprising an array of 1,024 white LEDs,with an average luminous flux output less than 3 lumens each and theaverage total radiant flux output of the AVLED is less than 4,000lumens. In one embodiment, the intensity of one or more light sourcesdisclosed herein may be modulated using pulse modulated signals, pulsewidth modulated signals (PWM), pulse amplitude modulated signals (PAM),pulse code modulated signals (PCM), Pulse Frequency Modulation (PFM),analog control signals (e.g., current control signals, voltage controlsignals), or combinations and/or modulations of the foregoing signals,or other control signals Other modulation techniques known in thedisplay and lighting industries may be used for one or more lightsources of an AVLED. Example modulation methods such as PWM, PAM, andPCM, and may be used with one or more light sources, such as describedin US Patent Application Publication No. US20060237636 and U.S. Pat. No.7,923,935, the entire contents of each are incorporated by referenceherein.

Form of the Avled

In one embodiment, a system for providing angularly varying illuminationand/or irradiation comprises an angularly varying light emitting device(AVLED). In one embodiment, the AVLED is or comprises one or more lightemitting devices. The AVLED or light emitting device may be installed,portable, mounted, mobile, or capable of being two or more of theaforementioned types. In one embodiment, the AVLED is one or moreselected from the group: light fixture, light bulb, replacement lightbulb, light source (such as one or more described above), portable lightemitting device, wireless light emitting device, wired light emittingdevice, wearable light emitting device, personal illumination device,personal irradiation device, and mounted light emitting device, and maybe incorporated into another device or fixture, such as a display (suchas a television or liquid crystal display), sign, exit sign, fire alarm,smoke alarm, cellular phone, portable electronic device, mountedelectronic device, vehicle (such as an automobile or automotiveheadlight), article of clothing, apparel, or accessory (such as a shirt,shoe, belt, belt-buckle, watch or smart watch (as a display and/or forilluminating an environment external to the watch), ring, earring, coat,vest, uniform, suit, hat, glove), bag (such as a handbag, tote, satchel,briefcase, backpack, for example), appliance (such as a refrigerator orstove) vacuum cleaner, sink, faucet, showerhead, doorknob, door, orcabinet. In one embodiment, the AVLED is a can light, troffer light,cove light, recessed light, torch lamp, floor lamp, chandelier, surfacemounted light, pendant light, sconce, track light, under-cabinet light,emergency light, wall-socket light, exit light, high bay light, low baylight, strip light, garden light, landscape light, building light,outdoor light, street light, pathway light, bollard light, yard light,accent light, background light, black light, flood light, safelight,safety lamp, searchlight, security light, step light, strobe light,follow-spot light, or wall-washer light, flashlight, wall light, ceilinglight, ceiling fan light, window light, door light, floor light, carlight, or vehicle light. In one embodiment, the AVLED includes, is, ormay have substantially the same form, shape, spectral light output,color temperature, luminous flux, ballast, driver, lamp circuit, dimmercircuit, control circuits, auxiliary equipment or base as a lightsource, lamp, bulb, or luminaire as described or shown in IESNA LightingHandbook, 9^(th) Edition, chapter 6 titled Light Sources or Chapter 7titled Luminaires, or as described or shown in The Lighting Handbook,IES 10^(th) Edition, Chapter 7 titled Light Sources: TechnicalCharacteristics or Chapter 13 titled Light Sources ApplicationConsiderations, the entire contents of each book are incorporated byreference herein.

In one embodiment, a system comprising illumination may comprise one ormore AVLEDs (or an AVLED may comprise one or more spatial array lightsources) oriented with their peak light output direction in one or moreof the following configurations: one oriented up, one oriented down; oneoriented up, one oriented down, one oriented left and one oriented rightopposite the left; one oriented horizontally to the left and oneoriented horizontally to the right opposite the left; one oriented left,one oriented right opposite the left, one oriented 90 degrees to theleft direction and orthogonal to the up direction, and one oriented −90degrees from the left direction orthogonal to the up direction; and oneoriented down, one oriented left and one oriented right opposite theleft, one oriented 90 degrees to the left direction orthogonal to thedown direction, and one oriented −90 degrees from the left directionorthogonal to the down direction; and one oriented up, one orienteddown, one oriented left and one oriented right opposite the left, oneoriented 90 degrees to the left direction orthogonal to the updirection, and one oriented −90 degrees from the left directionorthogonal to the up direction (such as all faces of a 6-sided die).

Replacement Bulb

In one embodiment, the AVLED is in the form of replacement light bulbfor installing into an existing light fixture or device. For example, inone embodiment, the AVLED is in the form of replacement bulb with anEdison type screw base, candelabra base, and/or a bulb shape of A19. Inthis embodiment, the AVLED may comprise one or more sensors and/or acamera within the bulb or base of the bulb and the luminous intensity oflight emitted into two or more angular bins may be adjustedindependently. In another embodiment, the AVLED is in the form ofreplacement light bulb for a linear fluorescent fixture or device (suchas a light fixture comprising one or two linear fluorescent bulbs thathave length of approximately two feet). In these two previousembodiments, the AVLED may comprise one or more sensors and/or a cameraat the one or more bases of the bulb or along the length of the bulb andthe luminous intensity of light emitted into two or more angular binsmay be adjusted independently. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises aspatial array light source and a plurality of lightguides directinglight from one or more pixels of the spatial array light source into acorresponding plurality of angular bins such that the intensity of thelight from each angular bin may be independently controlled to producean angularly varying light emitting device. In another embodiment, theAVLED in the form of a replacement bulb comprises one or more sensors orcameras or comprises an electrical circuit including an optical or radiotransceiver, transmitter, and/or receiver that communicates with one ormore external sensors and/or cameras or devices comprising one or moresensors and/or cameras, or a computing device receiving information fromone or more sensors and/or cameras directly or indirectly throughanother device. In another embodiment, an AVLED in the form of areplacement bulb for a linear fluorescent or liner light emitting diodebased bulb includes a plurality of light emitting diodes in asubstantially linear array along the length of the bulb (such as alongthe 2 foot length of a linear bulb) where the light output from twoneighboring LEDs (and optionally axially redirecting optical elements)direct light into a two different angular bins in a plane orthogonal toa length direction comprising the longer dimension of the bulb (such asa direction comprising the 2 foot length of the linear bulb).

Drone Avled

In one embodiment a light emitting system comprises a plurality ofAVLEDs on vehicles, water crafts, air crafts, or drones (such as flyingdrones, miniature drones, or insect type drones). In another embodiment,the drones comprising AVLEDs are part of a network and fly autonomously,under a direction or mode, manually, or in a programmed motion. In oneembodiment a light emitting system comprises a plurality of AVLEDs ondrones such that the drones provide safe illumination and/or irradiationin a battlefield, blind enemy combatants by illuminating and/orirradiating them from one or more directions and optionally illuminatingand/or irradiating them only such that in a night battle, the nightvision of the group attacking the enemy combatants is substantiallymaintained since the light is not directed into their eyes. In anotherembodiment, a laser is used as a light source for an AVLED such that thedrones may remain at a very high, safe altitude and maintain the abilityto blind one or more enemy combatants in a battle by tracking them andincreasing the light output in an angular bin that provides glare,dazzling illumination, blinding, or high intensity illumination and/orirradiation toward the enemy combatant. In this embodiment, the dronescould automatically position themselves in the visual field near areasof interest for the enemy combatants (such as the drone hovering faraway but at a small angle above where the combatant believes there arebeing attacked from),In this manner, the light would be blinding whenthe enemy combatant looked toward the group attacking such that aimingwould be very difficult, in the day or night. A large number of droneswith AVLEDs could be used and each one could collectively illuminateand/or irradiate more than one enemy combatant and optionally track thelocation of the combatants themselves (such as by thermal imagingcameras) or in combination from information from other drones or droneswith AVLEDs, or using information from other sensors or cameras, such asthermal imaging satellites or thermal imaging cameras. In anotherembodiment, the AVLEDs illuminate and/or irradiate pathways, devices,objects, places, people, or animals with infrared light such that theyare visible using infrared or night vision goggles. In this manner, agroup on a mission, for example, could have their pathways and/or darkareas illuminated and/or irradiated with infrared light and without thelight directed into their goggles using a plurality of drones withAVLEDs with sensors, cameras, and/or infrared cameras. In anotherembodiment, a drone comprises one or more AVLED with less than 10angular bins and the AVLED redirects the optical axis of the lightoutput by redirecting the AVLED, such as by using an electronicallycontrolled gimbal mount. Other AVLED operational modes, such asdisclosed herein, may be used in a system with AVLEDs on independentlymoving craft, vehicles, or drones and may be controlled using one ormore AVLED control methods or interfaces disclosed herein. In oneembodiment, the drones with AVLEDs fly autonomously or semi-autonomouslysuch that when provided with an object or target of interest, they flyindependently avoiding each other and obstacles or terrain and optimallyilluminate and/or irradiate (such as illuminating from an differentangular bins at least 10 degrees apart from each other from at least 4different drones) the (optionally moving) object or target using theAVLEDs (and optionally using sensors, cameras, or infrared cameraspositioned on the drones for identification and/or tracking of theobject or target of interest).

Avled Accessory

In one embodiment, an AVLED is an accessory for a watch, wearabledevice, or mobile phone or an AVLED is formed by adding an accessoryaxial redirecting optical element to a light source such as a smartwatch display or display for a mobile phone. For example, in oneembodiment, an accessory for a watch (or mobile phone) includes a wideangle lens and attachment mechanism to place the wide angle lens above alight emitting watch (or display of the mobile phone) such the lightemitting surface is substantially positioned beneath the wide angle lensand the light from the display pixels of the watch are independentlycontrollable to emit light independently into a plurality of angularbins.

AVLED Comprising a Spatial Array Light Source (Direct Emissive or LightSource and SLM) and Axially Redirecting Optical Element (AROE)

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source. Thespatial array light source may be a direct emissive light source whereindividually addressable light sources emit light in a spatial array, ora light source and a spatial light modulator, where the light from thespatial array light source may be modified by an axially redirectingoptical element (AROE). In one embodiment, the AVLED comprising thespatial array light source comprises an AROE which redirects the opticalaxis of two or more light sources (or illuminated and/or irradiatedpixels or regions) in the spatial array light source such that theangular peak intensity from each of the two or more light sources (orilluminated and/or irradiated pixels or regions) are in differentdirections and the light output from the two or more light sources (orilluminated and/or irradiated pixels or regions) are in differentangular bins and the intensity of the light in each bin may beindependently modulated. For example, in one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a substantially planar array of micro-LEDs (comprising anarray of LEDs with a largest dimension of the light emitting surfaceless than 0.1 millimeter) of 32 LEDs by 32 LEDs with optical axessubstantially perpendicular to the substantially planar array of LEDs,and an AROE comprising a wide angle lens (such as a fisheye lens) thatdirects the optical axis of the light from each pixel into a differentangular bin. In one embodiment, the intensity and/or flux of the lightfrom each spatial light source (or illuminated and/or irradiated pixelor region) is independently controlled. The light output from each lightsource (or illuminated and/or illuminate pixel or region) or the entirearray may be controlled or modulated (such as driven by a pulse-widthmodulation) at a frequency higher than about 60 hertz such that there isno apparent visible flicker from the AVLED light output. In a furtherembodiment, the AVLED comprises a light source and a spatial lightmodulator that modulates or controls the light (such as one or morelight sources illuminating and/or irradiating a transmissive liquidcrystal display (LCD) or reflective LCD) to adjust the intensity and maymodulate the intensity at a frequency higher than about 60 hertz suchthat there is no apparent flicker.

Direct Emissive Spatial Array Light Source

In one embodiment, the light source for the AVLED is a direct emissivespatial array where the emission of each light emitting pixel (or acombination of light emitting pixels) of the array may be independentlycontrolled. In on embodiment, the direct emissive spatial array lightsource is one or more selected from the group: light emitting diodearray, micro-led array (wherein the average largest dimension of thelight emitting surface of the light emitting diode is less than 0.1millimeter), nano-LED array (where at least one dimension of the lightemitting surface of the light emitting diode is substantially onemicrometer or less), organic light emitting diode display, carbonnanotube array, field emission array, array of lasers, array of laserdiodes, an array of lasing pixels, or an array of other light sourcesdisclosed here or a combination of light source disclosed herein.

Light Source and SLM

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an AROE, one or more lightsources, and a spatial light modulator. The one or more light sourcesmay include, for example, one or an array of light emitting diodesilluminating and/or irradiating a transmissive or reflective LCD in abacklight or frontlight configuration, respectively. In one embodiment,the light source is an array of independently controllable light sourcesthat may be independently turned on or off, and the intensity and/orflux is modulated by the spatial light modulator. In another embodiment,the light source illuminates and/or irradiates an area of the SLMcomprising more than one pixel and the light intensity and/or flux ismodulated by the SLM. In one embodiment, the light source is an edge-littapered lightguide with layers of different refractive indexes (bothlower than the waveguide's refractive index) such that lightpreferentially exits from one side of the lightguide due to extractionfeatures on the lightguide (or in the lightguide) and a reverse prismfilm or angular redirecting film.

Axially Redirecting Optical Element (AROE)

An axially redirecting optical element (AROE) is an optical element thatredirects the optical axis of a light source, light emitting pixel, orlight emitting region from a first direction into a second, differentdirection in one or more light output planes for a plurality of lightemitting pixels or regions. The optical axis of a light source, lightemitting pixel, or light emitting region, as used herein, is thedirection of the central angle or peak intensity of the light outputfrom the light source, light emitting pixel, or light emitting region.The AROE may be spaced from the light emitting pixel or region along theoptical axis of light from the spatial array light source or AVLED. Inone embodiment, the AROE (or each optical element of an AROE) positionedto redirect the optical axis of light from one light source of thespatial array of light sources comprises a different optical element foreach light source or a different optical element or orientation of theoptical element for each light source of the spatial array of lightsources.

In another embodiment, the number of light emitting pixels or regions ofthe spatial array light source directed by the AROE into a singleangular bin is greater than one selected from the group 1, 2, 4, 6, 10,15, and 20. n another embodiment, the intensity and/or flux of light forone angular bin of the AVLED is adjusted by turning off, reducing thedrive current, or modulating a plurality of light emitting pixels orregions of the spatial array light source that are directed by the AROEinto the single angular bin of the AVLED. For example, in one embodimentan AVLED comprises a 32×32 array of 1,024 micro-LEDs, each emittingabout 4 lumens of white light. In this example, an AROE may direct anarray of 2×2 micro-LEDs into a particular angular bin (and it mayoptionally angularly mix the light, by multiple total internalreflections of a waveguide, such that the light output from eachmicro-LED is substantially uniform across the angular bin (such that theminimum luminous intensity in the angular bin divided by the maximumluminous intensity in the angular bin is greater than 0.7, for example).In this example, the luminous flux directed into the angular bin by theAROE may be changed from 0 lumens to about 13.6 lumens (assuming aboutan 85% optical efficiency of the AROE) by adjusting the output of eachmicro-LED in the 2×2 array of micro-LEDs. Similarly, in this example,the AROE may direct the light from the remaining 1020 micro-LEDs into255 angular bins in a configuration with equal number of LEDs perangular bin. In another embodiment, the number of light sources perangular bin of an AVLED changes across the AROE. For example, in oneembodiment, the central angular region of light output from an AVLEDcomprises more than one selected from the group: 2, 4, 6, 10, and 15light sources per angular bin and the wider angular region comprisesless than one selected from the group: 2, 4, 6, 10, and 15 light sourcesper angular bin. In one embodiment, the central angular region is theangular region within one selected from the group: 1, 2, 4, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 40, 50, and 60 degrees of the optical axis of the AVLED (such asthe direction of nadir in a downlight light fixture or the angularlycentral angle of light output when all of the light source and the AVLEDare emitting light at their largest intensity and flux in all angularbins). In one embodiment, the wider angular region is the angular regionwithin one selected from the group: 1, 2, 4, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50,and 60 degrees of the largest angle of light emitting from the AVLED inan angular bin. In another embodiment, the wider angular region is theangular region greater than one selected from the group: 40, 50, 60, 65,70, 75, 80 and 85 degrees from the optical axis of the AVLED.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a spatial array of light sourcesand the AROE redirects the optical axis of the light emitting pixels orregions in the central region of the array to angular bins within thecentral angular region and the optical axis of the light emitting pixelsor regions outside the central region of the array to the wider angularregion. In one embodiment, the central region of the array of the lightemitting pixels or regions is the area of a circle centered at thegeometric center of the spatial array of light source with an area lessthan one selected from the group of 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, and 10% of thetotal area defined by the outer boundaries of light emitting region ofthe spatial array light source. In one embodiment, the light emittingpixels or regions are considered within the central region if all or aportion of the light emitting pixel or region is within the centralregion boundary

In one embodiment, the AROE comprises an ultra-wide-angle lens, Nikon210° lens or similar type lens, Pleon lens (such as the 5-element type),Goerz Serie X Hypergon Doppel Anastigmat, Zeisss Topogon, Russar-21 133°lens, Russar MP-2 lens, Tipo Biogon, Ludwig Bertele Biogon 90° or ZeissBiogon 90° , Biogon f/4.5, Biogon 38 mm f/2.8 lens, Biogon 53 mm f/4.5,Biogon 75 mm f/4.5, Universal Aviogon 120° lens, Biogon 60 mm f/5.6,Hembrugg AG Aviogon 120° f/5.6, Carl Zeiss S-Biogon 40 mm f/5.6, CarlZeiss Hologon 1:8, Zeiss Hologon 12.5 mm f/8 120° , Zeiss Hologon 15 mmf/5.6 110° , or fish eye lens. In one embodiment, the AROE is ananamorphic projection lens that redirects light into larger angles in afirst output plane (such as the x-z output plane) than a second outputplane orthogonal to the first output plane (such as the y-z outputplane) where z is the optical axis of the AROE or AVLED device axis oroptical axis. In another embodiment, the AROE comprises anultra-wide-angle lens which, when used as an imaging lens for receivinglight an imaging light onto an imager, would result in an angle of viewbetween 90 and 180 degrees. In one embodiment, the AROE comprises a lenswith a focal length less than or equal to one selected from the group:20, 15, 10, 8, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1.5, 1.4, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9, and 0.8millimeters. As used in the context of imaging, an object-to-imagemapping function is the manner of conversion or mapping of a side objector point to an image point position displacement from the image center.In an imaging context, the distance of an image point from the imagecenter, r, is dependent on the focal length of the optical system, f,and the angle from the optical axis, theta, where theta is in radians Ina stereographic (conform) mapping function r=2×f×tan(theta/2). In anequidistant (linear scaled) mapping function r=f×theta. In an equisolidangle (equal area) mapping function r=2×f×sin(theta/2). In anorthographic mapping function r=f×sin(theta). Although term “mappingfunction” is typically used in imaging, it can be used in reference toprojection or directing light from a small spatial array light emittertoward a wide angular range. Thus, in the context of an AVLED, the “r”in the mapping functions is the distance from the geometric center ofthe light source array to the geometric center of a first light sourceand theta is substantially the angle from the optical axis of the lightsource array to the optical axis of the light from the first lightsource in the far field. In one embodiment, the AROE comprises a lens,such as an ultra-wide-angle lens, with a mapping function selected fromthe group: gnomonical, stereographic, equidistant, equisolid angle,orthographic, and a combination of two of the aforementioned mappingfunctions. For example, an AVLED comprising an AROE with a 2 millimeterfocal length lens with an equisolid angle mapping function can directlight from a substantially planar micro-LED spatial array light sourceemitting light with an optical axis normal to the substantially planarlight emitting surface such that the central axis of light from amicro-LED with a geometric center positioned 2 millimeters from thegeometric center of the micro-LED array is 60 degrees from the opticalaxis of the micro-LED array of light sources. In another example, anAVLED comprising an AROE with a 2 millimeter focal length lens with anorthographic mapping function will direct light from a substantiallyplanar micro-LED spatial array light source emitting light with anoptical axis normal to the substantially planar light emitting surfacesuch that the central axis of light from a micro-LED with a geometriccenter positioned 2 millimeters from the geometric center of themicro-LED array is 90 degrees from the optical axis of the micro-LEDarray of light sources.

In another embodiment, the AROE comprises an ultra-wide-angle lens orother optical element which directs light from a spatial array lightsource into angular bins within an angular output range of anglesbetween 100 degrees and 180 degrees. In a further embodiment, AVLEDcomprises a spatial array light source and an AROE that directs lightinto angular bins within an angular output range that includes anglesgreater than one selected from the group: 180 degrees, 190 degrees, 200degrees, and 210 degrees. In this embodiment, the light output from theAROE may have a direction component greater than 90 degrees from theoptical axis of the AVLED such that light is directed with an angularcomponent in a direction opposite the optical axis of the AVLED suchthat light is directed backwards, such as in a light fixture AVLED thatprovide up-lighting as well as downlighting. In one embodiment, the AROEcomprises a zoom lens or zoom optical element wherein the focal lengthof the lens or optical element may be changed (electronically ormanually) In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an AROE with a focallength that is electronically controlled to focus the imagecorresponding to one or more angular bins at one or more surfaces of theexternal environment. For example, in one embodiment, the spatial arraylight source provides a grid or dot illumination pattern light outputand the AVLED further comprises an imager wherein the AVLED changes thefocus to increase the contrast of the pattern such that the image of thespatial light array (or SLM) is substantially in focus at one or morelocations within the environment.

In one embodiment, an AROE includes a one or more light reflectingsurfaces, aluminum coated surfaces, silver coated surfaces, specularlyreflecting metallic surface, mirrors, front surface mirrors, planarmirrors, total internal reflection surface with a radius of curvatureless than 0.5 meters in one or more light output planes (or the lightreflecting surface is a faceted surface following a curve with a radiusof curvature less than 0.5 meters in one or more light output planes).

In one embodiment, an AROE comprises a cross-sectional shape (or portionthereof) in one or more planes orthogonal to the optical axis of theAROE that is one or more selected from the group: rectangular, square,beveled edge rectangular, rounded edge rectangular, circular, curved,ellipsoidal, parabolic, or hyperbolic.

The percent distortion for a lens is typically calculated as apercentage of the field height and may be calculated from the equation %Distortion=((AD−PD)/PD)×100%, where AD is the Actual Distance, PD is thePredicted Distance measured using a dot pattern (such a spatial arraylight source). In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an AROE wherehigher levels of distortion at angular bins further from the opticalaxis or device axis of the AVLED may be acceptable. In on embodiment,the AROE comprises a lens (such as a grouping of individual lenselements or a single lens element) with a percent distortion greaterthan one selected from the group of 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, and 10% at theoutermost angular bins. In on embodiment, the AROE comprises a lens(such as a grouping of individual lens elements or a single lenselement) with a percent distortion less than one selected from the groupof −1%, −2%, −3%, −5%, −7%, and −10%. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a spatial array light source and an AROE wherein one or morelight sources of the spatial array light source (such as the outer lightsources) are imaged onto one or more surfaces of the room or environmentsuch that they are blurry and may blend to one or more neighboringpixels to avoid spatial non-uniform light properties between spatialzones (such as dark or low luminance lines, rings, or grids between theimages of the light source in the far field). In one embodiment, themodulation transfer function of the AROE for the frequencies of outer,neighboring spatial zones corresponding to neighboring outer angularbins is less than one selected from the group of 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4,0.3, and 0.2. In one embodiment, the modulation transfer function of theAROE for the frequencies of outer, neighboring spatial zonescorresponding to neighboring outer angular bins is greater than oneselected from the group of 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, and 0.9. In thisembodiment, for example a higher MTF enables more accurate/definedillumination and/or irradiation.

In one embodiment the AROE comprises one or more lenses of the type:simple lens, conic lens, freeform lens, aspheric lens, biconic lens,lens with a toroidal surface, lenslet array, microlens array, lens witha surface modeled by a biconic surface with x, y, and Zernike polynomialterms added, lens with a freeform surface based on the Chebyshevpolynomials, superconic asphere with fast convergence, tilted lens, lenswith a surface modeled by a cubic spline (rotationally symmetric fit toeight points), super lens (lens comprising one or more metamaterials) tosurpass the diffraction limit, and achromatic super lens.

In one embodiment, an AROE includes a first optical element (such as anultra-wide angle lens) and a second element (such as torus orsemi-torous with a mirrored curved surface) spaced from the firstoptical element, physically coupled to the first optical element, andpositioned to redirect light from the first element. In this embodiment,for example, the second element could be a torus with a mirrored surfaceand the radius of the torus from the center of the tube to the center ofthe torus and the position of the torus are chosen to reflect light froman outer output range from the first optical element into angles greaterthan 90 degrees from the optical axis of the AVLED. In one embodiment,the AROE comprises a plurality of optical elements wherein each opticalelement individually redirects the optical axis of one or more lightsources into only substantially one angular bin. In one embodiment, theplurality of optical elements are physically connected and/or opticallycoupled. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an AROE with a pluralityof lightguides that each redirect the optical axis from one or morelight sources of the spatial array light source such that the one ormore light sources direct light into an angular bin. In one embodiment,the lightguides are substantially cylindrical in a cross-sectionalshape, such as a polymer fiber optic lightguide, wherein the lightguidesare curved such that the output angles of the light existing thelightguides are at a larger angle to the optical axis of the AVLED thanthe light entering the lightguides. In one embodiment, the lightguidesfan away from the central axis direction as the lightguides arepositioned further from the center of the spatial array of lightsources. In one embodiment, the cross-sections of the lightguides aresubstantially constant along the length of the lightguide (the lengthdirection being the longest dimension of the lightguide along whichlight propagates within the lightguide). In another embodiment, one ortwo orthogonal dimensions of the cross-section of the lightguidesincreases along the length of the lightguide from the light source tothe light output surface. In one embodiment, the light input surface forthe lightguide is a substantially planar face oriented at an anglegreater than on selected from the group 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 degreesfrom the length direction or optical axis of the lightguide for lightsources of the spatial array light source that are greater than 25% ofthe total length of the spatial array of light sources in a first lightoutput plane from the geometric center of the spatial array of lightsources in the first light output plane. In another embodiment, theplurality of lightguides of the AROE positioned to receive light from aplurality of light sources corresponding to a plurality of angular binsare physically connected at the output surface of the AROE. In a furtherembodiment, the plurality of lightguides are adhered, joined, welded, orintegrally formed such that they are connected at the light inputsurface and/or light output surface. In another embodiment, the AROEcomprises a plurality of plates comprising lightguides formed thereinwhere the plates are stacked to create an array of lightguide positionedto receive light from the spatially array light source. In oneembodiment, the AROE comprises a plurality of rings comprisinglightguides oriented in a radial direction of the ring or with adirectional component in the radial direction of the ring.

In a further embodiment, the AROE comprises one or more passive oractive (switchable) versions of optical elements selected from thegroup: diffractive optical elements, multi-level diffractive lens (whichmay comprise concentric diffraction patterns), holographic opticalelements, diffraction grating, linear diffraction grating, holographicoptical element, diffractive optical element, hologram, multiplexedhologram, holographic stereogram, blazed grating, variable blaze dynamicgrating, binary grating, multi-level grating, embossed grating,volumetric grating, embossed hologram, volumetric hologram, volume phasehologram, broadband wavelength hologram (with a wavelength bandwidthgreater than 20 nanometers for at least 70% diffraction efficiency),broadband wavelength grating (with a wavelength bandwidth greater than20 nanometers for at least 70% diffraction efficiency) polarizationgrating, stacked polarization gratings, anisotropic grating, anisotropichologram, polarization hologram, geometric phase lens, polarizationdirected flat lens, Bragg polarization grating, optical axis grating,shearing grating, metamaterial grating, resonant waveguide grating,meta-resonant waveguide grating, polarization-dependent metagrating,cycloidal diffractive waveplate, vector hologram, vector grating,geometric phase hologram, Fresnel zone plate, offset Fresnel zone plate,photon sieve, azimuthally structured Fresnel zone plate, liquid crystalgrating (and liquid crystalline grating), liquid crystal hologram, phasegrating, holographic polymer photonic crystal, electrowetting-based beamsteering element, liquid crystal optical phased array, verticalcontinuous optical phased arrays, imprinted diffraction grating such asdisclosed in US patent application publication No. 20180107110, and astack of two or more of the aforementioned gratings, holograms, orelements. In another embodiment, the AROE, comprises a spatial arraylight source with first light sources emitting light with a first peakwavelength and second light sources emitting light with a second peakwavelength different from the first wavelength by at least 20nanometers, wherein the AROE comprises a first diffractive and/orholographic optical element positioned to receive light from the firstlight sources (such as positioned above the first light source) and asecond diffractive and/or holographic optical element positioned toreceive light from the second light sources (such as positioned abovethe second light source) wherein the first diffractive and/orholographic optical elements have a different optical structure than thesecond diffractive and/or holographic optical elements (such as adifferent pitch and/or blazed grating angle). For example, in oneembodiment, an AVLED comprises an outer ring of micro-LEDs (which may besubstantially collimated with an angular FWHM intensity less than 10degrees) emitting light at a wavelength of 622 nanometers has a firstdiffraction grating with a first radial pitch positioned above themicro-LEDs to substantially diffract light into a range of first polarangles and a second ring of micro-LEDs emitting light at a wavelength of530 nanometers with a second diffraction grating with a second radialpitch different from the first radial pitch. In another embodiment, aplurality of light sources with peak wavelength differences greater than20 nanometers comprise a diffraction and/or holographic optical elementwith a constant pitch above the set of light sources such that the lightfrom the different light sources is emitting into different angles anddifferent angular bins. In this embodiment, a set of light sources withdifferent peak wavelengths can emit light through a diffractive,holographic, or other diffractive or wavelength selective scatteringelement with a constant first pitch and a second set of light sources oflight sources with the same set peak wavelengths can be positioned toemit light through a diffractive, holographic, or optical element with adifferent pitch (and/or blaze angle or other optical feature) such thatthe light from output for each wavelength from each differentdiffractive and/or holographic optical element can be accounted used todirect light into the appropriate angles for an angular bin. Forexample, a red, green, and blue collimated (or reduced angle lightsource) micro-LED (or micro-laser) set emits light into a diffractiveoptical element with a first pitch with red diffracting into a firstangle, green diffracting into a second angle, and blue diffracting intoa third angle. In this manner, a different set of RGB collimated (orreduced angle light source) micro-LEDs (or micro-lasers) that emitslight into a second diffractive optical element with a second pitchwhere the green light diffracts into the first angle, and a third set ofRGB collimated (or reduced angle light source) micro-LEDs (ormicro-lasers) could emit light into a third diffractive optical elementwith a third pitch where the blue light diffracts into the first angle.In this example, using the three gratings and 3 sets of RGB lightsources, red, green, and blue light can be directed into the first angle(corresponding to a central angle in a first angular bin, for example)and the color of the light directed into the first angular bin may becontrolled by adjusting the relative intensity from the red, green, andblue light sources from different sets of micro-LEDs (or micro-lasers).In a further embodiment, an AVLED comprises an AROE with one or morebroadband polarization gratings, or broadband stack of polarizationgratings that diffracts light from a plurality of light sources in thespatial array light source. In a further embodiment, the AVLED comprisesa zero-order filter to absorb zero-order light above the gratingsdesigned to diffract light into angles away from the optical axis of thelight source. In another embodiment, the AROE further comprises at leastone linear polarizer and/or circular polarizer to polarize lightincident on the grating (such as a broadband polarization grating) Inone embodiment, the AROE comprises a refractive Fresnel lens,total-internal reflection (TIR) Fresnel lens, or a hybrid refractive TIRFresnel lens for each individual light source in the spatial array lightsource, a plurality of light sources in the spatial array of lightsources, or for all of the light sources in the spatial array of lightsources. In one embodiment, the refractive Fresnel lens, total-internalreflection (TIR) Fresnel lens, or a hybrid refractive TIR Fresnel lenscomprises ring-shaped elements, or other optical element such as aprimary optic of the light source, and the AROE comprises substantiallythe same optical features within a ring circle except for rotation. Forexample, one embodiment an AVLED comprises a spatial array light sourcecomprising a plurality of micro-LEDs disposed in a concentric circulararray and an AROE comprising optical elements in a concentric circulararray, each positioned above a single micro-LED to redirect the opticalaxis of the light from the micro-LED, wherein each optical element in afirst circle of optical elements (corresponding to a different thetavalue in spherical coordinates with the device axis or optical axis ofthe AVLED at theta of 0 and phi at 0) of the concentric circular arrayof micro-LEDs redirects the optical axis of the underlying micro-LED ofthe circle of micro-LEDs into substantially the same phi angle inspherical coordinates. In this embodiment, the AVLED may be a downlightwhere the optical axis of the AVLED is the nadir and a ring of LEDs inthe circular array of micro-LEDs is directed to the same angle phi fromthe optical axis (nadir). In one embodiment, the same optical element ispositioned over each micro-LED in the ring and the rotation of theoptical element varies around one or more circles (along the thetaangle).

In another embodiment, AVLED comprises an AROE comprising an individuallens, optic, or optical element for each light source in the spatialarray of light sources. In one embodiment, the AROE comprises aplurality of lenses, optics, or optical elements physically connecteddirectly to each other, indirectly to each other, or not physicallyconnected directly through the AROE. In one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises a plurality of AROEs wherein each AROE is a primary optic foreach light source in the spatial array of light sources. Primary opticsfor light sources may include optical elements in the form of totalinternal reflection optics, refractive optics, diffractive optics,holographic optics, reflective optics (such as mirrored coatings),photonic optical elements, optical elements comprising a luminophore, ora combination of two or more of the aforementioned optical elements. Inone embodiment, the primary optics are optically coupled/and or mountedor physically connected to the packaging for the light source or thelight source directly. In another embodiment, an AVLED comprises aplurality of AROEs in the form of primary optics for each light sourcein the spatial array of light sources. In another embodiment, the AROEfor each light source or optical elements of the AROE for each lightsource, that are positioned substantially along a circle, line, or curveare substantially the same optical element that may be rotated along thecircle, line, or curve, respectively, in the light output plane of thearray of light sources or rotated along the circle, line, or curve,respectively, in a plane orthogonal to the light output plane (such as aplane substantially comprising or parallel to the light source array).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or AROE comprises an aperture in opticalpath of light from the light source to the light exiting surface of theAVLED (such as the outer surface of the AROE or a transparent protectivelens). In one embodiment, this aperture is adjustable to a smallerdiameter to sharpen the boundaries between spatial zones (bringing thespatial zones more into focus) corresponding to one or more lightsources, and optionally reduces the total light flux output from theAVLED. In another embodiment, adjusting the aperture to a largerdiameter spreads each spatial zone closer to a neighboring spatial zoneand/or causes the light from each spatial zone to spread and leak intoone or more neighboring zones (bringing the spatial zones more out offocus) and optionally increases the total light flux output from theAVLED.

In one embodiment, the AROE is an array of micro-optical or nano-opticalelements wherein the elements are formed in-situ above a spatial arraylight source. In another embodiment, the AROE is formed separately andlater optically coupled to a spatial array light source or one or morecomponents of an AVLED such that each element directs light from thecorresponding light emitting source below it into a particular angularbin. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a spatial array lightsource, an AROE, and one or more apertures to filter out light fromgoing into more than one angular bin. For example, in one embodiment, aspatial array light source comprises an array of optical elements abovethe light sources (such as micro-LEDs) and redirects more than 50% ofthe light to a desired angular bin, and more than 80% of the remaininglight is blocked from going into another angular bin by an aperture orcorresponding array of apertures positioned above the correspondingoptical elements. In this embodiment, the shapes and/or sizes of theapertures may be adjusted to prevent stray light from going into anundesigned aperture or angular bin. In one embodiment, a percentage oflight flux output less than 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50% ofthe light output for the pixel (or the entire spatial array lightsource) is permitted to leave the AVLED in an angular bin that isoutside the target angular bin or the angular bin comprising the peakluminous or radiant intensity.

Angular Properties of AVLED or AROE

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more AROEs and the angularoutput of light from the AVLED is substantially the same as light outputfrom the one or more AROEs. In one embodiment, the angular width of theangular bins of the light output from an AVLED or AROE varies (thetaand/or phi in the spherical coordinate system) as the angle from theoptical axis increases. In one embodiment, the angular width of theangular bins of the light output from an AVLED or AROE (theta and/or phiin the spherical coordinate system) substantially increases as the anglefrom the optical axis increases. In one embodiment, the angular width ofthe angular bins of the light output from an AVLED or AROE (theta and/orphi in the spherical coordinate system) substantially decreases as theangle from the optical axis increases.

In one embodiment, the light output from the AVLED comprises a pluralityof high-resolution angular bins and a plurality of low-resolutionangular bins. In one embodiment, the high-resolution angular bins of anAVLED comprises bins with an angular width in theta and/or phi sphericalcoordinates less than one selected from the group 20, 15, 12, 10, 8, 6,5, 4, 3, 2, 1, and 0.5 degrees. In one embodiment, the low-resolutionangular bins of an AVLED comprises bins with an angular width in thetaand/or phi spherical coordinates greater than one selected from thegroup 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45, degrees. In one embodiment, anAVLED comprises high-resolution angular bins at angles higher than afirst angle from the optical axis of the AVLED and low-resolutionangular bins at angles less than the first angle. For example, in oneembodiment, an AVLED comprises a plurality of high-resolution angularbins with angular widths in theta and phi less than 10 degrees at phiangles from the optical axis (or nadir) of the AVLED greater than 45degrees and low-resolution angular bins with angular widths in theta andphi greater than 10 degrees at phi angles from the optical axis (ornadir) of the AVLED less than 45 degrees. In another embodiment, anAVLED comprises a plurality of high-resolution angular bins with angularwidths in theta and phi less than 5 degrees at phi angles from theoptical axis (or nadir) of the AVLED less than 45 degrees andlow-resolution angular bins with angular widths in theta and phi greaterthan 5 degrees at phi angles from the optical axis (or nadir) of theAVLED greater than 45 degrees. In one embodiment, an AVLED compriseslight output with high-resolution angular gins, low-resolution angularbins, then high-resolution angular bins as the angle phi moves from theoptical axis of the AVLED toward higher angles of phi in sphericalcoordinates (with the optical axis located at a theta of 0 degrees andphi at 0 degrees). In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises light outputwith low-resolution angular bins, high-resolution angular bins, thenlow-resolution angular bins as the angle phi moves from the optical axisof the AVLED toward higher angles of phi in spherical coordinates (withthe optical axis located at a theta of 0 degrees and phi at 0 degrees).In one embodiment, the angular width of the angular bins of the AVLEDvary in one or more AVLED light output planes. For example, in oneembodiment, an AVLED comprises spatial array light source comprising ascanning laser and a remote phosphor plate or coating that may beun-patterned such that the size of the spot on the phosphor plate orcoating can vary across the plate or coating. In this embodiment, thespots on the phosphor plate or coating create the array of light sourceswhich may be imaged or projected by the AVLED.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises user changeable angular binsand/or angular bin widths. For example, in one embodiment, a user(including an installer) of the AVLED may increase the angular bin widthover a first range of angles, such as theta from 45 to 90 degrees. Inanother embodiment, at least one of the angular bin width, light output,and number of angular bins is asymmetric with respect to the opticalaxis of the AVLED and/or AROE, a first light output plane, and/or asecond light output plane orthogonal to the first light output plane. Inone embodiment, an AVLED comprises at least one selected from the groupof: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160,180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1,000, 1,500,2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, and 40,000 individuallyaddressable angular bins. In one embodiment, the angular output from afirst angular bin of an AVLED overlaps the angular bin of a neighboringangular bin in the theta or phi angle by at least one selected from thegroup 2%, 5%, 8%, 10%, 15%, 20%, and 30% of the first angular bin widthin the theta or phi angle, respectively. In one embodiment, the angularoutput from a first angular bin of an AVLED overlaps the angular bin ofa neighboring angular bin in the theta or phi angle by less than oneselected from the group 10%, 8%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, and 1% of the firstangular bin width in the theta or phi angle, respectively. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more angular bins extending to aphi angle from the optical axis (or nadir) of the AVLED greater than orequal to 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, and 180degrees.

In one embodiment, the AVLED or system comprising an AVLED dynamicallyadjusts the location and/or angular width of one or more angular binsbased on input or information (such as feedback) from one or moresensors, controllers, programs, and/or modes. For example, in oneembodiment, a user may switch from a low angular resolution (bins with alarge angular width) entertainment mode (such as background colorenhancement matching the color of images on a television) to a highangular resolution reduced glare illumination mode in order reduce glareto room occupant while providing sufficient illumination In oneembodiment, an AVLED or system comprising and AVLED comprises one ormore cameras or sensors detecting dimensions of the three-dimensionalenvironment around the camera or sensor and automatically adjusts thelocation and/or width of one or more angular bins based on real-timemeasurement, adaptive, continuous, or predetermined sampling of one ormore dimensions of objects, people, items, or a combination thereof fora particular mode of operation.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a manually or electronicallyadjustable means to change the average angle in a plurality of angularbins changes. For example, in one embodiment, the relative position ofthe spatial array light source (or light source and spatial lightmodulator) and the AROE changes such that the average angles in aplurality of angular bins of the AVLED change. In another embodiment,one or more optical elements in the AROE changes relative to otherelements of the AROE (such as in a zoom lens) to change the averageangle in a plurality of angular bins of the AVLED. In one embodiment, anAVLED changes the average angle in a plurality of angular bins by one ormore components selected from the group: spatial array light source,spatial light modulator, AROE, and component of the AROE automatically,electronically, or manually translating in a direction with a componentparallel to the optical axis or device axis of the AROE or AVLED by oneor more means selected from the group: manually adjusting a dial orknob, pressing a button, manually sliding or translating one or more ofthe aforementioned components, linear actuator, leadscrew actuator,piezoelectric actuator, twisted and coiled polymer actuator,electromechanical actuator, stepper motor linear actuator, moving coilactuator, and moving iron controllable actuator. In one embodiment, theaverage angle in a plurality of angular bins of an AVLED are changedautomatically, by the user, manually, and/or electronically (optionallythrough an interface on a remote device) in order to better align theangular bins (and/or total angular width of the angular bins) to a room,environment, and/or spatial region wherein the control of the incidentlight flux is desired. For example, in one embodiment, the AVLED, usingimages derived from an imager on the AVLED and/or images from imagersnot on the AVLED may optimize the angles in a plurality of angular binsto achieve one or more light properties in one or more modes ofillumination for one or more surfaces or regions in the environment(such as walls, doors, ceilings, floors, etc.).

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an AROE that redirects byreflection (total internal reflection or reflection from a metallicsurface or coating, holographic coating, dielectric coating, diffractivecoating, multilayer reflective material, or other reflective material)light from one or more light sources from a range of first angles to arange of second angles with a directional component opposite to theoptical axis of the AVLED. For example, in one embodiment, aceiling-mounted AVLED with an optical axis parallel to the nadircomprises an AROE comprising an annular-shaped reflective surface on asuspended sheet below the one or more light sources of the AVLED suchthat the AROE reflects a portion of the light received from the one ormore light sources (the angles above 45 degrees from the nadir, forexample) into directions with a directional component in a directionopposite to the nadir (back toward the ceiling around the AVLED, forexample).

Spatial Array Light Source

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light sourcecomprising an arrangement of light emitting regions or light sources,such as an array of micro-LEDs, or apertures that are illuminated and/orirradiated by one or more light sources (such as a backlight LCDilluminated and/or irradiated by 4 light emitting diodes, a digitalmicromirror device illuminated and/or irradiated by one or more lightsources, or a reflective LCD illuminated and/or irradiated by one ormore light sources. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a plurality ofspatial array light sources and/or one or more light sources and aplurality of scanners and/or AROEs. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a plurality of projectors wherein the angular output from eachprojector does not substantially overlap with the angular output fromanother projector (such as to provide a wider range of illuminationand/or irradiation angles). In another embodiment, an AVLED comprises aplurality of projectors wherein the angular output from each projectorsubstantially overlaps with the angular output from another projector(such as to provide an increased light flux output for one or moreparticular angular bins (where the light is emitted from 2 or moreprojectors into a single angular bin, for example.

In one embodiment, the spatial array light source comprises scanning afocused or small beam of light across a phosphor such that illuminatedand/or irradiated regions of the phosphor individually (for a briefperiod of time) behave as spatial emitting light source due to theemission of the light from the phosphor material (such as a planarphosphor film, phosphor plate, quantum dot plate, or other luminophorematerial). In one embodiment, the spatial array light source is atwo-dimensional or three-dimensional arrangement of light sources (orilluminated and/or irradiated apertures) and is a circular array,concentric circular array, rectangular array, star-shaped array,irregular array, non-uniform array, hemispherical array (such as anarrangement of light sources substantially along the outer surface of ahemispherical shape) spherical array, ellipsoidal array, triangulararray, pentagonal array, hexagonal array, heptagonal array, octagonalarray, nonagonal array, decagonal array, polygonal array, polyhedralarray, or a combination of one or more of the aforementionedarrangements. In one embodiment, the shape of the illuminated and/orirradiated aperture or light source emitter (at the aperture, lightsource, exit aperture of the emitter package, the emitter package (whichmay include a primary optic) is one or more of the following shapes:rectangular, square, circular, polygonal, hexagon, triangle, octagonal,polyhedron hemispherical, ellipsoidal, rectangular, pyramidal, faceted,cube, hexahedron, parallelepiped, prism, pentagonal prism, regularpolygon, or a combination of one or more of the aforementioned shapes.In one embodiment, one or more light sources of the spatial array oflight sources comprises a largest average dimension, average smallestdimension, average dimension within one or more light output planes,average diameter, average radius, less than one selected from the group2, 1, 0.5, 0.100, 0.075, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, 0.01, 0.008, 0.006, 0.004,0.003, and 0.001 micrometers. In another embodiment, one or more lightsources of the spatial array of light sources comprises a largestaverage dimension, average smallest dimension, average dimension withinone or more light output planes, average diameter, average radius,greater than one selected from the group 2, 1, 0.5, 0.100, 0.075, 0.04,0.03, 0.02, 0.01, 0.008, 0.006, 0.004, 0.003, and 0.001 micrometers.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source withgreater than at least one selected from the group of: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10,20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240,260, 280, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000,10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 40,000, 60,000, 80,000, and 100,000 individuallyaddressable light sources or illuminated and/or irradiated pixels (suchas the number of pixels in an SLM) or illuminated and/or irradiatedregions that may be turned on and off. In a further embodiment, eachlight source or pixel may be dimmed to greater than one selected fromthe group of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, and 200 intensitylevels. In one embodiment, the average peak radiant flux emitted fromeach light source (or illuminated pixel/aperture) of the spatial arraylight source is greater than one selected from the group: 0.05, 0.1,0.5, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40, 50, 80, 100, 200, 500, 800, and 1000milliwatts, evaluated by measuring the total flux output from the entirespatial array light source and dividing by the number of emitting lightsources or irradiated pixels/apertures. In one embodiment, the averagepeak luminous flux emitted from each light source (or illuminatedpixel/aperture) of the spatial array light source is greater than oneselected from the group: 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40, 50, 80,100, 200, 500, 800, and 1000 lumens, evaluated by measuring the totalluminous flux output from the entire spatial array light source at thehighest operating intensity from each pixel, and dividing by the numberof emitting light sources or illuminated pixels/apertures. In anotherembodiment, the spatial array light source comprises an array of one ormore types of light sources described herein for an AVLED.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source andan AROE wherein the number of discrete light sources (which can beindependently controlled) per 5 or 10 degrees of illumination (such as a5 degree angular bin, or 4 angular bins whose angular range includes 10degrees) in theta and/or phi is larger for angular bins closer to theoptical axis of the AVLED (or nadir, for example) than angular binsfurther from the optical axis of the AVLED. For example, in oneembodiment, 20 micro-LEDs emit light into angular bins equal to orwithin 5 degrees from the nadir of an AVLED (such as angular bins withphi less than or equal to 5 degrees) in the form of a downlight with adevice axis or an optical axis parallel to the nadir (phi=0 degrees) and5 micro-LEDs emit light into angular bins with a total angular width of5 degrees centered at an angle theta=0 degrees and phi=60 degrees orangular bins including light into angles from theta=0 to 180 degrees andphi=57.5-62.5 degrees. In one embodiment the ratio of number of lightsources of an AVLED emitting light into a first set of one or moreangular bins to the number of light sources in a second set of one ormore angular bins, each set having a total angular width less of philess than 10 degrees (and optionally theta=0 to 180 degrees), is greaterthan one selected from the group 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20. In someembodiments, higher resolution or number of light sources in one or moreangular bins are needed at higher angles from the nadir (or device axisor optical axis) than lower angles from the nadir (or device axis oroptical axis), such as, for example, a museum selectively illuminatingartwork hanging on walls. In one embodiment, the first set of angularbins are at an angle phi greater than 40 degrees and the second set ofangular bins are at an angle phi less than 40 degrees from the nadir,optical axis, and/or device axis. In some embodiments, higher resolutionor number of light sources in one or more angular bins are needed atlower angles from the nadir (or device axis or optical axis) than higherangles from the nadir (or device axis or optical axis), such as, forexample, an automobile headlight AVLED or a grocery store light fixturemounted on a high ceiling. In one embodiment, the first set of angularbins are at an angle phi less than 40 degrees and the second set ofangular bins are at an angle phi greater than 40 degrees.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source andone or more light absorbing walls (along the entire array of lightsources, or along each or a plurality (set) of the light sources) withdirectional components parallel to the light output axis of the lightsources in the spatial array light source that absorb light at anglesgreater than one selected from the group 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75,and 80 degrees. For example, in one embodiment, an AVLED comprises amicro-LED array spatial array light source and a grid (or array) oflight absorbing walls between the micro-LEDs in a first directionorthogonal to the light emitting axis of the micro-LEDs and between themicro-LEDs in a second direction orthogonal to the light emitting axisof the micro-LEDs and the first direction. In one embodiment, byblocking high angle light from the light sources, the light flux from afirst spatial zone overlapping the light flux output from a second,neighboring light source in a second spatial zone neighboring the firstspatial zone may be reduced to less than one selected from the group:10%, 8%, 6%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, and 0.5%. In one embodiment, the lightabsorbing walls are an array of frustrated conical light absorbing wallswith the light sources centered in the smaller circular surfaces of thefrustrated conical walls wherein the height and angle of the wallsdetermine the angular cut-off of light from the light sources due toabsorption from the light absorbing walls. In another embodiment, thelight absorbing walls are a rectangular array of angled light absorbingwalls (such as the walls of square frustrum, pyramid frustrum, ortrapezoidal prism, for example) with the light sources centered axiallybetween the walls wherein the height and angle of the walls determinethe angular cut-off of light from the light sources due to absorptionfrom the light absorbing walls.

Rotating Spatial Array Light Source

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an array of light sources (such asa linear array) that is rotated in a plane with a component orthogonalto the optical axis of the light sources such that over a full period ofrotation, a circular array of light sources is generated. In thisembodiment, a first light source of the array of light sources isspatially and time synchronized to emit light similar to a circulararray of light sources. By synchronizing the light sources with thelocation and driving the flux output accordingly, the light output fromthe spinning array of light sources may be input into an AROE and outputfrom the AVLED into a range of angular bins corresponding to the timeand location of the light sources. In this embodiment, the width of theangular bin may be discretized by pulsing the light sources or theangular bins may be effectively continuous with adjacent angular bins bymodulating the light flux output continuously. In one embodiment, theAVLED comprises a plurality of rotating linear arrays of light sourcesextended radially from the center of rotation. In one embodiment, thelinear arrays extend from the center of rotation outward in a lightemitting plane. In another embodiment, the linear arrays extend alongdiameters of a circle of rotation. In one embodiment, the linear arraysare straight or curved. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatialarray light source that is rotated about an axis of rotation and thelight flux output is synchronized to emit light into specific angularbins. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more linear arraysof light sources wherein the linear array is curved in the light outputplane such that the light sources further from the axis of rotation arecloser to the environment to be illuminated than the light sourcescloser to or on the optical axis of rotation. In one embodiment, anAVLED comprises a spatial array light source on a flexible substratesuch that the array is curved outward in the +z direction parallel tothe device axis or optical axis of the AVLED. In one embodiment, anAVLED comprises a spatial array light source persistence of visiondisplay comprising a plurality of light sources that are rotated suchthat the light output from the AVELD appears to be a constantillumination without flicker.

LED Array, Micro-LED Array, or Nano-LED Array

In one embodiment, the spatial array light source is an array of lightemitting diodes (LEDs), an array of micro-LEDs, an array of nano-LEDs,or an array of organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs), includingphosphorescent OLEDs and transparent OLEDs. In one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises light sources (and/or an array of light emitting diodes) withspectral output corresponding to the color or spectral output of white,warm white, cool white, daylight, red, green, blue, amber, yellow, cyan,magenta, infra-red, or ultraviolet light output. As used herein,nano-LEDs have an average largest dimension less than 1 micron andmicro-LEDs have an average largest dimension less than about 100micrometers. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or moresuperluminescent light emitting diodes or a micro-SLED array(micro-Superluminescent Light Emitting Diode array). In this embodiment,the SLED may be speckle free, quasi-collimated (for example with anangular FWHM intensity less than 5 degrees), and/or linearly polarized.

Laser Array, Micro-laser Array, or Nano-laser Array

In one embodiment, the spatial array light source comprises one or moreselected from the group: an array of laser diodes, an array ofmicro-lasers, an array of nano-lasers, an array of organic laser diodes(OLEDs), an array of vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers, an arrayof surface emitting lasers, an array of vertical-external-cavitysurface-emitting-lasers (VECSELs), an array of hybrid silicon lasers, anarray of interband cascade lasers (ICLs), an array of semiconductor ringlasers, an array of phase locked lasers, and an array of quantum cascadelasers.

Spatial Array Emitter (or Light Source and SLM) Shape

In one embodiment, the shape of the array of the spatial array lightsource (or pixels or apertures receiving light from one or more lightsources) is substantially planar, substantially non-planar,substantially curved in one or two mutually orthogonal light outputplanes, substantially spherical, substantially hemispherical,substantially arcuate, or a combination of two or more of theaforementioned shapes. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a pluralityof spatial array emitters (spatial array light sources) oriented atdifferent angles and angles less than 90 degrees to the optical axis ordevice axis of the AVLED. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises foursubstantially planar spatial array light emitters, one oriented at anangle less than −20 degrees to the AVLED optical axis or device axis ina first light output plane, one oriented at an angle greater than +20degrees to the AVLED optical axis or device axis in the first lightoutput plane, one oriented at an angle less than −20 degrees to theAVLED optical axis or device axis in a second light output planeorthogonal to the first light output plane, one oriented at an anglegreater than +20 degrees to the AVLED optical axis or device axis in thesecond light output plane. In this embodiment, the AVLED may comprise afifth substantially planar array light emitter oriented substantiallyorthogonal to the optical axis or device axis of the AVLED, andoptionally between two pairs of spatial array light emitters.

AVLED Comprising a Substantially Spherical or Hemispherical SpatialArray Light Source

In one embodiment, the optical axes of the plurality of light sources(or apertures receiving light from one or more light sources, such as anLCD in the shape of a hemisphere) vary along the array. By using lightsources or apertures oriented along the surface of a curve, arc, sphere,hemisphere, or non-planar shape, the optical axes of the light sources(or light exiting an aperture or pixel) can vary for each source (oraperture or pixel) position along the surface of the substantiallycurved, substantially arcuate, substantially spherical, substantiallyhemispherical, or substantially non-planar shaped spatial array lightsource. In this embodiment, if the orientation of the optical axes ofthe light sources (or light from the apertures or pixels) issufficiently close to the desired angular peak for the angular bins, anAROE may not be needed. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprising a spatialarray of light sources positioned along a shape or surface that issubstantially curved, substantially arcuate, substantially spherical, astepwise surface (where the light sources or pixels may be positionedsubstantially along a curved line but on stepped structures),substantially hemispherical, or a combination of two or more of theaforementioned surfaces or shapes and the AVLED may comprise one or moreoptical elements (such as lens, or array of lenses, or other opticalelement disclosed herein) that refracts, reflects, diffracts, orotherwise redirects at least a portion of light from the light source orlight sources of the spatial array light source such that it defines theangular width of one or more angular bins of the AVLED (such as bypartially collimating the light or reducing the angular width in one ormore light output planes). In one embodiment, the spatial array lightsources positioned along a non-planar shape comprise a primary and/orsecondary optical element that reduces the width of the angular binassociated with one or more light sources in the array of light sourcessuch that it is a reduced angular width light source or light sources.

Spatial Light Modulator (SLM)

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources thatilluminate and/or irradiate a spatial light modulator to create aspatial array light source, and an AROE. In this embodiment, theilluminated and/or irradiated SLM may be treated as a direct emissionlight source (such as an LED array) and the axes of the light from eachpixel (effectively a light source) may be redirected by the AROE. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises a spatial array of light sourcesilluminating and/or irradiating a SLM where the light output from thespatial array of light sources is spatially modulated in addition to themodulation of the SLM such that the dynamic range of the AVLED isincreased over the SLM and a substantially constant average intensityfrom the illuminating and/or irradiating light sources. In oneembodiment, the optical axis of the light from each pixel (or lightsource) in a spatial array light source varies across the array in oneor more array directions (such as in a row, column, or radial directionof the array) and an AROE may further redirect the optical axis of thelight from the spatial array of light sources. In one embodiment, thelight from one or more light sources is incident on an AROE prior toreaching an SLM such that the angle of the optical axis for the lightreaching each pixel of the SLM varies. For example, in one embodiment,light from an array of light source is incident on a diffuser and/orother mixing optic (such as a fly's eye microlens array) and diffusedsuch that the color and/or spatial uniformity is substantially uniform(such as a minimum divided by the maximum luminous intensity is greaterthan 70% and/or a CIE 1976 (L*, u*, v*) color space Δu′v′<0.01), and theimage of the diffuser is focused by a lens with an F/ #less than 1.5through a spatial light modulator such the focus is on the opposite sideof the SLM. In this embodiment, the axis of each pixel is at a slightlydifferent angle and an AROE may optionally be used prior to the focalpoint or after the focal point to further redirect the light (such asincreasing the angle of the axes corresponding to the pixels and angularbins). In one embodiment, the thickness of the SLM (such as thethickness of the LCD stack between outer surfaces of the polarizers) isless than one selected from the group 2, 1.5, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0, 0.9,0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, and 0.4 millimeters such that shadowing due toparallax is minimized In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises two or moreAROEs to further increase (or decrease) the angle of the optical axis ofone or more pixels or light sources (such as having an AROE on eitherside of a SLM) or one AROE where the light passes through the AROE twice(such as positioning an AROE between one or more light sources and areflective LCD where the light from the light source passes through theAROE prior to reflecting from the reflective LCD and after reflectingfrom the reflective LCD where the single AROE may magnify (increase) theangles after reflection from the reflective LCD, for example).

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an array of light sourcesmodulated to at least 10 light output levels (such as by pulse-widthmodulation or current modulation), a SLM, and a AROE wherein the maximumdynamic range of the light output in one or more angular bins includeslight output extending into a range of lumens (or Watts) selected fromthe group: 0.01 to 20,000, 0.05 to 5,000, 0.01 to 5,000, 1 to 10,000, 1to 20,000, 0.01 to 1,000, 0.01 to 500, 1 to 5,000, 5 to 5,000, 10 to1,000, 10 to 100, 1 to 100, 0.5 to 100, 0.1 to 100, 0.01 to 100, and 1to 50. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an array of light sourcesmodulated to at least 10 light output levels (such as by pulse-widthmodulation or current modulation), a SLM, and a AROE wherein the maximumdynamic range of the light output in one or more angular bins includeslight output greater or less than a range of lumens (or Watts) selectedfrom the group: 0.01 to 20,000, 0.05 to 5,000, 0.01 to 5,000, 1 to10,000, 1 to 20,000, 0.01 to 1,000, 0.01 to 500, 1 to 5,000, 5 to 5,000,10 to 1,000, 10 to 100, 1 to 100, 0.5 to 100, 0.1 to 100, 0.01 to 100,and 1 to 50.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises two spatial light modulators, afirst holographic SLM displaying the hologram forming the real image onthe first intermediate real image plane, and a second spatial lightmodulator at a second intermediate image plane to intensity modulate thereal image. This second SLM may comprise, for example, a digital micromirror device such as the Texas Instruments DLP™, or a liquid crystal onsilicon (LCOS) SLM, or some other SLM technology. Preferably theresolution of the second SLM is greater than that of the first SLM, andthe projector includes an image processor to decompose the image datainto a lower spatial frequency component used to generate the hologramdata, and a higher spatial frequency component for intensity modulatinga real image from the hologram. This dual modulation architectureprovides a number of advantages including physical compactness andimproved image resolution and contrast. Systems comprising two SLMsincluding a holographic SLM are disclosed in US20130194644, the entirecontents are incorporated by reference herein.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources and oneor more active, electronically addressed spatial light modulators (SLMs)that spatially modulate the intensity and/or phase of light incidentfrom the one or more light sources where the one or more SLMs are amodulator type (such as the type of modulator used in a display) orselected from the group: liquid crystal display (LCD), transmissivedisplay, reflective display, transmissive LCD, reflective LCD, nematicliquid crystal display, liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) display,ferroelectric LCOS display, twisted nematic display, in-plane switchingdisplay, advanced fringe field switching display, vertical alignmentdisplay, blue phase mode display, zenithal bistable device, guest-hostliquid crystal display, polymer dispersed liquid crystal display,holographic polymer dispersed liquid crystal display, phase retardationliquid crystal display, cholesteric display, bistable twisted nematicdisplay, grating aligned zenithal display, micro-electromechanicalmirror (MEM) based display, biaxial MEM based display, digitalmicro-mirror device (DMD) based display, electrophoretic display,time-multiplexed optical shutter display, color sequential display,interferometric modulator display, bistable display, electronic paperdisplay, LED display, thin-film-transistor display, segmented display,passive matrix display, active matrix display, electrostatic display,electrowetting display, electrokinetic display, micro-cup EPD display,photonic crystal display, electrofluidic display, electrochromicdisplay, deformable mirror display, multiple quantum well display,time-multiplexed optical shutter display, phase spatial light modulator,diffractive spatial light modulator, holographic spatial lightmodulator, or other liquid crystal based display or display technologyknown in the art for spatially modulating light.

AROE on or within a Light Source

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources where anAROE is effectively within or optically coupled to the light source suchthat the output from the light source is not parallel to the surfacenormal of the light source light emitting surface, outer surface of theAROE optically coupled to the light source, or to a direction orthogonalto an array direction of the spatial array of light sources. Forexample, in one embodiment, the light source includes a light emittingdiode with photonic structures and/or nanostmctures (such as ametasurface comprising subwavelength nanostmctures that can includetitanium dioxide nanofins) which may be anisotropic within the volume ofthe light emitting diode or on the surface of the light emitting diode(or on the surface or within the AROE optically coupled the outersurface of the light source) such that the optical axis of the lightexiting the light source or exiting the AROE optically coupled to thelight source has an angle to the surface normal of the light source, orAROE, or to a direction orthogonal to an array direction of the spatialarray of light sources greater than one selected from the group: 0, 2,5, 8, 10, 150, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 degrees. For example, in oneembodiment, the internal or surface structure of the light emittingdiode comprises angled or blazed grating that diffracts light with afirst peak wavelength (such as diffracting light with a peak wavelengthat 630 nanometers and wavelength bandwidth from 600 to 640 nanometerswith more than a 50% diffraction efficiency) to an angle of 30 degreesfrom the normal to the LED surface or to a direction orthogonal to anarray direction of the spatial array of light sources. In anotherembodiment, a plurality of light sources in a spatial array light sourceeach comprise a different AROE structure within the volume of the LED oroptically coupled to the surface of the LED such that the light exits atdifferent non-zero angles to the surface normal of the LED light outputsurface or to a direction orthogonal to an array direction of thespatial array of light sources (such as perpendicular to a planarspatial array light source that may have step-like surface such as ablazed grating). In one embodiment, AVLED comprises a spatial arraylight source and an AROE optically coupled to the light output surfaceof the spatial array light source. In this embodiment, the AROE mayinclude linear blazed gratings where the pitch and/or angle of theblazed grating varies across the array such that the spatial locationswithin the array will emit light with increasing optical axis angles fora single color light source (or single wavelength range), such as redLEDs, relative to the position of the LED along the array. In anotherembodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source and a firstAROE that redirects light in a first light output plane from the spatialarray of light sources into larger angles from the surface normal of thelight source, the surface normal AVLED, or a direction orthogonal to anarray direction of the spatial array of light sources, and the AVLEDfurther comprises a second AROE (such as an AROE with featuresorthogonal to the first AROE) that redirects the light from the spatialarray of light sources after being directed by the first AROE in asecond light output plane into larger angles from the surface normal ofthe light source, the surface normal AVLED, or a direction orthogonal toan array direction of the spatial array of light sources. For example,in one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a micro-LED array spatial array oflight sources substantially arranged in an array in an x-y plane andemitting light with a directional component in the z direction. In thisembodiment, the AVLED comprises a first blazed diffraction grating (afirst AROE) with features linear in the y direction and a pitch thatvaries in the x direction across the spatial array light source wherethe first AROE diffracts light from the red micro-LEDs of the micro-LEDarray into increasing optical axis angles from the normal to the arraydirection (z direction) in the x-z output plane as the position of thered micro-LEDs vary across the array in the x direction. In thisembodiment, the AVLED may comprise a second blazed diffraction grating(a second AROE) with features linear in the x direction and a pitch thatvaries in the y direction across the spatial array light sourcepositioned to receive light from the first AROE where the second AROEdiffracts light from the red micro-LEDs of the micro-LED array intoincreasing optical axis angles from the normal to the array direction (zdirection) in the y-z output plane as the position of the red micro-LEDsvary across the array in the y direction. In this example, the opticalaxis angles from the normal for the light from blue micro-LEDs and greenmicro-LEDs will also change based on the position in the array in thex-z light output plane and the y-z output plane due to the first AROEand second AROE, respectively. In one embodiment, the pitch of the firstAROE and/or first and second AROE varies non-linearly across the array.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an AROE in the form of a spatialarray of one or more gratings or holograms (such as polarizationgratings) corresponding to one or a group of light sources in a spatialarray of light sources. In this embodiment, the gratings or holograms(such as polarization gratings) may be broadband such that the opticalaxis of white light may be redirected efficiently. In one embodiment,the grating or hologram is a polarization gratings, anisotropic grating,anisotropic hologram, polarization hologram, optical axis grating,cycloidal diffractive waveplate, vector hologram, vector grating,geometric phase holograms, liquid crystal grating (and liquidcrystalline grating), liquid crystal metasurface, liquid crystalhologram, phase grating, or a stack of two or more of the aforementionedgratings or holograms. These holograms or gratings, stacks, and theirmethods of manufacture are known in the art of liquid crystal technologyand described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,576,862, 6,128,058,6,153,272, 6,242,061, 7,196,758, 7,692,759, 8,064,035, 8,339,566, and8,520,170, US Patent Application Publication Nos. US20030090618,US20090073331, US20110027494, US20130194537, US20130027656,US20140252666, and US20150022745, the contents of each are incorporatedby reference herein.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source (or ascanning light source) and an AROE comprising an array of electronicallyadjustable optical elements. These elements could be liquid lenses,fluid lenses, an array of thermo-optical elements and microheaters,switchable gratings/refractive elements using liquid crystallinematerial and an electric field, electrically switchable metalenses,optical metasurface (such as one or more types using chemicalapproaches, electrical gating and photocarrier excitation, opticalnonlinearity tuning, reconfigurable metasurface for active device, beamsteering device, mechanical actuation, phase change material,magneto-optic control, modulating the dielectric environment, varifocallenses and dynamic holograms, dynamic phase, amplitude, and polarizationcontrol, ultrafast modulated metasurfaces, nonreciprocity, frequencyconversion and time refraction, or time reversal and negativerefraction), electrically switchable gratings, reconfigurable opticalelements, optofluidic elements, acousto-optical elements. In oneembodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source and two ormore AROEs, where a first AROE redirects light from different portionsof a spatial array light source into one or more angular bands, and asecond AROE redirects light from the one or more angular bands intodifferent angular bins with smaller angular ranges than the angularbands. In one embodiment, three, four, five, or more AROEs are similarlyused for different angular bands and/or angular bins within the angularbands.

In one embodiment, the orientation and/or position of the AROE relativeto a spatial array light source or one or more light sources isadjustable by a physical mechanism (such as a fine adjustment screw witha thread count greater than 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90 threads per inch,or a rotary screw mount, for example) or an electronically adjustablemechanism along one or more axes or rotation about one or more axes ofthe AROE (such as the optical axis and/or one or two mutually orthogonalaxes orthogonal to the optical axis of the AROE). In one embodiment thealignment of one or more angular bins may be aligned with physicalstructures or objects in the environment by using a physical orelectronic adjustment mechanism and/or rotary mount. In anotherembodiment, the range of angular bins in one or more light output planesmay be adjusted to expand or contract (such as by positioning the AROEcloser to or further away from the spatial array light source along a zaxis) or be off-center or centered (such as by translating the AROErelative to the spatial array light source along an x or y axisorthogonal to the z axis) to the environment, portions of theenvironment, or relative to objects in the environment by one or moreadjustment mechanisms For example, in an AVLED test setup mode, everyother angular bin could be illuminated along with every outer angularbin to visually see the corresponding spatial zones illuminated (andtheir angular width) in a bordered checkerboard pattern and range ofangular bins such that adjustments could be made for alignment orregistration purposes. I one embodiment, the AVLED comprises twoorthogonally linear optics or optical elements with orthogonally linearportions such that the angular width and/or the corresponding spatialzones in two orthogonal light output planes may be modifiedindependently to accommodate particular shapes of the environment. Forexample, an AVLED setup with symmetrical light output in two orthogonallight output planes at 45 degree angles to opposing walls of a squareroom may be rotated to align the light output planes to be perpendicularto opposite walls of the square room. In the case of arectangular-shaped room, after aligning the light output planes to beperpendicular to opposite walls, one of the linear AROEs of may beadjusted (in the z-direction for example) to increase the light fluxoutput at the higher angles (such as by increasing or magnifying therange of angles) in the light output plane parallel to the lengthdirection longer than the width direction of the rectangular room toprovide more light flux for the distant walls/floors. In one embodimentthe adjustment may be performed in real-time such that the spatial zonesfor each angular bin or collection of angular bins are visible.

one or More Light Sources and One or More Scanning Elements

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources emittinglight to one or more scanning elements such that the light isre-directed into a plurality of angular bins as the scanning elementmoves. In one embodiment, the light source comprises one or more LEDs orlasers and the scanner comprises one or more biaxialmicroelectromechanical system (MEMS) scanner or a nanoelectromechanicalsystem (NEMS) scanner. For example, in one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a red, green, and blue directly modulated laser diodes withtheir beams expanded (and optionally collimated) to illuminate a digitalmicromirror device. In another embodiment, an AVLED comprises anLED-based or laser-based projector (such as a picoprojector). In anotherembodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more scanning elements selectedfrom the group: rotating mirror scanner, resonant galvanometer scanner,servo-controlled galvanometer scanner, raster scanner, vector scanner,piezoelectric actuator scanner, magnetostrictive actuator scanner,microscanner, nanoscanner, rotating prism scanner (such as two rotatingRisley prisms), acousto-optic deflector, electro-optic deflector,scanning fiber, MEMS scanner, NEMS scanner, biaxial MEMS scanner,biaxial NEMS scanner, holographic laser projection, diffractive laserprojection, two electrostatic MEMS scanners, phased array scanning,rotating optical element, rotating prism sheet, optofluidic laserscanner, rotatable liquid prism, transparent polygonal scanner, two axisgimballed scanner, GRISM scanner (two rotating prisms and a diffractiveelement), liquid crystal phase array, polarization grating, variableblaze gratings, lattice-shifted photonic crystal waveguide, variableperiod liquid crystal scanner, variable index of refraction liquidcrystal scanner, birefringent prism scanner, Wollaston prism scanner,piezoelectric film scanner, bulk piezoelectric sheet scanner, adiffractive optical element or grating (such as a polarization grating)on a electrostatic mirror or MEMS, electroholography scanner,electrically controlled diffraction grating, and a combination of 2 ormore of the aforementioned scanners including stacks of scanners. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises other elements commonly used withdifferent scanning or projection technologies (including picoprojectiontechnology) such as one or more beamsplitters, beam combiners, dichroicfilters, elements that reduce speckle (such as microlens arrays,birefringent materials), phosphor or luminophore components, colorwheels, optical components including lenses, F-Theta lenses, and coolingelements or systems.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an array of light sources with areduced angular width, which could be in a rectangular array, circulararray, or other arrangement such as a cross or star and the AVLEDcomprises a collection of prisms, gratings, Fresnel lenses, hybridFresnel lenses, or other optical elements arranged on a disc or drum(such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,806,969 or US Patent ApplicationPublication No. US20100254142, the entire contents of which isincorporated by reference herein) that may be rotated such that thelight from the spatial array of light sources is synchronized for theprisms. In one embodiment, the optical elements of a rotating disc varyin concentric circles, such as a cylindrical lenses with different radiioriented in a radial direction wherein as the disc rotates, the lightfrom the light sources is incident on varying parts of cylindricallenses of different radii such that optical axis of the light isdirected into different directions.

In one embodiment, the scanner comprises an AROE in combination with ascanning element or technology. For example, in one embodiment, abiaxial MEMS scanner comprises a metalens (such as a metasurfacecomprising a subwavelength nanostructures, including arrays of titaniumdioxide nanofins for broadband lens performance, for example),polarization grating, diffractive optical element, grating element, filmor coating on the surface such that the scanning angle is increased overthe reflection angle by a single pass through a reflective diffractiveor holographic element or two passes through a transmissive diffractiveor holographic element. In embodiment, the light output from a spatialarray of light sources (or a subset of a spatial array of light sources)is focused onto (or converged toward) a scanning surface (such as abiaxial MEMs scanner mirror) by using optics (such as relay optics orfocusing optics) such that the reflection from the scanner redirects thelight output from substantially the entire spatial array of lightsources (or subset of the array) which may be subsequently magnified orenlarged to increase the angles of the reflected light.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a plurality of light sources and ascanner wherein the intensity of the light in a particular angular binis controlled by modulation of the light flux output of one or morelight sources and optionally the scanning properties of the scanner. Forexample, in one embodiment four white micro-LEDs in a micro-LED arrayspatial array light source emit reduced angular width light that isdirected into a single angular bin by a scanner and each light sourcemay comprise pulse-width modulation or intensity modulation and thescanner speed or diffraction efficiency (in scanning embodiments whereit may be modulated) may also be modulated or changed to adjust thelight output or perceived light output in one more angular bins of theAVLED.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a diffraction (or holographic)grating and light sources with different peak wavelengths (such as red,green, and blue, for example) spatially offset from each other emittinglight toward the grating such that the peak wavelengths from two or moreof the light sources are diffracted into substantially the same anglesuch as parallel to the surface normal of the grating, for example. Inembodiments disclosed herein where a spatial array light source isdescribed, one or more light sources and one or more scanning elementsmay be used to provide angular bins of illumination and/or irradiationfor those embodiments instead of a spatial array light source.

Scanner or Aroe Also Directs Light to Sensor

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources and animager (imaging sensor) or photosensor wherein the one or more lightsources have one or more optical paths for the light to travel from theone or more light sources into their respective angular bin, and thelight reaching the imager (or photosensor) from the environment sharesat least a portion of the one or more optical paths. In one embodiment,by sharing a portion of the same optical path, the association of thelight output with the measured light input has a higher correlation dueto a reduced or absent axial correction factor. In this embodiment, forexample, the light source and imager may share a portion of the sameoptics (such as an AROE or scanner, for example). In one embodiment, theAVLED comprises a beamsplitter (which could be based on polarization,wavelength, or a partially reflective coating) that redirects incidentlight from the environment to the imager and/or redirects light from theone or more light sources toward and AROE, scanner, or into one or moreangular bins. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a light sourcearray wherein the light source array can be electrically reconfigured tomeasure ambient light incident from one or more angular bins. Forexample, in one embodiment, the spatial array light source comprises anarray of micro -LEDs wherein at times between providing light output, aplurality of the micro-LEDs of the micro-LED array can be used tomeasure a current and/or voltage that corresponds to a relativeintensity of ambient light from reflected from the corresponding spatialzone or region of the environment illuminated and/or irradiated by thecorresponding angular bin. Similarly, in one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises one or more light emitting diodes emitting light to a scannerthat directs the light into angular bins for illumination and/orirradiation. In this embodiment, between times where the light emittingdiodes are emitting light, the AVLED can be configured to measure thevoltage and/or current from the light emitting diodes to measure arelative intensity in angular bins of ambient light scanned in reverseto the AVLED light output. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises atleast one light source and an imager or light sensor wherein the scannerredirects the optical axis of the light source into one or more angularbins of light exiting the AVLED and the scanner redirects ambient lightto the imager or light sensor. In one embodiment, the redirection of thelight source optical axis and redirection of ambient light onto theimager or light sensor occurs simultaneously (such as in the case of oneor more light sources positioned adjacent, near, or at a first deviationangle to the imager or light sensor) or sequentially.

In one embodiment, the voltage and/or current from one or more lightemitting diodes in an AVLED due to ambient illumination and/orirradiation are measured in a measurement mode that occurs at least onceevery time period selected from the group: 0.001, 0.005, 0.01, 0.012,0.015, 0.0166, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 12,15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60, 120, and 200 seconds. In one embodiment, thetime period during which the light is measured is less than one selectedfrom the group: 0.001, 0.005, 0.01, 0.012, 0.015, 0.0166, 0.02, 0.05,0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60,120, and 200 seconds. For example, in one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises a spatial array light source comprising an AROE and an arrayof micro-LEDs that are configured to emit light at a pulse-widthmodulated frequency greater than 60 hertz wherein one or more cycles ofthe modulation, instead of outputting light, a measurement of thevoltage and/or current from all or a plurality of the micro-LEDs ismeasured or evaluated. In this embodiment, the ambient light reachingthe AVLED within the different angular bins can be evaluated (such asthe case when sunlight or other non-AVLED changes the illuminationand/or irradiation needs from the AVLED such that the AVLED does notneed to emit light into those angular bins (or can emit less light intothose angular bins) due to the increase in ambient light to save energyand/or prevent over-illumination and/or irradiation or bright spots inthe environment. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises one or moretemperature sensors to measure and/or predict the junction temperatureof the one or more light sources or to take into account effects of thetemperature of the one or more light sources on the measured voltageand/or current. In another embodiment, the AVLED monitors the voltageand/or current from one or more light sources such as light emittingdiodes and compares the voltage and/or current for the light source witha reference voltage and/or current. The reference voltage and/or currentmay be the voltage and/or current when all or a predetermined portion ofthe other light sources are emitting light at a predetermined intensitylevel into an environment where there are substantially no other lightsources emitting light at the same time (such as a dark room). In thisexample, the increase in current and/or voltage can account for anincrease in light within the corresponding angular bin for the lightsource over the reference condition. In another embodiment, the voltageand/or current of the light source is measured and monitored while thelight source is emitting light to look for changes that may be due to achange in ambient light reaching the light source (taking into accountvoltage or current changes due to a monitored temperature variation).For example, in one embodiment, a system comprises a plurality ofAVLEDs, each comprising a micro-LED array spatial array light source andan AROE wherein the voltage and/or current of a first micro-LED of afirst AVLED is measured and monitored while the light source is emittinglight. In this example, a particular region (such as spot on the floor)in the environment is illuminated and/or irradiated by a first angularbin from the first AVLED light mounted on or in the ceiling and a secondangular bin from a second AVLED mounted on or in the ceiling threemeters away from the first AVLED. In this embodiment, when an individualwalks into the room below and between the first and second AVLED andbetween the particular region and the second AVLED, a shadow or reducedintensity appears on the particular region due to the individualblocking light from the second AVLED. In this embodiment, the firstAVLED may measure a sudden reduction in voltage and/or current from thefirst LED which receives light from the first angular bin. In thisembodiment, the first AVLED may increase the intensity or luminous fluxoutput from the first LED to illuminate the shadow, providing a moreuniform luminous shadow free or reduced-shadow visibility environment.In one embodiment, a third AVLED mounted on or in the ceiling threemeters from the first and second AVLEDs increases the luminous fluxoutput in a third angular bin that illuminates the particular spot. Inone embodiment, the AVLED comprises a plurality of light sources,wherein when one or more of the plurality of light sources emits lightthat light exits the AVLED in a first angular bin, and when the one ormore light sources is emitting light or not emitting light (optionallywith remaining light sources of the plurality of light sources emittinglight into other angular bins) one or more components of the AVLEDmeasures the voltage of the one or more light sources to an accuracyand/or resolution greater than 0.5, 0.3, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001,0.0005, and 0.0001 volts and/or measures the current through the one ormore light sources to an accuracy and/or resolution greater than oneselected from the group: 0.5, 0.3, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.005, 0.001,0.0005, 0.0001, 0.00005, and 0.00001 amps. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a micro-LED array spatial array light source comprising aplurality of red, green, and blue micro-LEDs emitting light which exitsthe AVLED in a first angular bin, wherein at a first time period, theAVLED or one or more components of the AVLED measure the voltage and/orcurrent of the red, green, and blue micro -LEDs to determine a relativeintensity of the ambient light in each of the corresponding red, green,and blue wavelength spectrums associated with the micro-LEDs received bythe AVLED in the first angular bin (such as due to light reflecting froma colored object, for example). In one embodiment, the AVLED comprisesan AROE or scanner which redirects the optical axis of one or more lightsources emitting light and the AROE or the scanner also redirectsambient light onto one or more light sensors (or the light sourcesthemselves electrically configured to switch to a light receivingmeasurement mode) which may be used as occupancy and/or vacancy sensors.In this embodiment, at least a portion of the optical path of one ormore light sources is shared with the occupancy and/or vacancy sensorssuch that an additional optic for the occupancy and/or vacancy sensor isnot needed. In one embodiment, the AROE comprises an optical elementwith a light transmittance for wavelengths between 8 and 14 micrometersgreater than one selected from the group: 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%,65%, and 70%. In one embodiment the AROE is a refractive and/or totalinternal reflection based optical element formed from a materialcomprising at least 80% polyethylene or polypropylene.

Light Source Also Provides Depth Information

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources and ascanner wherein at least one of the light sources provides 3Dinformation based on LIDAR or other light measurement technique based onreflected light. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a visible lightlaser providing visible illumination of an environment that alsoprovides coherent or incoherent illumination of the environment (formeasuring amplitude changes in the reflected light or for measuringDoppler shifts or changes in the phase of the reflected light from theenvironment, respectively) to generate 3-dimensional data of theenvironment in combination with one or more sensors or detectors. Inanother embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more light sources (suchas red, green and blue lasers) providing visible illumination via afirst scanner and an infrared laser using the same scanner to illuminateand/or irradiate the room, wherein the infrared laser is part of a LIDARsystem that provides depth and/or 3D information for the environment. Inthis embodiment, by using the same scanner, only one scanner is requiredfor illumination and measurement and the angular bins of the lightoutput from the AVLED illuminating the environment for individuals andthe 3D scanning depth information can be readily synchronized and/oraligned to each other. In one embodiment, the AVLED or system comprisingan AVLED comprises a hyperspectral terahertz imager to determinestructure or 3D depth features of objects and/or the environment. In oneembodiment, the AVLED or system comprising an AVLED comprises one ormore imagers and one or more structured light generators to perform“Ghost imaging” of the environment to determine structure or 3D depthfeatures of objects and/or the environment. SENSOR

In one embodiment, an AVLED, an illumination and/or irradiation systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs, and/or a device (such as a smartphone,automobile, vehicle, craft, portable device, tablet, computer, wall boxcontroller, or controller) in communication with one or more AVLEDs orsystem comprising one or more AVLEDs comprises one or more sensorsselected from the group: antenna, a Global Positioning System (GPS)sensor (which may include an antenna tuned to the frequenciestransmitted by the satellites, receiver-processors, and a clock),accelerometer (such as a 3D accelerometer), gyroscope (such as a 3Dgyroscope), magnetometer, touch screen, button or sensor, temperaturesensor, humidity sensor, proximity sensor, pressure sensor, bloodpressure sensor, heart rate monitor, ECG monitor, body temperature,blood oxygen sensor, body fat percentage sensor, stress level sensor,respiration sensor, biometric sensor (such as a fingerprint sensor oriris sensor), facial recognition sensor, eye tracking sensor, securityidentification sensor, altimeter, magnetometer (including 3Dmagnetometer), digital compass, photodiode, vibration sensor, impactsensor, free-fall sensor, gravity sensor, motion sensor (including 9axis motion sensor with 3 axis accelerometer, gyroscope, and compass),IMU or inertial measurement unit, tilt sensor, gesture recognitionsensor, eye-tracking sensor, gaze tracking sensor, radiation sensor,electromagnetic radiation sensor, X-ray radiation sensor, light sensor(such as a visible light sensor, infra-red light sensor, ultravioletlight sensor, photopic light sensor, red light sensor, blue lightsensor, and green light sensor), microwave radiation sensor, backilluminated sensor (also known as a backside illumination (BSI or BI)sensor), electric field sensor, inertia sensor, haptic sensor,capacitance sensor, resistance sensor, biosensor, barometer, barometricpressure sensor, radio transceiver, Wi-Fi transceiver, Bluetooth™transceiver, cellular phone communications sensor, GSM/TDMA/CDMAtransceiver, near field communication (NFC) receiver or transceiver,camera, CCD sensor, CMOS sensor, microphone, voice recognition sensor,voice identification sensor, gas sensor, electrochemical gas sensor(such as one calibrated for carbon monoxide), gas sensor for oxidizinggases, gas sensor for reducing gases, breath sensor (such as onedetecting the presence of alcohol), glucose sensor, environmentalsensor, sensors that can detect or provide information related to theblood alcohol level of an individual, pH sensor, sensor that monitorpulse, heartbeat, or body temperature of an individual in theenvironment receiving light from the AVLED or operating a vehicle,craft, and/or portable device. In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs orsystem comprising one or more AVLEDs processing information receivedfrom the one or more aforementioned sensors and changes the light fluxoutput in one or more angular bins and/or the color of the light outputin one or more angular bins of the one or more AVLEDs. In anotherembodiment, the portable device includes eyewear, headwear, head-mounteddisplay, wrist wear (such as a watch, bracelet, or band), or otherwearable device that may comprise one or more of the aforementionedsensors and/or imagers.

The sensor providing information to one or more AVLEDs or systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs may be a component of the AVLED, portabledevice, the vehicle, an aftermarket or accessory item of the AVLED,vehicle, or portable device, such as a sensor on a wireless phone (suchas a smart phone), a sensor on a bracelet with a

Bluetooth™ transceiver, a sensor built into the steering wheel of avehicle (such as pulse monitor, for example) or as an aftermarket add-onto the vehicle or vehicle steering wheel, for example.

Accelerometer Sensor

In one embodiment, one or more of the AVLEDs, portable devices (such asa portable device comprising an AVLED), and/or vehicles (such as avehicle comprising one or more AVLEDs) comprises one or moreaccelerometers.

In one embodiment, the one or more accelerometers are selected from thegroup: micro electro-mechanical system (MEMS type accelerometer), singleaxis accelerometer, biaxial accelerometer, tri-axial accelerometer, 6axis accelerometer, multi-axis accelerometer, piezoelectricaccelerometer, piezoresistive accelerometer, capacitive accelerometer,gravimeter (or gravitometer), bulk micromachined capacitiveaccelerometer, bulk micromachined piezoelectric resistive accelerometer,capacitive spring mass base accelerometer, DC response accelerometer,electromechanical servo (Servo Force Balance) accelerometer, highgravity accelerometer, high temperature accelerometer, laseraccelerometer, low frequency accelerometer, magnetic inductionaccelerometer, modally tuned impact hammers accelerometer, null-balanceaccelerometer, optical accelerometer, pendulous integrating gyroscopicaccelerometer (PIGA), resonance accelerometer, seat pad accelerometers,shear mode accelerometer, strain gauge, surface acoustic wave (SAW)accelerometer, surface micro-machined capacitive accelerometer, thermal(sub-micrometer CMOS process) accelerometer, IMU (inertial measurementunit), and vacuum diode with flexible anode accelerometer. In oneembodiment, the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle comprise two ormore different types of accelerometers. Accelerometers are sensitive tothe local gravitational field and linear acceleration and can berecalibrated for linear acceleration readings and orientation using datafrom one or more portable device sensors, one or more vehicle sensors,and/or other external data or input, for example.

Positioning System

In one embodiment, a system for illumination and/or irradiationcomprises one or more AVLEDs with one or more first sensors (or one ormore AVLEDs in direct communication with or operatively in communicationwith (such as using a network) the portable device and/or vehicle whichcomprises one or more first sensors) or components that can provideinformation for determining a global position or location (such aslongitudinal and latitudinal coordinates), relative position or location(such as determining that the location of the portable device is near adoor of a room or on a table, in an individual's left hand, in avehicle, or within a pocket or purse, for example), or local position orlocation (on a freeway, in a vehicle, on a train). In one embodiment,the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle comprise one or more GlobalPositioning System receivers that provide position information. Inanother embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle comprisesone or more radio transceivers wherein triangulation or time signaldelay techniques may be used to determine location information. Exampleradio transceivers that can be used to determine a position or locationinclude radio transceivers operatively configured to transmit and/orreceive radio signal in the form of one or more channel access schemes(such as Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Code division multipleaccess (CDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Global Systemfor Mobile Communications (GSM), Long Term Evolution (LTE), packet modemultiple-access, Spread Spectrum Multiple Access (SSMA). In anotherembodiment, one or more radio transceivers, such as one operativelyconfigured for BluetoothTM or an IEEE 802.11 protocol (such as Wi-Fi),is used to triangulate or otherwise provide information used todetermine the global, local, or relative position or locationinformation of the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle. Othertechniques which may be utilized to determine the location or positionof the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle include computing itslocation by cell identification or signal strengths of the home andneighboring cells, using BluetoothTM signal strength, barometricpressure sensing, video capture analysis, audio sensing, sensor patternmatching, video pattern matching, and thermal sensing.

Gyroscope

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle compriseone or more sensors providing orientation information and/or angularmomentum information. In one embodiment, the portable device and/orvehicle comprise one or more gyroscopes selected from the group: MEMSgyroscope, gyrostat, fiber optic gyroscope, vibrating structuregyroscope, IMU (inertial measurement unit) and dynamically tunedgyroscope.

Compass

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle comprisesan instrument that provides direction information in a frame ofreference that is stationary relative to the surface of the earth. Inone embodiment, the portable device and/or vehicle comprises a compassselected from the group: magnetic compass, digital compass, solid statecompass, magnetometer-based compass, magnetic field sensor-basedcompass, gyrocompass, GPS based compass, Hall effect-based compass, andLorentz force-based compass.

Pulse or Heartrail Monitor

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle, or anaccessory or add-on in communication with the AVLED, portable device,and/or vehicle, comprises a pulse monitor or heart rate monitor. Thepulse or heart rate information may be analyzed directly, or incombination with other information such as environmental information orinformation derived from one or more images taken by a camera, to helpdetermine level of health, or monitor a level of health, such asmonitoring if an elderly person's heartrate is below a first threshold.

Multi-Sensor Hardware Component

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising an AVLED comprises a multi-sensor hardware componentcomprising two or more sensors. In one embodiment, the two or moresensors measure two or more fundamentally different properties, such asa multi-sensor hardware component comprising an accelerometer andgyroscope to measure acceleration and orientation simultaneously orsequentially In another embodiment, the two or more sensors measureproperties at different times, at different portable device locations orpositions, at different portable device orientations, or along differentaxes or directions. For example, in one embodiment, the AVLED, portabledevice, and/or vehicle comprise a multi-sensor hardware componentcomprising: multiple gyroscopes; multiple accelerometers; one or moreaccelerometers and one or more gyroscopes; one or more gyroscopes and adigital compass; or one or more gyroscopes, one or more accelerometers,and a compass. In another embodiment, one or more sensors, processors,gyroscopes, digital compasses, or global positioning systems arecombined into a single hardware component (such as an integratedcomponent that can be placed on a rigid or flexible circuit board). Inone embodiment, the speed of re-calibration of the AVLED, portabledevice, and/or vehicle movement is increased by integrating the one ormore sensors (and optionally a processor) into a single multi-sensorhardware component. In one embodiment a sensor is combined with aprocessor in a single hardware component. In one embodiment, a portabledevice comprises a multi-sensor hardware component comprising a digitalcompass, an accelerometer, and a gyroscope.

Light Sensor (Photosensor)

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs, an AVLED, aportable device, and/or a vehicle comprises a light sensor (alsoreferred to as a photosensor) and/or spectral light sensor. In oneembodiment, the light sensor is an ambient light sensor collecting lightfrom a wide range of angles. In another embodiment, the light sensor isan angular bin light sensor such that light (or spectral light) fromonly one or more angular bins (or one or more angular bins at a time inthe case of an AVLED with a scanner) is measured by the light sensor. Inone embodiment, the ambient light sensor comprises a silicon basedphotosensor and one or more selected from the group: IR (infrared)filter that filters out infrared light, a UV filter that filters out UVlight, and a photopic correction filter. In one embodiment, the lightsensor is a multi-channel light sensor. In one embodiment, the lightsensor comprises a plurality of color sensors (such as red-, green-, andblue-filtered photodiodes) and optionally a clear channel and/or IRblocking filter. Other sensor types and associated technology componentsand system design using sensors is known in the field of lighting andexamples are disclosed, for example, in the Handbook of AdvancedLighting Technology, Editors Robert Karlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, GeorgesZissis, Ruiqing Ma, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland,2017, Volume I, Part IV, “Intelligent Lighting System Integration,”sections titled “Dimming,” “Conventional IR and Ultrasonic SensorSystems,” “Ambient and Spectral Light Sensors,” and “Ambient LightSensor Integration,” pp. 443-533, and pp. 607-634, the pages areincorporated by reference herein.

Camera or Imaging Sensor

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs, an AVLED, aportable device, and/or a vehicle comprises one or more imaging sensors(such as a CCD imager or CMOS imager). As used herein, one or morecameras, imaging sensors, photosensors, or pixels (or detectors) of oneor more of the aforementioned may generate images or sensor informationthat correspond to the light (or light property) detected from anenvironment. In embodiments discussed herein, the light detected by thelight sensor, camera, imager, imaging sensor, one or more photosensors,etc. may not necessarily create a clear image (such as when the detectoris not positioned at the focal plane and an ‘image’ is blurry), but mayinclude information corresponding to light from an angular range orspatial zone. As such, in embodiments referencing an imager or image,the “image” or information received from an “imager” may correspond to a“spatial image” including spatial information such as light from aspatial zone, or an “angular image” that may include information relatedto the light received from an angular bin and may not appear to be clearimage or in focus. In one embodiment, the imaging sensor is calibratedto provide substantially the luminance, irradiance, estimated orcalculated illuminance information, estimated or calculated irradianceinformation, and/or color or spectral information of the objects,individuals, components, room contents, or environment contents. Inanother embodiment, the illuminance and/or irradiance value of theobject, individual, components, room contents, or environmental contentsis estimated using additional information such as an initial illuminanceand/or irradiance or color value calibration point measured by anotherdevice. In one embodiment, the system comprising one or more AVLEDscomprises one or more imagers or cameras positioned (or mounted) remotefrom the AVLED and/or any light emitting device for illumination and/orirradiation of the environment. In one embodiment, a system comprising afirst AVLED with at least one imaging sensor and a second imaging sensornot in the first AVLED (such as on a second AVLED or on a portabledevice such as a cellular phone) wherein the first and second imagingsensors are calibrated to provide substantially the luminance,irradiance, estimated or calculated luminance or illuminance, estimatedor calculated radiance or irradiance, and/or color or spectralinformation of the objects or contents of the environment (such as adesktop work plane). In this embodiment, the luminance (or illuminance,irradiance, or radiance) values from the two imagers can be used toincrease the accuracy of prediction of the illuminance, irradiance orcolor values of light on the object or contents of the environment beingevaluated. In one embodiment, the imager is a color CCD or CMOS imagerwith pixels measuring red, green, and blue light. In one embodiment, thepixels below a green color filter of an imager with red, green and bluecolor filters, are used to approximate the luminance and/or illuminance,irradiance, or radiance information. In one embodiment, an AVLED orsystem comprising an AVLED comprises a monochrome CCD, CMOS, or otherimager and a photopic correction filter (and optionally a UV and/or IRfilter) to measure the relative intensity spatially (or angularly) andcalculate the luminance and/or illuminance. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises an imager or sensor with one (such as a single photosensor) ormore (such as an array of photosensors, silicon photodiodes, CCD, orCMOS imagers, for example) photodetectors and one or a plurality oflight filters transmitting different light spectrums. In one embodiment,the light filters transmitting different light spectrums comprises red,green, and blue color filters, such as used with a color camera. Inanother embodiment, the light filters transmitting different lightspectrums comprises tristimulus color filters whose transmittancespectra are similar to the CIE color matching functions (such as red(two lobes X/red and X/blue), green (Y), and blue (Z) absorptivefilters), such as in a tristimulus colorimeter. In one embodiment, theAVLED comprises a tristimulus colorimeter and measures the color and/orluminance of one or more surfaces, spatial zones, or angular bins of theAVLED. In one embodiment, one or more of the plurality of light filterstransmits infrared light more than visible light, such as an infraredbandpass filter used with one or more photosensors to detect heat orfire (such as an infrared imager) for a safety or security mode ordetect, measure, or estimate temperature in a selective warming mode. Inone embodiment, one or more light properties evaluated by the imager orone or more photosensors on an AVLED are calibrated relative to one ormore light sources of the AVLED. In this embodiment, for example, a moreaccurate measurement of the reflective properties (such as spectralreflectance) of one or more surfaces in the environment may be obtained,particularly if the calibration is configured for measuring thereflective properties using two or more light sources emitting lightfrom the AVLED with different spectral properties (such as red, green,and/or blue LEDs). In one embodiment, the spectral properties of one ormore spectral filters for one or more sensors, or each photosensor in anarray of photosensors (such as an imager for a camera) is evaluated atthe factory such that the accuracy of the device is increased due tovariations in color filter properties in manufacturing, for example. Inone embodiment, an AVLED comprises a color CCD imager or color CMOSimager, and a color filter array with red, green, and blue colorfilters, wherein the AVLED (or system comprising the AVLED) estimatesthe color of the light from one or more angular bins, spatial zones, orsurfaces from information derived from the color CCD imager or colorCMOS imager. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an imager with afilter array positioned between the imager and the environment whereinthe filter array comprises visible light filters (such as red, green,blue, or one or more tristimulus filters, for example) and one or morefilters for non-visible light (such as bandpass filters that have anaverage transmittance above 80% for light with wavelengths between 800nm and 1200 nm and an average transmittance less than 20% for lightbetween 400 nm and 700 nm, for example).

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more photosensors and adiffraction grating, holographic optical element, prism, or otheroptical element that redirects light with different wavelengths intodifferent angular and/or spatial positions such that the one or morephotosensors measures the relative intensities for different wavelengthsof light from one or more angular bins corresponding to one or morespatial zones or surfaces in the environment. In this embodiment, theone or more photosensors and/or the optical element may share a portionof the same optical path with one or more light sources of the AVLED(such as a scanning laser light source, or AROE also directing light tothe photosensor or imager).

In one embodiment, an illumination or irradiation system comprises twoor more AVLEDs, each comprising an imaging sensor (optionally calibratedfor luminance or radiance) and portable device (such as a cellphone ortablet computer) comprising an imaging sensor (which may optionallycalibrated for luminance or radiance of objects imaged or totalilluminance or total irradiance taking into account lenses or AROE used)configured to receive light from the two or more AVLEDs. For example, inone embodiment, a cellular phone is positioned on a place of interestwith the camera imaging sensor oriented upwards toward the ceiling withthe two or more AVLEDs in the field of view (or optionally in the fieldof view when a wide-angle lens accessory is attached to the cellularphone camera imaging sensor). In this example, with all of the AVLEDsand optionally other sources of light turned off or blocked, a firstAVLED could cycle light output from each angular bin (optionally withdifferent light flux output from a single light source, different fluxlight output from different light sources providing light to the angularbins, and/or light sources of different colors such as red, green andblue outputting different light flux light into the same angular bin)and the imaging sensor (or other photosensor such as one used to adjustthe display luminance) on the cellular phone or portable device couldmeasure one or more selected from the group: substantially the absoluteilluminance or irradiance reaching the cellphone imaging sensor,substantially the absolute color or spectral properties of the lightreaching the cellphone imaging sensor, substantially the relativeilluminance or irradiance reaching the cellphone imaging sensor,substantially the relative color or spectral properties of the lightreaching the cellphone sensor, and the light from which angular binsreaches the imager directly or indirectly using the cellphone cameraimaging sensor which takes into account indirect light received from theAVLED such as light reflecting from the ceiling or walls. In thisexample, the measurements by the cellphone sensor could be repeated foradditional AVLEDs such that one or more optimum angular bins from one ormore optimum AVLEDs could be used to illuminate and/or irradiate theplace of interest. In one embodiment, identifying the angular bin fromthe AVLED that directly illuminates the imager on the portable device(such as smartphone) provides a location along a direction for theportable device to aid in determining the spatial location and/ororientation of the portable device and/or the imager wherein angularcycling a plurality of AVLEDs for a specific location of a portabledevice with an imager enables triangulation and/or calculation of therelative or absolute location of the portable device and/or the imager(optionally in combination with other spatial three-dimensionalinformation), which may optionally increase the accuracy of acalculation and/or estimation of one or more light properties from oneor more images from the imager.

In one embodiment, the optimum angular bins or AVLEDs could bedetermined based on rules for different modes such as using the mostefficient AVLED and angular bin; using the AVLED and angular bin thatavoids potential glare at the place of interest or for common ordetermined paths of travel and/or other places of interest in the room,space, or environment; using a preferential style illuminationdetermined by the individual (such as a particular color or white colortemperature or a user chosen guideline that 50% of the illuminance mustbe indirect illuminance such as from ceilings or walls); using the AVLEDand angular bin for illuminating the place of interest that minimizesthe total number of angular bins and/or AVLEDs needed to illuminate thespace or room, or using an optimum angular bin and/or optimum AVLEDbased on the operating mode for the AVLED or system comprising the AVLEDsuch as disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the imager images anenvironment with a wide angle of view, such as an imager with awide-angle lens, an ultra-wide-angle lens, or a fisheye lens, an AROE,or other optical lens or optical element as discussed elsewhere herein(such as in the context of an AROE).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising an AVLED comprises animager or light sensor array receiving light from an environment whereinadjacent pixels on the imager or light sensor array do not correspond toadjacent parts of the environment (adjacent pixels correspond to spatialzones separated by one or more intervening spatial zones). In thisembodiment, the imager or light sensor array does not image theenvironment in a constant or continuous spatial relationship. In thisembodiment, the imager or light sensor array images the environment in aspatially separated relationship such that one or more first pixelscorresponding to a first region of the environment adjacent a secondregion of the environment are adjacent one or more pixels correspondingto a third region of the environment separated from the first region ordo not correspond to a region of the environment. In one embodiment, theimager or light sensor array is a small aperture imager, light fieldsensor, light field imager (plenoptic imager), a thin monolithic cameraarray, snapshot light field camera using an array of micro-opticalelements, multi-device light field system, sequential light fieldcapture system, programmable aperture sequential light field capturesystem, or light field camera wherein angular information from incidentlight is recorded in addition to the intensity can be determined fromthe imager or light sensor array. In one embodiment, a first pluralityof imager pixels of an imager or light sensors in an array of lightsensors receives light from substantially only one optical element,lens, or AROE wherein the plurality of imager pixels or light sensorsindicate or provide angular information of the incident light. In oneembodiment, the first plurality is greater than 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15,20, 30, 40, 60, 80, 100, and 150 pixels or light sensors. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises an array of optical elements or AROEswhich each direct incident light to different imager pixels or lightsensors in a light sensor array. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprisesa light field imager, such as a monolithic camera array wherein thelight received on the imager is processed to provide angular, spatial,and/or range image or depth map/depth information.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a polarized light imager that canrecord the intensity of polarized light from a first range ofpolarization angles, dynamically from more than one range ofpolarization angles, s-polarized light, p-polarized light, ellipticallypolarized light, or circularly polarized light. In one embodiment, theimager comprises one or more active or passive polarization filters,wherein the captured image information can be used to help determine ifa surface is a specularly reflecting surface and/or a diffuselyreflecting surface, or a variation between specularly reflecting anddiffuse reflecting. In one embodiment, the imager detects light from afirst range of s-polarized light and calculates the location of a glossyor specularly reflective surface in an environment such that glare intoan individual's eyes can be avoided when calculating which of one ormore light sources, from one or more angular bins, from one or moreAVLEDs can be used to illuminate one or more regions of the environment(spatial zones) such as a glossy surface, specularly reflecting surface,or a surface with a specularly reflective component with a relativeintensity greater than 1.5 times the average intensity of theneighboring angular ranges greater than 5 degrees from the angle of peakreflective intensity.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array light source, suchas a micro-LED array, and an AROE wherein light detecting pixels orlight sensors are positioned between two or more light sources. In thisembodiment, by placing the light source next to (or next to and behindor next to and above) the light receiving pixel or light sensor in oneor more directions parallel to a plane comprising the array of lightsources, they can substantially share the same angular bin. For example,in one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a micro-LED array with lightdetecting pixels or sensors positioned between substantially all (or afirst group) of the micro-LEDs in a direction parallel the array ofmicro-LEDs. In this embodiment, the light emitted from the micro-LEDsand the light received by the light detecting pixel substantially sharethe same optical axis such that the light emitted from a first micro-LEDpropagates through an AROE, such as an ultra-wide angle lens, into afirst angular bin and light from the environment received by the AVLEDor AROE in the first angular bin (or corresponding to the first angularbin) propagates through the AROE to a first CCD pixel, CMOS pixel, lightsensor adjacent to the first micro-LED.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spatial array of the same typeof electrical components (such as a diode that can emit light whensupplied with electrical current at a specific voltage or receive lightand generate current at a voltage) wherein a first set of one or more ofthe components electrically configured to receive and/or measureincident light are positioned in the array between two or morecomponents electrically configured to emit light. For example, in oneembodiment, an AVLED comprises a micro-LED (or other light source)spatial array of light sources electrically configured such that atleast one or more of the group: 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, and 60% ofthe micro-LEDs (or other light sources) in the micro-LED array areelectrically configured to receive light and the voltage and current canbe used to indicate the relative intensity of the light reaching themicro-LED over a first wavelength range. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a substantially checkerboard-like array of alternating lightsources and light sensors. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises aplurality of light emitters and light sensors on the same substrate(optionally of the same component and optionally arranged in acheckerboard-like pattern) and at least one of the light emitters and/orthe light sensors comprise a phosphor or luminophore. In one embodiment,an AVLED comprises a plurality of light sources and a plurality of lightsensors of substantially the same component (optionally on the samesubstrate) wherein a first set of the plurality of light sources emitlight into a first angular bin of the AVLED and a second set of theplurality of light sensors are positioned adjacent, near to,surrounding, or on opposite sides of the first set, and receive lightfrom the environment from substantially the first angular bin. Forexample, in one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a micro-LED spatial arrayof light sources and a micro-diode array of light sensors (micro-lightemitting diodes configured electrically to receive light and provide acurrent at a voltage) wherein each light source comprises four lightsensors positioned around each light source, and optionally, a firstlight source emits light into a single angular bin of the AVLED and thefour light sensors positioned around the light emitting micro-LEDreceive light from the first angular bin. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises a spatial array of light sources intermixed with a spatialarray of light sensors wherein the positions or arrangements of thelight sources and light sensors are at least one selected from thegroup: alternating; non-uniformly spaced from each other; at a ratio oflight sources to light sensors selected from the group greater than10:1, greater than 5:1, greater than 3:1, greater than 2:1, greater than1:1, less than 1:1, less than 1:2, less than 1:3, less than 1:4, lessthan 1:5, less than 1:10; positioned such that greater than 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 light sources substantially surround a first lightsource or are substantially positioned between a first light source anda nearest light source.

In one embodiment the spatial array of light sources comprises lighttransmitting regions between a first set of two or light sources (orsubstantially all of the light sources) and an imager or array of lightsensors positioned below the spatial array of light source (on the sideopposite the light emitting side of the spatial array of light sources)such that light external to the AVLED passes through the AROE (and/or isredirected by a scanner) passes through the light transmitting regionand is detected by the pixel or light sensor. In this embodiment, thelight emitted by one or more of the light sources is emitted into afirst angular bin and the light from the environment received by theAVLED or AROE in the first angular bin (or corresponding to the firstangular bin) passes through the light transmitting region adjacent theone or more light sources to the pixel or light sensor. Thus, in thisembodiment, light from at least one light source emits light into afirst angular bin, and the pixel or light sensor receives light from theenvironment through the light transmitting region next to the at leastone light source corresponding to the same angular bin. In oneembodiment, stacking the spatial array light source above the imager(with light transmitting regions between light source) or stacking theimager or light sensor array (with light transmitting regions betweenthe imager pixels or light sensors) above a spatial array of lightsources substantially reduces the thickness and enables substantiallyco-axial illumination (and/or irradiation) and detection for one or moreangular bins. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a spatial arraylight source and imager or array of light sensors disposed to receivelight from the environment wherein one or light sources of the spatialarray of light source are positioned to emit light into a single angularbin of the ALVED and one or more pixels of the imager or light sensorsof the array of light sensors are positioned receive light from theenvironment in the first angular bin and the optical axis of the lightfrom the light source to the to the environment and the optical axis ofthe light from the environment to the one or more pixels of the imageror light sensor do not deviate by more than a first deviation anglewithin the AVLED. In one embodiment, the first deviation angle is lessthan one selected from the group: 20, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,and 1 degrees. In one embodiment, the difference between the angle ofthe optical axis of the light from at least one first light source atthe light emitting surface of the light source and the angle of theoptical axis of the light incident on at least one first pixel of theimager or at least one first light sensor of the array of light sensorsin an AVLED is less than the first deviation angle. In one embodiment,the difference between the angle of the optical axis of the light fromat least one first light source at the light emitting surface of thelight source emitting light into a first angular bin and the angle ofthe optical axis of the light received from the environment from thefirst angular bin incident on at least one first pixel of the imager orat least one first light sensor of the array of light sensors in anAVLED at the light detecting surface of the first pixel or first lightsensor is less than the first deviation angle. In another embodiment,the distance between a center point of a light source of a spatial arrayof light sources and the center point of pixel of an imager or lightsensor in an array of light sensors in (or as projected onto) a firstplane perpendicular to the optical axis of light from the light sourceat the light emitting surface of the light source is less than a firstemitter-sensor distance which is less than one or more selected from thegroup: the dimension of the light emitting portion of the light sourcein the first plane in a first direction or first direction and seconddirection orthogonal to the first direction; two times the dimension ofthe light emitting portion of the light source in the first plane in afirst direction or first direction and second direction orthogonal tothe first direction; three times the dimension of the light emittingportion of the light source in the first plane in a first direction orfirst direction and second direction orthogonal to the first direction;four times the dimension of the light emitting portion of the lightsource in the first plane in a first direction or first direction andsecond direction orthogonal to the first direction; the dimension of thepixel or light sensor sensitive to incident light in the first plane (orprojected onto the first plane) in a first direction or first directionand second direction orthogonal to the first direction; two times thedimension of the pixel or light sensor sensitive to incident light inthe first plane (or projected onto the first plane) in a first directionor first direction and second direction orthogonal to the firstdirection; three times the dimension of the pixel or light sensorsensitive to incident light in the first plane (or projected onto thefirst plane) in a first direction or first direction and seconddirection orthogonal to the first direction; four times the dimension ofthe pixel or light sensor sensitive to incident light in the first plane(or projected onto the first plane) in a first direction or firstdirection and second direction orthogonal to the first direction; 10millimeters, 5 millimeters, 2 millimeters, 1 millimeter, 0.5millimeters, 0.3 millimeters, 0.2 millimeters, 0.1 millimeters, 0.05millimeters, 0.04 millimeters, 0.03 millimeters, 0.02 millimeters, 0.01millimeters, 0.008 millimeters, 0.006 millimeters, and 0.004millimeters. In one embodiment, shortest distance between the lightemitting region of one or more light sources in a spatial array of lightsources in an AVLED and a pixel of an imager or light sensor,corresponding to the same angular bin or different angular bins of theAVLED is less than the first emitter-sensor distance.

In one embodiment, the light transmitting region of the spatial array oflight sources, or the imager or array of light sensors, comprises awindow or an aperture. In another embodiment, portions of the spatialarray of light sources, or the imager or array of light sensors, definethe boundaries of the light transmitting region (the aperture of thelight transmitting region). In one embodiment, a microlens array (orother array of optical elements) is positioned above the light sourcesand/or the light sensors. In this embodiment, the microlenses in themicrolens array can help reduce the angular width of the light from thelight source and/or focus the light through the aperture. In anotherembodiment the AVLED comprises light transmitting regions between setsof one or more light sources of a spatial array of light sources that isstacked above an imager wherein the aperture of the light transmittingregion causes light incident through the aperture from a first range ofangles to spread across the pixels or light sensors beneath the lightsources. In this embodiment, the plurality of pixels or light sensorsbeneath the light transmitting region can provide additional angularintensity information for the light received from within an angular bin,and can optionally provide intensity of light information of the lightreceived from the environment for angular ranges smaller than theangular width of the angular bin. In one embodiment, the lighttransmitting regions between the light sources of the spatial array oflight sources comprise a microlens or other optical element that focusesor redirects light through the apertures of the light transmittingregions. In this embodiment, the angular resolution of the light withinthe angular bin of the AVLED due to the imager pixels or light sensorsbeneath the light sources may be increased and/or the total light fluxreaching the imager pixels or light sensors can be increased. In oneembodiment, by using a spatial array light source with lighttransmitting regions, windows, or apertures stacked above an imager, thenumber of imager pixels or light sensors used could be higher than ifthe light sensors are positioned between light sources in the same planeor substrate. In one embodiment, the separation between the lower lightoutput surface of the light transmitting region (or window or aperture)of the spatial array light source stacked above an imager in an AVLEDand the light sensitive surface of the imager is: less than one selectedfrom the group: 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3 0.2, 0.1, 0.08, 0.06, 0.04,0.02, and 0.01 millimeters; less than one selected from the group: 20,10, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and 1 times the largest dimension ofthe pixel or light sensor on the light receiving surface; and/or greaterthan one selected from the group: 20, 10, 15, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3,2, and 1 times the largest dimension of the pixel on the light receivingsurface.

In one embodiment, the optical axis of the light exiting an AVLED isoffset from the optical axis of the light for the imager or array oflight sensors. In another embodiment, an offset from the axialdifference between the light sources (and/or one or angular bins) andthe imager pixels or light sensors (or imager pixels or light sensorscorresponding to the one or more angular bins) is calculated and takeninto account and the calculations may include information from othersensors (such as from other imagers from other AVLEDs, one or more 3Droom scanners or LIDARS) such that the distance to the object evaluatedby the imager in the AVLED can be determined to increase the accuracy ofthe offset calculation of the luminance, irradiance, derived orestimated illuminance and/or irradiance information, relative intensityinformation, and/or color or spectral information of the object ofinterest in the angular bin for the AVLED.

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs comprises aportable device comprising and imager wherein the location andorientation of the camera is evaluated or recorded in real-time andluminance information, irradiance information, derived or estimatedilluminance information, derived or estimated irradiance information,relative intensity information, and/or spectral or color information forregions (or light reflected from regions) of the room or environmentoccluded from view or not in the field of view of the AVLEDs is recordedand/or evaluated or estimated to provide information for one or modes(such as high efficiency mode, shadow reduction mode, or user selectedguideline mode for indirect illuminance, for example). In oneembodiment, the imager on a portable device provides luminanceinformation, derived or estimated illuminance information, relativeintensity information, and/or color information for regions in theenvironment occluded from view or not within the viewing angle of animager or array of light sensors on one or more AVLEDs in the system.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, vehicle, and/or portable device (or anaccessory or add-on in communication with the AVLED, portable device,and/or vehicle) comprises a camera or imaging sensor that capturesimages that can be processed to monitor or determine (directly or incombination with other information) information such as one or moreselected from the group: the location and/or movement of one or moreindividuals or objects (including other AVLEDs) in an environment; theangular light output (flux and/or color) from one or more angular binsfrom one or more AVLEDs (optionally including the estimated light output(flux and/or color) in each and/or all angular bins from an AVLEDcomprising the camera or imaging sensor); the estimated illuminance,irradiance, luminance, radiance, relative intensity, spectralproperties, and/or color uniformity of the light output from an angularbin; the calibrated or reflected luminance, radiance, and/or color (orspectral properties) of one or more objects, individuals, structures inthe environment (or components thereof); calibrated or estimatedrelative illuminance, irradiance, and/or color (and/or reflectedirradiance, luminance, and/or color) and boundaries of the light output(including angular bin boundaries and optionally overlap of the angularbins) in the angular field or spatially in a three-dimensionalenvironment due to each light illuminating and/or irradiating an angularbin (such as where more than one light source in a spatial array lightsource illuminates a particular light output angular bin), each angularbin, and/or all angular bins from an AVLED; the calibrated or relativeilluminance and/or color (or spectral properties) due to externalillumination and/or irradiation (such as daylight or traditionalnon-AVLED fixtures or lamps; the location, color (or spectralproperties), and reflected luminance of the illumination field (orreflected radiance of the irradiation field) from each angular bin (andoptionally from each light source illuminating each angular bin) fromeach AVLED; the three-dimensional spatial layout of the environment(such as the structure of a room and its contents); the totalthree-dimensional illumination (and/or irradiation) of the environment(such as the illumination profile of a room and its contents) optionallyfrom each light source and/or each angular bin; the light output from anAVLED including monitoring for damage or failure of one or more lightsources in the AVLED or damage or failure of the AVLED; the location ofthe eyes, gaze direction, or other properties of one or more eyes of oneor more individuals in the environment; the location and orientation ofone or more imagers or cameras in the environment; the location and/ororientation of one or more AVLEDs in the environment; the calculated orestimate angular output (or illuminance and/or light flux output) fromone or more bins from one or more AVLEDs based on imaging from an imagerremote from the one or more AVLEDs (or from an imager on a differentAVLED); information in the form of light communication (such as Li-Ficellular wireless networking (re)using lights such as light emittingdiodes for communication) from another device such as a portable device,vehicle, or other AVLED; the location of one or more objects,individuals, structures in the environment (or components thereof) thatis estimated or evaluated to be below a threshold temperature or above athreshold temperature (such as by using an infrared imager to identifyan individual who is relatively cool and/or relatively warm, anoverheating device, a fire locally, or a fire beyond one or more objectsor structures of the room); and identify a specular reflection (or areflection with more than 70% of the light reflecting within 5 degreesof the specular reflection angle) from one or more angular bins, one ormore LEDs from one or more angular bins, and/or one or more AVLEDs (suchthat those reflections could be reduced or eliminated, for example, toreduce or eliminate reflected glare, for example).

In one embodiment, an AVLED, vehicle comprising an AVLED, a portabledevice comprising an AVLED, or an accessory or add-on in communicationwith the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle) comprises a camera thatcaptures images or information related to the eyes, which may include,for example, pupil size, eye orientation, vergence, gaze direction orduration, or an image of the iris or retina. In one embodiment, theAVLED, vehicle, and/or portable device (or accessory in communicationwith the AVLED, portable device, and/or vehicle) comprises one or moresensors that monitor the eyes of the AVLED operator, portable deviceoperator, and/or vehicle operator, respectively to provide images thatcan be analyzed to provide information such as gaze direction and/orpupil locations. In one embodiment, this information could be analyzed,and the illumination and/or irradiation by the AVLED of objects or areasin the field of view centered around the gaze direction could beincreased, or illumination and/or irradiation directed toward the pupil(or eyes) of the individual from one or more AVLED could be reduced toreduce and/or eliminate glare. In one embodiment, the image or videocapture, image or video analysis, calculations or estimations ofilluminance and/or irradiation and/or angle of origin of light onto ormore surfaces, regions, individuals, or sub-parts thereof, and/orcalculations for optimum light flux and/or color output for a preferredangular AVLED, angular bin of the AVLED, light source of the AVLEDangular bin, is performed by one or more processors on an AVLED, aportable device comprising an AVLED, or a vehicle comprising an AVLED.

In one embodiment, the portable device comprises wearable glasses,eyewear, head-mounted display, contact lenses, or headwear, any of whichmay comprises one or more of the aforementioned sensors (such as one ormore cameras monitoring the external environment, monitoring gazedirection, and/or pupil location) that provide information such asdiscussed above. In another embodiment, one or more eye contact lensesworn by the individual provides information related to the gazedirection, pupil size, or other eye related information. In anotherembodiment, an AVLED comprising a camera, a camera mounted in a vehicle,a camera built-into a phone, a camera built into a portable device, oran accessory or add-on camera in communication with an AVLED, vehicle,and/or portable device captures images that provide information such asdiscussed above. In one embodiment, the other eye related informationmay include eyelid state or motion properties (such as droopy or sleepyeyelid movement, blinking rate, or closed eyelids), eye orientation, animage of the iris or retina, or eye movement or fixation. In oneembodiment, the eye-related information directly or in combination withother information (such as pulse) from one or more sensors providespredictive health or status information of the individual (such asidentifying the individual is asleep). In one embodiment, the AVLED,portable device, and/or vehicle comprises a camera that providesidentification information such as identifying the AVLED operator,portable device operator (such as smartphone operator or head wearabledevice operator), and/or vehicle operator using facial recognitionand/or iris recognition optionally in combination with other information(such as fingerprint or other biometrics). In one embodiment, a vehiclemay comprise an AVLED or a AVLED may be attached to a vehicle (ormounted or worn on a person) within one selected from the group: 3, 4,8, 16, and 32 inches from the driver's eye position. In this embodiment,the AVLED or remote processor may identify retroreflective objects (suchas a retroreflective sign, retroreflective article of clothing, or otherretroreflective object), or possible retroreflective objects in theenvironment based on an imager on the AVLED or remote from the AVLED(optionally from illumination by the AVLED and/or angular scan of theAVLED) and selectively increase the illuminance in the one or moreangular bins corresponding to the spatial zone with the retroreflectiveobject (or possible retroreflective object) or device such that theluminance of a retroreflective sign, article of clothing or otherretroreflective article or device increases.

In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDscomprises an infrared imager configured to measure infrared light in theenvironment. In one embodiment, the information from the infrared imagercan processed to provide one or selected from the group: indication andestimation of relative intensity of daylight penetration into theenvironment; identification and/or indication of presence and/ormovement of an individual, object, or thing in the field of view of theinfrared imager or environment; identification of unwanted pests oranimals for rescue; termite detection; wildlife surveys; indication oflocation of thermal sources (such as a fire in a fireplace, fire on acandle, building or object on fire, wildfire monitoring, flamedetection, fire behind a wall, floor, door or ceiling, electricalcomponents dissipating heat, portable heaters, appliance generatingheat, etc.); indication of environmental temperature variations (such asin a greenhouse or for HVAC utilization or optimization; indication ofhealth (such as a fever or poor circulation for health concern at homeor disease control at an airport), or thermal comfort of an individual;angular output range or effectiveness of warming by a thermal AVLED in aselective warming mode; determine the safest path for travel ofenvironmental occupants to exit the environment in event of fire;navigation assistance (such as in a vehicle, water craft, air craft, orindividual walking or running at night); indication of thermal leaks,air leaks, poor insulation, etc. in the building envelope or roomenvelope (including real-time energy auditing); military or defenseapplication (night vision for individuals using a head-worn orhelmet-mounted AVLED, or night vision for a drone with an AVLED, forexample); gas detection; counter surveillance; indication of equipmentor component status (such as excessive or overheating for qualitycontrol or predictive maintenance (early failure warning)) on mechanicalor electrical equipment (including power lines or power transformers);detection of pollution effluent; and other known uses for infraredimagers.

In one embodiment, an AVLED, portable device, vehicle, or systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs comprises a spectrometer configured toreceive ambient light. In one embodiment, the spectrometer receivesambient light directly, through an AROE, by a scanner, through aseparate optical element, or through one or more angular bins of theAVLED. In one embodiment the spectrometer provides a spectral resolutionof the spectral properties of the light output from one or more lightsources (such as AVLEDs, other light emitting devices, or solarradiation) and/or the color properties of one or more objects,individuals, things, or components thereof in an ambient environmentexternal to the AVLED reflecting light emitted from the AVLED greaterthan one selected from the group: 200, 100, 80, 60, 40, 30, 20, 15, 10,8, 6, 4, 2, 1 and 1 micrometers. In one embodiment, a system comprisesan AVLED comprising a first imager and a second imager at a distancefrom the first imager greater than one selected from the group 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 feet. In one embodiment, asystem comprises a first AVLED comprising a first imager and a secondAVLED comprising a second imager wherein the first AVLED is separatedfrom the second AVLED by a distance greater than one selected from thegroup 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12, 13, 14, and 15 feet. In oneembodiment, the AVLED or system comprising an AVLED comprises a scanningdetector, such as a line scanning detector wherein the detector, or anoptical element between the detector and the environment (such as anAROE) translates, rotates, and/or changes its optical properties suchthat a 2-dimensional (or three-dimensional) scan of the environment maybe achieved, from which one may estimate or calculate one or more lightproperties for one or more spatial zones, regions, surfaces, and/orangular bins.

In one embodiment, the pixel information of an imager for the group ofpixels corresponding to an angular bin are combined for analysis. Inthis embodiment, by using, for example, the information corresponding toan angular bin, the image resolution is matched to the angular bins,which may have a lower resolution and/or non-uniform spatialrepresentation such that privacy of individual's may be protected. Inone embodiment, the imager data for the pixels in an angular bin isaveraged, such as measured/estimated/calculated light properties (suchas illuminance, luminance radiance, irradiance, spectral powerdistribution of reflect light, or other properties disclosed herein)based on one or more images. In one embodiment, the spatial pixels of animage or collection of information corresponding to larger angles fromthe nadir or normal to the optical axis of the imager have a lowerresolution than angles closer to the nadir or normal to the optical axisof the imager.

Color Scanning

In one embodiment, a phone, tablet or other computing device comprisingcolor filters or a spectrometer may be use to evaluate the color of oneor more objects or regions of an environment. For example, a user with aportable device such as a phone with a built-in or attached spectrometeraccessory may walk through the environment to scan the reflectance ofobjects based on given input spectrum (such as by illumination by only alight source on the phone or by the measured spectrum of one or morelight sources capable of illuminating the object such as an AVLED),preferably using direct illumination only. The spectral reflectance ofthe object or region can then be used to determine the optimum red,green, and blue, or red, green, blue, and white color ratio forillumination of the specific object or surface to yield efficientillumination for Uniform Color Scale or high color reproduction, orcould be for a user selectable gamut, spectrum or color effect (such ashigh color saturation mode).

Occupancy and/or Vacancy Sensor

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs, an AVLED, aportable device, and/or a vehicle comprises one or more occupancy orvacancy sensors selected from the group: passive infrared sensor,pyroelectric based sensor, thermopile-based sensor, thermistor-basedsensor, PZT based sensor, and ultrasonic occupancy sensor. As usedherein, an “occupancy sensor” is a sensor that will turn off the lightfixture or AVLED when the sensor does not detect occupancy. As usedherein, a “vacancy sensor” is a sensor where a person entering the spacemanually turns on the light fixture or AVLED and the light fixture orAVLED turns off after a period of time after the sensor does not detectoccupancy. In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising an AVLEDcomprises an occupancy sensor or vacancy sensor of the infrared typeand/or the ultrasonic type. Infrared sensors or Ultrasonic sensors,their configurations, features, and designs are known in the art and canbe implement in the AVLED or system comprising an AVLED such asdescribed in Handbook of Advanced Lighting Technology, Editors RobertKarlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, Georges Zissis, Ruiqing Ma, SpringerInternational Publishing, Switzerland, 2017, Volume I, Part IV,“Intelligent Lighting System Integration,” section titled “ConventionalIR and Ultrasonic Sensor Systems,” pages 465-513, the contents of thepages are incorporated by reference herein. In one embodiment, an AVLEDand/or system comprising an AVLED comprises one or more imagers whereinthe images captured from the imagers are analyzed to determine occupancyand/or vacancy of the room or environment.

Ambient Light Sensor

Ambient light sensors typically integrate the flux in a spatialenvironment and adjust the total light output of one or more luminairesto substantially maintain the target illuminance (or target ambientlevel setting). In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising anAVLED comprises an ambient light sensor that is used to provideilluminance, irradiance, illuminating and/or irradiating spectralproperties or color, estimated luminance, estimated radiance, reflectedlight spectral properties, estimated light flux, estimated reflectedlight spectral properties, or estimated reflected light flux in anenvironment from one or more light sources in an angular bin of anAVLED, from one or more angular bins of an AVLED, or from one or moreAVLEDs. Ambient light sensors that can be used in an AVLED or systemcomprising and AVLED and their configurations, functionality,architecture, capabilities, functional integration, and componentintegration and sensing are described in Handbook of Advanced LightingTechnology, Editors Robert Karlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, Georges Zissis,Ruiqing Ma, Springer International

Publishing, Switzerland, 2017, Volume I, Part IV, “Intelligent LightingSystem Integration,” section titled “Ambient and Spectral LightSensors,” pages 515-533, the contents of the pages are incorporated byreference herein.

Sensor Arrays at Location

In one embodiment, a system comprising an AVLED includes an array ofsensors positioned at locations within the environment that provideilluminance and/or irradiance information, spectral light properties ofincident light, or other sensor information such as disclosed herein forone or more selected from the group: or more light sources in an angularbin of an AVLED, one or more angular bins of an AVLED, and one or moreAVLEDs in a system comprising a plurality of AVLEDs. In anotherembodiment, a system comprising an AVLED includes a portable device orvehicle comprising a portable (or vehicle mounted) array of sensors thatcan be re-positioned at locations within the environment that provideilluminance and/or irradiance information, spectral light properties ofincident light, or other sensor information such as disclosed herein forone or more selected from the group: or more light sources in an angularbin of an AVLED, one or more angular bins of an AVLED, and one or moreAVLEDs in a system comprising a plurality of AVLEDs for a plurality oflocations in the environment when the array of sensors is moved.

Scanner (LIDAR), Etc. for Three-Dimensional Spatial Information

In one embodiment, an AVLED, system comprising an AVLED, a portabledevice, or a vehicle comprises a 3D sensor for determining the physicallocation of objects or boundaries of an environment or 3Drepresentations of the environment and optionally communicates theinformation to the AVLED or system comprising the AVLED. In oneembodiment the 3D sensor is one or more selected from the group: 3Dscanning sensor, laser scanning, LIDAR, light detection and rangingsensor, structure from motion (SFM) sensor, sonar, photogrammetric imageprocessing of images from an imager, white light structured scanner,infra-red light structured scanner, structured light scanner, andsensors combining imaging and depth mapping or 3D scanning In oneembodiment, the AVLED or system comprising an AVLED obtainsthree-dimensional spatial data from one or more methods selected fromthe group: angular cycling the AVLED and one or more image sensors; aplurality of image sensors and one or more light emitting devices; atranslatable and/or rotatable portable imaging sensor (such as a camerain a cellphone or other portable electronic device); from a device witha spatial three dimensional scanner (such as a vehicle with LIDAR);manually entered spatial information; automatically generated spatialinformation from one or more devices or the AVLED; one or moreaccelerometers, positioning systems, gyroscopes or compass (such as todetermine the position and/or orientation of the AVLED relative to areference location and/or direction), the angular light output from oneor more light emitting devices (such as light fixtures or AVLEDs);spatial information from a new environment, a previously measuredenvironment, an environment to be measured, an environment from whichspatial three-dimensional data is known, entered into the system, oravailable such as from a computer server; and one or more AVLEDs adjuststhe light flux output from one or more light sources in two or moreangular bins based on the three -dimensional spatial data. Techniquesfor LIDAR and spatial three-dimensional measurement are known in theindustry and example LIDAR systems are described in US PatentApplication Publication No. 20180120433. In one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises a three-dimensional time-of-flight array to provide spatialthree-dimensional information. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprisesone or more high frequency infrared light emitting diodes or verticalcavity surface emitting lasers modulating light at a frequency greaterthan 10, 20, 30, or 40 megahertz to illuminate one or more regions,surfaces, and/or spatial zones to determine spatial three-dimensionalinformation using time-of-flight analysis.

In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more radar emittingdevices that can measure distances as well as speed. In anotherembodiment, an illumination and/or irradiation system comprises two ormore AVLEDs comprising two radar emitting devices that enabletriangulation for spatial three-dimensional information.

In one embodiment, a head worn device (such as a head worn displaydevice, an HMD, augmented reality headset, virtual reality headset,illuminating headwear device for illumination of the environment,irradiating headwear device for irradiation of the environment, ordisplay device worn on a head) comprises an AVLED that can increase ordecrease light output from one or more light sources corresponding toone or more angular bins based on gaze tracking and/or eye trackinginformation from one or more imagers of on the head worn display device.In one embodiment, a head worn device comprising the AVLED adjusts thelight output from one or more light sources in one or more angular binsof the AVLED to provide one or more changes in illumination and/orirradiation selected from the group: changing the light flux or spectraloutput of an angular bin of an AVLED corresponding to where one islooking; changing the light flux or spectral output of an angular bin ofan AVLED corresponding to a region that overlaps with an augmented imagedisplayed on the head worn device (such as reducing the light output inthe angular bin such that the displayed image contrast is increased byreducing the illumination of the background behind the image), changingthe light flux (such as reducing the light output) or spectral output ofan angular bin of an AVLED corresponding to the location of eyes of anearby person or a sensor sensitive to light (such as another imager orphotosensor, which could be on another nearby head worn device withanother AVLED, such as with night vision goggles where the AVLED canilluminate and/or irradiate the environment without illuminating and/orirradiating the eyes or imager of other night vision goggles detected inthe environment such as by an imager or determination of coordinates ofthe other imager or eyes).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDscomprises a radar system based on Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS)radar or Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW) radar. In oneembodiment, the system comprises an antenna array. In anotherembodiment, a system comprises a plurality of AVLEDs defining an antennaarray wherein each AVLED of the plurality of AVLEDs comprises anantenna, and the antenna array emits radio waves to monitor thethree-dimensional environment for movement, environmental changes, 3Dtracking, interactive gestures for AVLED (or AVLED system control) orother forms of movement or environmental changes

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more lasers and a confocalnon-line-of-sight (NLOS) imager to derive three-dimensional spatialinformation. In this embodiment, the AVLED (or a laser) illuminateslight into one or more dense arrays of points in the environment and theNLOS imager images and detects the time required for a direct reflectionand indirect illumination In this embodiment, the AVLED may comprise alaser wherein the AVLED imager measures the time required for the directilluminated reflected light from one or more light sources and the timefor the indirect reflection from other surfaces for each point of thedense array of points. This information is then processed by analgorithm to resample the data in a time domain, performing athree-dimensional convolution operation, then an inverse filter in aFourier domain Then, resampling the convolved data in a depth dimensioncan derive the surfaces of reflection that are not necessarily directlyvisible (i.e. around a corner, for example) by the imager.

Position Sensor

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising an AVLED comprises a position or location sensor or systemfor measuring the location of objects or individuals or one or moreAVLEDs globally, and/or relative to each other or another object orreference location. In one embodiment, the position sensors uses one ormore methods or sensors selected from the group: radio wave frequencytriangulation, local GPS, Bluetooth triangulation, IEEE 802.11 signaltriangulation, time delay differences, cellular triangulation, externaltracking/location identification, one or more accelerometers incombination with other information from one or more sensors, radar orother 3D Scanning system, and imaging system using photogrammetric imageprocessing of images from one or more imagers.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDS, theportable device and/or vehicle comprise one or more Global PositioningSystem receivers that provide position information. In anotherembodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDS, theportable device and/or vehicle comprises one or more radio transceiverswherein triangulation or time signal delay techniques may be used todetermine location information. Example radio transceivers that can beused to determine a position or location include radio transceiversoperatively configured to transmit and/or receive radio signal in theform of one or more channel access schemes (such as Time DivisionMultiple Access (TDMA), Code division multiple access (CDMA), FrequencyDivision Multiple Access (FDMA), Global System for Mobile Communications(GSM), Long Term Evolution (L 1E), packet mode multiple-access, SpreadSpectrum Multiple Access (SSMA). In another embodiment, one or moreradio transceivers, such as one operatively configured for Bluetooth™ oran IEEE 802.11 protocol (such as Wi-Fi), is used to triangulate orotherwise provide information used to determine the global, local, orrelative position or location information of the AVLED, component of thesystem comprising one or more AVLEDS, the portable device and/or thevehicle. Other techniques which may be utilized to determine thelocation, position, and/or orientation information for the AVLED, systemcomprising one or more AVLEDS, the portable device and/or vehicleinclude computing its location by cell identification or signalstrengths of the home and neighboring cells, using BluetoothTM signalstrength, barometric pressure sensing, video capture analysis, audiosensing, sensor pattern matching, video pattern matching, and thermalsensing.

Other Sensors

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising an AVLED comprises one or more sensors, sensing inputs and/orsensing devices selected from the group: a charge-coupled device, blacksilicon sensor, IR sensor, acoustic sensor, induction sensor, motionsensor, optical sensor, opacity sensor, proximity sensor, inductivesensor, Eddy-current sensor, passive infrared proximity sensor, radar,capacitance sensor, capacitive displacement sensor, hall-effect sensor,magnetic sensor, GPS sensor, thermal imaging sensor, thermocouple,thermistor, photoelectric sensor, ultrasonic sensor, infrared lasersensor, inertial motion sensor, MEMS internal motion sensor, ultrasonic3D motion sensor, accelerometer, inclinometer, force sensor,piezoelectric sensor, rotary encoders, linear encoders, chemical sensor,ozone sensor, smoke sensor, volatile organic compound sensor, heatsensor, magnetometer, carbon dioxide detector, carbon monoxide detector,oxygen sensor, smoke detector, metal detector, rain sensor, altimeter,GPS, detection of being outside, detection of context, detection ofactivity, object detector (e.g. billboard), marker detector (e.g.geo-location marker for advertising), laser rangefinder, sonar,capacitance, optical response, heart rate sensor, micro-doppler radar(such as for sensing movement, identifying objects, or detecting throughwalls), and RF/micropower impulse radio (MIR) sensor.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising an AVLED comprises one or more interaction and/or controlinterface for user action capture inputs and/or devices selected fromthe group: a head tracking system, camera, voice recognition system,body movement sensor (e.g. kinetic sensor), eye-gaze detection system,tongue touch pad, sip-and-puff systems, joystick, cursor, mouse, touchscreen, touch sensor, finger tracking devices, 3D/2D mouse, inertialmovement tracking, microphone, wearable sensor sets, robotic motiondetection system, optical motion tracking system, laser motion trackingsystem, keyboard, virtual keyboard, virtual keyboard on a physicalplatform, context determination system, activity determination system(e.g. on a train, on a plane, walking, exercising, etc.) fingerfollowing camera, virtualized in-hand display, sign language system,trackball, hand-mounted camera, temple-located sensors, glasses-locatedsensors, Bluetooth communications, wireless communications, andsatellite communications.

Software

In one embodiment, the portable device and/or vehicle comprise one ormore processors (such as microprocessors) operatively configured toexecute one or more algorithms, analyze information, communicateinformation, and/or execute one or more operational modes for the AVLEDor system comprising the AVLED. One or more algorithms disclosed hereinmay be executed on one or more processors of the AVLED, portable device,the vehicle, or a remote device (such as a remote server). In oneembodiment, the AVLED, portable device, or vehicle comprises software orsoftware components executing one or more algorithms. The softwareand/or data may be stored on one or more non-transitorycomputer-readable storage media. The software may be the operatingsystem or any installed software or applications, or software,applications, or algorithms stored on a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium of the portable device and/or vehicle. One or moresoftware components may comprise a plurality of algorithms, such as forexample, a communication algorithm, a movement isolation algorithm, analgorithm that processes information received from one or more sensorsor input devices, an algorithm that determines the location or positionof the AVLED, operator of the portable device, vehicle, operator of thevehicle, or the portable device, an algorithm that determines the 3Ddimensional properties of the environment, the optimal illuminationand/or irradiation by one or more light sources representing all or aportion of light into one or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDsbased on one or more AVLED operational modes, an algorithm tracking oneor more individuals and/or the eyes of one or more individuals in anenvironment, and an algorithm determining the spatial/geometric shapeand location properties, spectral absorption properties, spectralreflection properties, specular reflection surface properties (such as aglossy reflection that occurs from a surface with an ASTM D523-89 60degree gloss greater than one selected from the group: 15, 20, 30, 50,70, and 100), illuminance, irradiance, luminance, radiance, incidentlight flux, reflected light flux, and movement properties of one or moreobjects, surfaces, individuals or components thereof in an environmentwhen illuminated and/or irradiated by light from one or more lightsources from one or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDs.

On or more algorithms may be executed within the framework of a softwareapplication (such as a software application installed on a portablecellular phone device, AVLED, or vehicle) that may provide informationto an external server or communicate with an external server orprocessor that executes one or more algorithms or provides informationfor one or more algorithms to be executed by a processor on the portabledevice, AVLED, or vehicle. One or more operations performed byalgorithms disclosed herein may be executed by one or more algorithms,software components, or software applications on one or more processorsof the AVLED, component of a system comprising one or more AVLEDs, theportable device, the vehicle, a processor remote from the AVLED,portable device and/or vehicle, or a processor in operativecommunication with the AVLED, component of the system comprising theAVLED portable device, and/or vehicle.

In another embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLED,portable device, and/or vehicle comprises a processor that executes oneor more algorithms and/or a non-transitory computer-readable storagemedium comprises one or more algorithms that analyzes data, separatesdata, receives data, transmits data, provides alerts, notifications orinformation, communicates to a remote operator or another AVLED, and/orcommunicates with an analysis service provider or other third partyservice or data provider.

Monitoring Algorithm

In one embodiment, an AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDS,portable device, and/or vehicle comprises a processor or is incommunication with a processor that executes a monitoring algorithm thatperforms one or more functions selected from: recording data fromsensors, recording images and/or video from one or more imagers orcameras, recording sound from a microphone, monitoring user interfacecomponents (touchscreen, keypad, buttons, etc.) of the AVLED, systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs, portable device and/or vehicle,monitoring the light flux and/or spectral light output from one or morelight sources from one or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDs (whichmay be remote from an AVLED monitoring the output).

Connection Between Avleds and/or Sensors and/or External Devices

In one embodiment, an AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDS,portable device, and/or vehicle comprises one or more devices forcommunicating with one or more AVLEDs, systems comprising one or moreAVLEDS, portable devices, vehicles, and/or subcomponents thereof usingone or more communication methods selected from the group: electrical,optical, acoustical, radio frequency, electrical circuit including anoptical or radio transceiver, transmitter, and/or receiver thatcommunicates with one or more external sensors and/or cameras or devicescomprising one or more sensors and/or cameras, or a computing devicereceiving information from one or more sensors and/or cameras directlyor indirectly through another device. In one embodiment, a system forproviding illumination and/or irradiation comprises a network of AVLEDsthat communicate to each other directly or through a hub (or centralprocessor) to provide information to each other the hub for determiningthe light output from one or more light sources in one or more angularbins in one or more AVLEDs for one or more modes of operation disclosedherein. In another embodiment, a system for providing illuminationand/or irradiation comprises a network of devices comprising AVLEDs, thenetwork comprising one or more devices selected from the group: lightfixture, lamp, light bulb, light emitting device, portable device (suchas a smartphone), sensor, head worn or head-mounted device (such as headmounted AR/VR or display device or night vision goggles), body worndevice (such as a smartwatch, belt, or shoe), vehicle, computer,terminal, interface device or controller (such as a tablet,wall-switch). In one embodiment, the AVLEDs emit light through anangular bin corresponding to direct illumination, direct irradiation,indirect illumination, or indirect irradiation (via one or morereflections) of the networked device to which the AVLED is in opticalcommunication (such as a controller on a table, wall switch, portabledevice, or other AVLED). In this embodiment, the power required forcommunication can be reduced since the light can be directed to onlywhere it is needed (no or less light could be directed out into theother angular bins) and the signal to noise ratio can be increased. Inone embodiment, the location and/or orientation of the device to whichthe AVLED is communication is determined (such as by LIDAR, imageanalysis from an imager on the AVLED, etc.) and using the light fieldmap for all of the light sources for each angular bin for each AVLEDS,the optimum light source(s) from the optimum angular bin from theoptimum AVLED can be used to communicate to the device optically throughthe light output (such as modulation of the light output at a frequencygreater than 60 hertz such that the light modulation is not visible). Inthis embodiment the light output needed for communication could bereduced greatly since a direct “line of sight” (or optionally using anindirect reflection) can be used by the optimum light source, angularbin, and AVLED to imager on another AVLED or device comprising animager.

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs emit a synchronization lightsignal to correlate the time for AVLED to turn off, turn on, or changethe light output or color in one or more angular bins to an imagerand/or sensor on a remote AVLED, a remote portable device, and/or aremote vehicle. For example, in one embodiment a ceiling mounted AVLEDemits a signal light (such as light at a first frequency greater than 60hertz and/or light output pattern at the first frequency) into anangular bin directed toward a cellular phone held by an individual(wherein the appropriate angular bin for the cellular phone may bedetermined by an imager on the AVLED, for example) indicating that theAVLED will begin an illumination and/or irradiation sequence starting in0.5 seconds that cycles through the angular bins (or uses angularcycling disclosed herein) with one or more intensities and/or one ormore colors. In this embodiment, for example, electrical delays and/ornetwork latency can be substantially reduced such that the accuracy ofthe evaluation of the effects of the varying AVLED light output by animager on the cellular phone (which may be calibrated for luminance,radiance, and/or color) can be improved due to a more accuratesynchronization.

In one embodiment, the spatial arrangement of a plurality of AVLEDsand/or cameras or sensors is provided, inputted, or determined by one ormore AVLEDs or devices, and the light properties for one or more spatialzones is designated to be determined/evaluated by a particular AVLEDand/or camera or sensor based on the spatial arrangement. For example,in a long hallway with a linear array of AVLEDs numbered 1, 2, 3, and 4,the first AVLED, #1, in the beginning of the hallway may be selected toprovide light property information for the spatial zones or area of theenvironment near it (or that is closer to #1 than another AVLED and/orcamera or sensor) and spatial zones which are closer to other AVLEDs(such as AVLED #4 at the end of the hallway) may be determined to beevaluated by those AVLEDs (AVLED #4 for example) and/or cameras orsensors closer to those spatial zones. Furthermore, for those angularbins corresponding to the distant spatial zones, the system maydetermine to omit collection of data or analysis of data (from imagesfor example) from the particular unchosen AVLED and/or camera or sensorto reduce computational load and information. In the example above,AVLED #1 or processor in communication with it could omit the analysisof portions of the image from an imager or AVLED #1 corresponding to thespatial zones directly beneath (and closer to) AVLED #4 and likewiseAVLED #4 or a processor in communication with it could omit analysis ofportions of the image from a camera on AVLED #4 corresponding to theregions directly beneath (or closer to) AVLED #1 to reduce computationtime and/or communication bandwidth. In one embodiment, one or moreAVLEDs or a system or processor in communication with one or more AVLEDsautomatically determines which images or light property informationsources (such as light sensors or images from a particular AVLED) to usefor one or more spatial zones based on rules that include one or moreselected from the group: location from the one or more AVLEDs to thespatial zone, evaluation of noise of the light property (or pixel noise)of the spatial zone evaluated from the one or more AVLEDs, imagers, orlight sensors (such as by evaluating the noise present from reflectedlight at the spatial zone for a particular illumination/irradiation by aparticular AVLED), threshold light property value (such as minimummeasured or estimated illuminance or luminance for the spatial zone, forexample), threshold exposure time, threshold intensity value for thepixel, or threshold value for one or more other light properties for thespatial zone. In one embodiment, the reduction in information from thereduction in spatial zones analyzed reduces the information transferredto one or more central processors. For example, in the example above, anillumination system comprising AVLEDs 1, 2, 3, 4 in the hallway and aprocessor remote from the AVLEDs, the remote processor may direct AVLED#1 to not process information in the image taken from its cameracorresponding to the spatial zone under AVLED #4, and thus theinformation sent by AVLED #1 (or further processed by AVLED #1) isreduced and if the information is sent to the remote processer, thereduced information facilitates faster transmission/reduced networkbandwidth. In one embodiment, the information from one or more AVLEDsand/or imagers or sensors to be used for analysis may be determinedindividually for the light output from each (or a selection) of angularbins from each or a selection of AVLEDs. In one embodiment, thedetermination is done initially, at random or regular intervals, or whenone or more light property minimums or maximum thresholds has been met.For example, in the above hallway example, if the floor of the hallwayis glossy, the light from AVLED #4 from an angular bin that reflectsspecular light from the floor to AVLED #1's imager would causesaturation in the image. In this example, an imager on AVLED #2 could beused to evaluate a light property of the spatial zone on the floor whereAVLED #4 illuminated it since it is outside of the glare zone eventhough AVLED #1 may be closer to the spatial zone. In other embodiments,the information from one or more AVLEDs, imagers, or light sensors couldbe determined to be used because of shadowing or objects occluding theview from an imager on an AVLED, for example.

Communication Hardware Component

In one embodiment, an AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDS,portable device, and/or vehicle comprises one or more communicationhardware components selected from the group: radio transceiver, Wi-Fitransceiver, Bluetooth™ transceiver, cellular phone communicationssensor, GSM/TDMA/CDMA transceiver, near field communication (NFC)receiver or transceiver, optical communication component (such as lightsources, laser diodes, light emitting diodes, and photodetectors), andwired electrical communication component.

Example radio transceivers that can be used to determine a position orlocation include radio transceivers operatively configured to transmitand/or receive radio signal in the form of one or more channel accessschemes (such as Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Code divisionmultiple access (CDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA),Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Long Term Evolution(LTE), packet mode multiple-access, Spread Spectrum Multiple Access(SSMA).

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs,portable device, and/or vehicle communicates with other devices in anetwork (such as a light fixture comprising another AVLED) a remoteserver or processor, or a portable device using one or morecommunication architectures, network protocols, data link layers,network layers, network layer management protocols, transport layers,session layers, or application layers, or using one or more serialcommunication architecture selected from the group of RS-232, RS-422,RS-423, RS-485, I²C, SPI, ARINC 818 Avionics Digital Video Bus,Universal Serial Bus, Fire Wire, Ethernet, Fiber Channel, InfiniBand,MIDI, DMX512, SDI-12, Serial Attached SCSI, Serial ATA, HyperTransport,PCI Express, SONET, SDH, T-1, E-1 and variants (high speedtelecommunication over copper pairs), and MIL-STD-1553A/B.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs,portable device, and/or vehicle communicates with other devices in anetwork (such as a light fixture comprising another AVLED) a remoteserver or processor, or a portable device using one or wired or wirelesscontrol protocols selected from the group: Digital Addressable LightingInterface specified by technical standards IEC 62386 and IEC 60929,Digital Signal Interface, DMX512 (DMX) based system, KNX based system,analog control, digital lighting control, 0-10V based system, AMX192based system (AMX), D54 based system, MIDI, ZigBee, 6LoWPAN, Z-Wave,EnOcean, TALQ, Bluetooth Mesh, RDM, Architecture for Control Networks(CAN), BACnet, LonWorks, KNX, X10, HomePlug, and G.hn.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs communicates wirelessly using opticalcommunication. Examples of optical communication models such asSingle-Input/Single-Output (SISO) Model, Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output(MIMO) Model, calibrations and integration with radio frequency andvisible light communication models or systems are known in the art andcan be used by one or more AVLEDs and are described, for example, inHandbook of Advanced Lighting Technology, Editors Robert Karlicek,Ching-Cherng Sun, Georges Zissis, Ruiqing Ma, Springer InternationalPublishing, Switzerland, 2017, Volume I, Part IV, “Optical WirelessApplications,” (pp. 635-700), the pages are incorporated by referenceherein.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs,portable device, and/or vehicle communicates with other devices in anetwork (such as a light fixture comprising another AVLED) a remoteserver or processor, or a portable device using one or more protocolsselected from the group of Ethernet, GFP ITU-T G.7041 Generic FramingProcedure, OTN ITU-T G.709 Optical Transport Network also called OpticalChannel Wrapper or Digital Wrapper Technology, ARCnet Attached ResourceComputer NETwork, ARP Address Resolution Protocol, RARP Reverse AddressResolution Protocol, CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol, DCAP Data LinkSwitching Client Access Protocol, Dynamic Trunking Protocol, Econet,FDDI Fiber Distributed Data Interface, Frame Relay, ITU-T G.hn Data LinkLayer, HDLC High-Level Data Link Control, IEEE 802.11 WiFi, IEEE 802.16WiMAX, LocalTalk, L2F Layer 2 Forwarding Protocol, L2TP Layer 2Tunneling Protocol, LAPD Link Access Procedures on the D channel, LLDPLink Layer Discovery Protocol, LLDP-MED Link Layer DiscoveryProtocol—Media Endpoint Discovery, PPP Point-to-Point Protocol, PPTPPoint-to-Point Tunneling Protocol, Q.710 Simplified Message TransferPart, NDP Neighbor Discovery Protocol, RPR IEEE 802.17 Resilient PacketRing, StarLAN, STP Spanning Tree Protocol, VTP VLAN Trunking Protocol,ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode, Frame relay, MPLS Multi-protocol labelswitching, X.25, Layer 1+2+3 protocols, MTP Message Transfer Part, NSPNetwork Service Part, CLNP Connectionless Networking Protocol, EGPExterior Gateway Protocol, EIGRP Enhanced Interior Gateway RoutingProtocol, ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol, IGMP Internet GroupManagement Protocol, IGRP Interior Gateway Routing Protocol, IPv4Internet Protocol version 4, IPv6 Internet Protocol version 6, IPSecInternet Protocol Security, IPX Internetwork Packet Exchange, SCCPSignalling Connection Control Part, AppleTalk DDP, IS-IS IntermediateSystem-to-Intermediate System, OSPF Open Shortest Path First, BGP BorderGateway Protocol, RIP Routing Information Protocol, ICMP RouterDiscovery Protocol: Implementation of RFC 1256, Gateway DiscoveryProtocol (GDP), Layer 3.5 protocols, HIP Host Identity Protocol, Layer3+4 protocol suites, AppleTalk, DECnet, IPX/SPX, Internet ProtocolSuite, Xerox Network Systems, AH Authentication Header over IP or IPSec,ESP Encapsulating Security Payload over IP or IPSec, GRE Generic RoutingEncapsulation for tunneling, IL Internet Link, SCTP Stream ControlTransmission Protocol, Sinec H1 for telecontrol, SPX Sequenced PacketExchange, TCP Transmission Control Protocol, UDP User Datagram Protocol,9P Distributed file system protocol, NCP NetWare Core Protocol, NFSNetwork File System, SMB Server Message Block, SOCKS “SOCKetS”,Controller Area Network (CAN), ADC, AFP, Apple Filing Protocol, BACnet,Building Automation and Control Network protocol, BitTorrent, BOOTP,Bootstrap Protocol, CAMEL, Diameter, DICOM, DICT, Dictionary protocol,DNS, Domain Name System, DHCP, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol,ED2K, FTP, File Transfer Protocol, Finger, Gnutella, Gopher, HTTP,Hypertext Transfer Protocol, IMAP, Internet Message Access Protocol,Internet Relay Chat (IRC), ISUP, ISDN User Part, XMPP, LDAP LightweightDirectory Access Protocol, MIME, Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions,MSNP, Microsoft Notification Protocol, MAP, Mobile Application Part,NetBIOS, File Sharing and Name Resolution protocol, NNTP, News NetworkTransfer Protocol, NTP, Network Time Protocol, NTCIP, NationalTransportation Communications for Intelligent Transportation SystemProtocol, POP3 Post Office Protocol Version 3, RADIUS, Rlogin, rsync,RTP, Real-time Transport Protocol, RTSP, Real-time Transport StreamingProtocol, SSH, Secure Shell, SISNAPI, Siebel Internet Session NetworkAPI, SIP, Session Initiation Protocol, SMTP, Simple Mail TransferProtocol, SNMP, Simple Network Management Protocol, SOAP, Simple ObjectAccess Protocol, STUN, Session Traversal Utilities for NAT, TUP,Telephone User Part, Telnet, TCAP, Transaction Capabilities ApplicationPart, TFTP, Trivial File Transfer Protocol, WebDAV, Web DistributedAuthoring and Versioning, DSM-CC Digital Storage Media Command andControl, and other protocols known by those in the art for digitalcommunication between two devices.

Information Transfer Medium for Avled, Portable Device, or Vehicle andOperator

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising the AVLED, portabledevice and/or vehicle comprises an information transfer medium thatprovides information to the operator of the AVLED, operator of thesystem, operator of the portable device, or operator of the vehicle. Inone embodiment, the information transfer medium is one or more selectedfrom the group: display (such as liquid crystal display, organic lightemitting diode display, electrophoretic display, projector or projectiondisplay, head-up display, augmented reality display, head-mounteddisplay, or other spatial light modulator); display of an image onto oneor more surfaces in the environment using an AVLED wherein the lightfrom one or more light sources and/or one or more angular bins isemitted from the AVLED in an a pattern that creates an image, indicia,indicator, or sign on one or more surfaces of the environment; speaker;visible indicator (such as a pulsing light emitting diode or laser, or alight emitting region of the AVLED, portable device or vehicle); andmechanical indicator (such as vibrating the portable device, a seat, ora steering wheel).

In one embodiment, the AVLED, portable device, vehicle, and/or systemcomprising an AVLED comprises one or more interfaces, controltechniques, or methods for interactive user movements or actions forcontrolling or initiating commands (such as those which can bedetermined by an imager on an AVLED, portable device, or vehicle or 3Dscanner on an AVLED, portable device, or vehicle) selected from thegroup: head movement, head shake, head nod, head roll, forehead twitch,ear movement, eye movement, eye open, eye close, blink one eye, eyeroll, hand movement, clench fist, open fist, shake fist, advance fist,retract fist, voice commands, sip or puff on straw, tongue movement,finger movement, one or more finger movements, extend finger crookfinger, retract finger, extend thumb, make symbol with finger(s), makesymbol with finger and thumb, depress finger of thumb, drag and dropwith fingers, touch and drag, touch and drag with two fingers, wristmovement, wrist roll, wrist flap, arm movement, arm extend, arm retract,arm left turn signal, arm right turn signal, arms akimbo, arms extended,leg movement, leg kick, leg extend, leg curl, jumping jack, bodymovement walk, run turn left, turn right, about-face, twirl, arms up andtwirl, arms down and twirl, one left out and twirl, twirl with varioushand and arm positions, finger pinch and spread motions, finger movement(e.g. virtual typing), snapping, tapping hip motion, shoulder motionfoot motions, swipe movements, and sign language (e.g. ASL).

Modes of Illumination and/or Irradiation

In one embodiment, the AVLED, illumination and/or irradiation systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs, portable device comprising an AVLED, orvehicle comprising an AVLED operates in one or modes of illuminationand/or irradiation selected from the group: standard occupant; standardnon-occupant; predictive; user configurable; socially adaptive;reflective adaptive (adapts to reflectivity of object); ambient lightadaptive (adapts to ambient light conditions (sunlight, etc.); energysaving mode-which AVLED (or which bins from a single AVLED bestilluminates the space taking into account sunlight and reflectionsilluminating the environment; multi-fixture network adaptive (whichfixture is most efficient at illuminating space) or contribute more/lessto light up dark spots; Spatial zone mode, Open loop mode, Colorenhancement mode, Luminance/illuminance contrast enhancement mode, Highefficiency mode, Sunlight mimicry mode, Specification maintaining mode,Illuminance specification mode, Luminance specification mode, Irradiancespecification mode, Radiance specification mode, Relative light outputspecification mode, Luminance uniformity, mode, Illuminance uniformitymode, Irradiance uniformity mode, Radiance uniformity mode, Coloruniformity mode, Spectral uniformity mode, Uniformity mode, Shadowreduction mode, Light reflecting and light emitting objectdifferentiation mode, Predictive illumination mode, Safety and securitymode, Environmental monitoring mode, Smoke, heat, or CO detection mode,Tracking and/or Identification mode, Reduced or glare free illuminationmode, Reduced light trespass or light trespass free mode, Reduced lightpollution or light pollution free mode, Selective warming mode, Sociallyadaptive mode, Health monitoring mode, Environmental monitoring mode,Entertainment mode, Variable illumination for camera mode, Light fielddisplay mode, Light communication mode, Fixture or LED performanceevaluation mode, Personal illumination device mode, Projection mode,Window avoidance mode, Circadian adaptation mode, Infrared remotecontroller mode, Seasonal affective disorder treatment mode, Ubiquitousdisplay mode, Sign, display, or advertising mode, Bactericidal mode,Horticulture lighting mode, Aquacultural or Animal husbandry lightingmode, Human centric lighting mode, Myopia reduction mode, Multi-usermode, Reduced light pollution mode, and Manual lighting mode, where thesystem with the AVLED may use one or more cameras on one or more AVLEDsor remote to the AVLEDs to create 3D model of the room or environment.

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs,portable device comprising an AVLED, or vehicle comprising an AVLEDcomprises one or more spatial zones corresponding to one or more areasof surfaces of an environment which can be illuminated and/or irradiatedmore or less (or not illuminated and/or irradiated at all if desired) byone or more light sources from one or more angular bins from one or moreAVLEDs. The spatial zones may be determined automatically (in initialsetup, in substantially real time, periodically, or on demand) by theanalysis of the environment such as by 3D scanning and/or imaging toisolate specific objects, animals, insect, things, or individuals (suchas a couch, piece of furniture, office desk, hallway, hanging picture,vehicle on a road, pedestrian on the road, or sign on the road, forexample). The isolation can be determined by one ora combination ofcolor boundaries, luminance boundaries, radiance boundaries, relativeintensity boundaries, volumetric shape boundaries (from 3D scanningand/or varying illumination, and/or irradiation, and/or imagingphotogrammetry), and user identified or chosen boundaries.

In one embodiment, one or more image sensors in an illumination systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs actively monitors the environment toadjust the light flux output from one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins in one or AVLEDs to actively maintain or optimize forone or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation such aspecification maintenance mode or track mode. Each mode of illuminationand/or irradiation may have an initial setup or later time period forchanging the parameters or values for one or more specifications.

In one embodiment, one or more angular bins and/or corresponding spatialzones for an AVLED operate in a plurality of modes of illuminationand/or irradiation wherein the mode priority and/or weighting factor maybe set by the user (using a graphical interface on a portable devicesuch as a cellular phone, for example), at the factory, remotely, orautomatically determined by a processor on the illumination systemcomprising the AVLED. For example, in one embodiment a first set ofangular bins of an AVLED is configured to operate in a high efficiencymode with a priority weighting of 80 and shadow reduction mode with apriority weighting of 20 and a second set of angular bins different fromthe first set of angular bins configured to operate in an illuminancespecification mode of 500 lux with a priority weighting of 80 and aglare reduction mode with a priority weighting of 20. In one embodimentthe priority weighting for each mode is on a relative scale, such as 1to 100, where a weighting of the highest value, such as 100, means thatthe mode requirement or specification is optimized or met before othermodes are considered, and scales less than the maximum value, such asless than 100, are relative weightings relative to the other modes (suchas priority weighting of 90 will be prioritized or weighted twice asmuch as a mode with a priority weighting of 45).

For any of the modes of illumination and/or irradiation disclosedherein, the spatial zone information, desired output or setupconfigurations, parameters for the particular zone, 3D spatialarrangement, frequency of update (frequency of angular cycling),resolution of the angular output, angular range of the AVLED lightoutput, mode priority for one or more spatial zones or angular bins, orother configuration of one or more AVLEDs (including priority andpriority of indirect illumination preference) may be stored in one ormore AVLEDs or on a central device in electrical or wirelesscommunication with one or more AVLEDs on a non-transitorycomputer-readable storage media. In some embodiments, preferences for aparticular individual entering the environment may be read from a deviceon the individual and/or from a server, possibly after identifying theindividual (or the individual's preferences, such as preferring a whitecolor temperature less than 3000 Kelvin). In one embodiment, an AVLED orsystem comprising an AVLED utilizes one or more lighting control optionsor modes selected from the group: on/off, dimming, scene control,photosensor dimming, photosensor switching, occupancy control, and timecontrol. Controlling one or more light fixtures using these controloptions, the hardware and setup required, options, features, protocols,layouts are described in The Lighting Handbook, IES 10^(th) Edition,Chapter 16, Lighting Controls, the contents are incorporated byreference herein, and can be incorporated into an AVLED and/or systemcomprising an AVLED.

Spatial Zones—Automatically Determined or User Definable

In one embodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs,portable device comprising an AVLED, or vehicle comprising an AVLED,comprises an interface, such as a display with a touchscreen, wherein auser can select one or more spatial zones (areas of one or more surfacesof an environment) where the illumination and/or irradiation may becontrolled or changed. In one embodiment, the illumination and/orirradiation from an AVLED can be controlled to provide one or morespecific illumination and/or irradiation properties selected from thegroup: illuminance (or alternatively a relative intensity or luminancefor the surface based on the illumination), irradiance (or alternativelya relative intensity or radiance for the surface based on theirradiation) color or spectral illumination and/or irradiation (from oneor more AVLED light sources with different spectral output correspondingto different colors, wavelengths, or from an optical element or AROEthat separates light from a broadband source into different spectralbands such as a diffractive element, for example), illumination and/orirradiation from a particular angular bin from a particular AVLED or setof AVLED s, and illumination and/or irradiation from a particular AVLEDor set of AVLEDs (such as choosing a set of AVLEDS and/or angular binsof AVLEDs that will not generate glare that would reach the user's eyesfor normal (automatically determined or manually input) positions of theuser in the environment). For example, in embodiment, a user on asmartphone viewing an image of the environment, such as room, on thedisplay may tap one or more regions of the image (or optionally zoom inusing two fingers, for example) to select the region to define the zonefor changing the illuminance properties (such as increasing theilluminance or changing the color of illumination). The user may alsochoose which AVLED illuminates and/or irradiates the spatial zone orwhich mode of operation to use for the illumination and/or irradiation.In this embodiment, the user may select one or more spatial zones toform a group for illumination and/or irradiation under one or morecriteria of one or more operational modes. In one embodiment, as theusers finger hovers near a region of the display, or touches a region ofthe display, the outline of a defined object, individual, animal, orthing is shown on the display such that the boundaries of the spatialzone is defined. For example, in one embodiment, the user touches on theregion of the display corresponding to a desk, the display adds ablinking red line outlining the desk from the perspective of the cameraor viewer and the user taps the region again to confirm the selection ofthe desk, and following a follow-on prompt, selects to increase (ordecrease) the illuminance and/or irradiance to a specific value (or setsthe spatial zone for an anti-glare illumination mode, and/or sets thespatial zone for an energy efficient illumination mode or other modedisclosed herein). In one embodiment, a user interface for one or moreAVLEDs comprises a verification event button or trigger to output lightflux (such as light flux output at a high level and constant for apredetermined period of time or blinking on-off-on-off, etc. lightoutput) into all of the selected angular bins or spatial zonesidentified by the user (optionally for one or more modes of illuminationand/or irradiation). In one embodiment, the user selects an object,individual, or animal that is moving or can move and the one or moreAVLEDs track the movement and provide illumination to the object,individual, or animal while it is moving from one or more light sourcesin one or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDS. In one embodiment,the camera used to view the environment and select and/or modify theillumination and/or irradiation properties is on a portable device orvehicle. In a further embodiment, the environment is viewed in real-time(as in a live view) such that the user selects the region of the displaywhile the user can re-position or orientate the camera, providing avirtual window or region selection. In another embodiment, the source ofthe image, video, live-stream, or view displayed to select the zone isfrom one or more imagers positioned remotely from the portable device,on one or more AVLEDs, on a head-worn device, and the 3-D informationfrom a scanner or other technique disclosed herein identifies thespatial region to be illuminated and/or irradiated by one or more lightsources from one or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDS. In oneembodiment, a network or system comprises one or more AVLEDs and one ormore control devices wherein the view from one or more imagers on thecontrol device and/or the one or more AVLEDs are mapped to athree-dimensional space such that the spatial zones can be view,identified, and/or illuminated and/or irradiated by the one or moreAVLEDs. In one embodiment, the selection of one or more regions for azone includes gesturing toward the region (such as pointing at theregion). For example, a user could start a zone identification mode andpoint to a region or space to be identified as being within a zone andan AVLED on the ceiling of a room comprising an imager could identifythe direction the user is pointing (optionally by using additionalinformation from or more 3D scanners or imagers on other AVLEDs). Sinceit is difficult to determine the exact vertical direction (polar anglewith the user at the origin) using a camera above the user (at a polarangle of 0 degrees, for example) when a user is pointing to a region inthe environment, the AVLED above the user with the imager and/or otherAVLEDs with imagers may cycle through the one or more light sources inone or more angular bins to determine the polar angle and/or azimuthangle by analyzing the light field illuminating and/or irradiating thefinger of the individual (or arm) and/or the shadows created by theangular variations. In this manner, a single AVLED with a single imagercan determine spatial and/or angular information of objects, orindividuals, or other things in a room by changing the angle ofincidence for direct illumination, direct irradiation, indirectirradiation, or indirect illumination and examining the effects of theillumination and/or irradiation of the objects, individuals, or otherthings and/or their corresponding shadows and calculating the anglesfrom the 3D spatial information including the position of the AVLED andposition of the object or individual of interest relative to the AVLED,and optionally other information from 3D scanner, for example. In oneembodiment, the AVLED, system comprising one or more AVLEDs, portabledevice comprising an AVLED, or vehicle comprising an AVLED comprises a3D scanner, LIDAR scanner, structure from motion sensor, imager andphotogrammetric image processing capabilities such that the position andorientation of a gesture motion can be determined with sufficientresolution to identify a region of space identified by the user to beadded to a spatial zone for illumination and/or irradiation.

One could use a laser pointer to illuminate region to identify it for aspatial zone. One could enter into a “Learn mode” linked to sensor (suchas an imager) in communication with an AVLED or fixture for adjustingthe light output. One could indicate to illuminate a specific object fora spatial zone (a painting, sink area, reading area, etc.), theillumination and/or irradiation properties or change in illuminationand/or irradiation could be automated, in response to trigger event forexample, such as using SmartThings hub by Samsung and an IFTTT (If ThisThen That) routine through an iftt.com server. In on embodiment, theuser can design his/her illuminance and/or irradiance preferences and/orother light properties for each spatial zone, set of times, for any timeof day, or relative region such as indicate to illuminate 10 metersaround me, all pathways, etc. all day. (personalized illuminationprofile). One could illuminate only aspects of landscape lighting thatone wants. The user could changeable illumination profile toeliminate/reduce hot spots send more or less light here than there, makesomething more or less red (highlight an object from one image andchange the color of it using output from one or more AVLEDs), increasecolor saturation in a zone, reduce color saturation in a zone. One couldmanually adjust illumination of one or more zones using one or morelight sources from one or more zones from one or more AVLEDs to reduceand/or eliminate glare by, for example, using a walk through glarereduction mode while looking at AVLED light fixtures to detect eyes viaretroreflection and reduce or turn off appropriate illuminationautomatically or manually In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises aplurality of angular bins illuminating a corresponding plurality ofspatial zones wherein the light flux output for one or more lightsources and/or the light flux output for the corresponding plurality ofangular bins are adjusted independently accordingly to differentillumination and/or irradiation modes. In one embodiment, an AVLED isconfigured to provide a high efficiency mode for a plurality of angularbins within 40 degrees from the device axis (and the correspondingplurality of spatial zones) and a reduced or glare free illuminationmode for a plurality of angular bins (and the corresponding plurality ofspatial zones) greater than 40 degrees. In one embodiment, a first modeof illumination and/or irradiation (or a first set of modes ofillumination and/or irradiation) extend across a first plurality ofangular bins (and corresponding spatial zones) from an AVLED and asecond mode of illumination and/or irradiation (or a second set of modesof illumination and/or irradiation) extend across a second plurality ofangular bins of the AVLED wherein the first plurality of angular bins donot overlap angularly or partially overlap angularly. For example, inone embodiment, an AVLED is configured to provide a high efficiency modefor a first plurality of angular bins within 80 degrees from the deviceaxis (and the corresponding plurality of spatial zones) and a reduced orglare free illumination mode for a second plurality of angular bins (andthe corresponding plurality of spatial zones) greater than 40 degreesfrom the device axis. In this example, the second angular bins mayprioritize the reduced or glare free illumination over the highefficiency mode. In one embodiment, a user may program one or moreAVLEDs to illuminate a pathway in a pathway illumination mode with afirst light property (such as illuminance less than 50 lux, andoptionally illuminating using light of a first color such as red lightfrom red LEDs) in the overnight hours upon detecting motion from one ormore individuals such as to light a pathway from one room to anotherwithout great loss of night vision. In this embodiment, a user could,for example program an AVLED by drawing a line from their bed to thebathroom and/or to their child's room door on a display with atouchscreen displaying a plurality of images from imagers on a pluralityof AVLEDs such that when a first imager detects motion late at night,the pathways light up while keeping other areas at a low illuminance(such as at 0 lux or less than 2 lux, for example). In one embodiment,the pathway illumination is predictive and may optionally turn on or offahead, or behind, respectively, the individual as they move along thepath. In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs or an illumination systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs identifies one or more individuals forproviding illumination and/or irradiation specific to the individual byfacial recognition using one or more imagers (optionally on one or moreAVLEDs), identification of a mobile device or portable device (such assmartphone, smartwatch, virtual reality headwear, augmented realityheadwear, personal illumination device, portable AVLED, or otherportable computing device), or device identification (such as due to aradiofrequency broadcast device name over Bluetooth and/or IEEE 802.11protocol using Wi-Fi) associated with the individual within theenvironment (optionally at a specific location within the environment),or other visible or electronic tag, or article of clothing.

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs adjusts the light flux output forone or more light sources and/or the light flux output for thecorresponding plurality of angular bins is adjusted to change theperceived color (or luminance or other light property) of one or morespatial zones, regions, surfaces, rooms, or environment by selectively(automatically or manually identified) illuminating some surface morethan others to increase/decrease reflected light from the surface thathas a color (or white), for example, to make room appear to have awarmer color temperature (lower correlated color temperature). Forexample, the AVLED could provide a higher illuminance of white lightwith a cool color temperature on a light brown wood floor than on awhite wall such that more light is reflected from the floor onto thewall where the perceived color temperature of the wall is reduced due tothe floor reflected light comprising relatively less light flux withblue wavelengths due to absorption from the floor (as opposed to direct,cooler color temperature, white light illumination of the wall). In oneembodiment, dark, black or objects that absorb more than 50%, 60%, 70%,or 80% of light from a first spectrum band are illuminated with lightcomprising the first spectrum band such that when an individual, object,hand, etc. passes over the dark, black, or absorbing object, it issufficiently illuminated. For example, one may provide a higherluminance on a black, dark brown, or dark gray floor than an adjacentwhite wall in a home in an entertainment illumination mode such that thelower luminance of the light reflected from the floor does not interferewith watching a television in the room, yet one can readily see one'sfoot and/or objects on the floor while walking on the floor due to thehigher relative illuminance

Open Loop or Closed Loop Mode

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs or an AVLEDcomprises one or more light sources and one or more light sensorsmeasuring incident light from the environment (integrated over anangular range or light from one or more angular bins measuredindependently) wherein the light output from one or more AVLEDs operatesin a closed-loop or open loop mode. As used herein, a closed loop modeis a mode where information or feedback from sensors and targets (suchan illuminance and/or color target) are directed to the system or AVLED.As used herein, open loop mode energy consumption requirements and thedesired target illuminance can be analyzed to calculate the light outputneeded from the one or more AVLEDS or the system before sending theinstructions to the AVLEDs or the system.

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs or an AVLEDcomprises one or more light sources and one or more light sensorsmeasuring incident light from the environment (integrated over anangular range or light from one or more angular bins measuredindependently) wherein the light output from one or more AVLEDs operatesin a closed-loop mode such the total light output or average lightoutput (full light output closed-loop mode where all angular bins emitlight with substantially equal light flux output and each light sourceoutput is increased or decreased substantially the same) or averagelight output closed-loop mode (varied light output for different angularbins, each increased or decreased proportionally) is independentlyadjusted for each AVLED based on a target illuminance and/or color forthe environment and one or more measurements from the one or more lightsensors. In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs or anAVLED comprises one or more light sources and one or more light sensorsmeasuring incident light from the environment received by the sensorfrom one or more angular bins wherein the light output from one or moreAVLEDs operates in a closed-loop mode such the light output in two ormore angular bins (angular bin output closed-loop mode) is independentlyadjusted for each angular bin and each AVLED based on a targetilluminance and/or color (such as a personally chosen target based onpersonal preferences, based on specifications or requirements, or basedon energy savings preference) at two or more locations corresponding tothe two or more angular bins, respectively, in the environment.

In one embodiment, energy consumption from the one or more AVLEDs and/orthe desired light field are taken into account to generate theillumination configuration before sending the commands to light sources.In one embodiment, in a closed-loop illumination mode, the illuminationof zones are calculated and/or measured from feedback from one or moresensors or imagers on one or more AVLEDs or remote from an AVLED and theillumination properties for the desired or required illumination aregenerated for the one or more light sources from one or more angularbins of one or more AVLEDs based on the one or more modes of operationand sent to the one or more light sources of one or more angular bins ofone or more AVLEDs.

Color Enhancement or Efficiency

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises a spectrometer that receivesambient light from an AROE or scanner (that may also redirect light asan AROE for a light source array and/or redirect light toward a lightsensor or imager) in one or more angular bins such that the spectralproperties of light from a first angular bin can be determined. In thisembodiment, when the spectral properties of the illumination light ontoan object or surface are known, estimated, or measured (such as by thespectrometer measuring the light output from another AVLED through asecond angular bin of the AVLED comprising the spectrometer differentfrom the first angular bin) such that the color of the illuminatedsurface can be determine by evaluating the spectral reflectanceproperties. In this embodiment, where the spectral reflection properties(or color) of an object or surface indicate that the object absorbs afirst threshold percentage of the incident light greater than oneselected from the group: 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%, lesslight or no light within the spectral bin from an AVLED can be directedtoward the object in order to reduce unnecessary illumination (to saveenergy, and/or to enhance saturation of the color of the object orsurface), optionally using assumptions such as spectral reflectanceinvariance over angle.

AVLED or system comprising an AVLED could detect light level andpossibly color of reflected light in a room and compensate for color orenhance color. For example, if there is a blue carpet, more energy couldbe saved by not directing as much red light onto the carpet. Or if thereis a red couch, the AVLED could emit more red light than a normal whitebalance of a specific color temperature in the corresponding angular binfor the couch while when no one is sitting on it and substantially whitelight could illuminated the couch when someone is on it so they can readin full white illumination. One could determine one or a set of spatialzones based on color differences in image(pixels), or (luminances onsurfaces) then increase saturation of the zone, set of zones or entireenvironment and it the AVLED could do this automatically. Alternatively,one could similarly increase contrast one or more objects or individualsof a room by changing the color or illuminance, or other illuminationproperty or reduce the contrast in an area by increasing the illuminancein one or more shadow regions.

In one embodiment, an AVLED or a system comprising an AVLED cyclesthrough illumination from different light sources and/or angular zonesand uses an imager (such as an imager on the AVLED) to determine therelative or absolute luminous reflectance and/or spectral reflectance ofthe object or individual in the environment. In this embodiment, theAVLED or system could determine if an object was substantially black bycycling through the illumination from one or more light sources from oneor more angular bins of one or more AVLEDs, and optionally reduce theillumination of the black item, zone or region to increase the contrastand optionally to save electrical energy. In this embodiment, an imageron the AVLED or in communication with the AVLED could monitor theenvironment (optionally in real-time or a predetermine frequency, or useimagers to detect motion to signal a need for re-measurement, forexample) and identify a change in one or more light properties passing athreshold and change the light flux output for one or more light sourcesin one or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs based on the change.For example in the above example of a identifying if an object wassubstantially black (or dark such as cherry wood color) and the AVLEDdirected less light to the black (or less blue color to the dark redwood, for example) to conserve energy and an imager detected a change ina light property (such as a surface or spatial zone had a brightersurface (higher luminance, higher relative intensity, higher radiance,for example) where previously it was a black or dark surface, the AVLEDcould adjust the light output according to one or more modes orinstructions (such as increasing the light flux output of light sourcecorresponding to the angular bin and spatial zone where the increase inintensity was detected. Thus, in this embodiment, for example, the AVLEDcould direct less or a relatively low illuminance to a dark desk, andwhen a white paper is placed on the desk, more light could be directedtoward the white paper for reading, if the AVLED was operating with anilluminance specification mode (primary mode) of 500 lux for readingtasks (where reading task locations may be automatically identified(such as desk recognition and/or facial recognition) and/or manuallyidentified by the user for the desk, table, chair, couch, etc., forexample) with a higher priority and/or weight than the energy savings(mode secondary mode) for the AVLED. In one embodiment, the AVLED and/orsystem comprising an AVLED could identify an individual near a readingtask spatial zone (and/or identified reading task object or angular bin)and increase the illuminance to the illuminance target threshold (suchas 500 lux) for the reading task spatial zone(and/or identified readingtask object or angular bin). In this embodiment, when the user departsfrom (or has not yet arrived at) the reading task spatial zone (and/oridentified reading task object or angular bin) one or more AVLEDs coulddecrease the light flux output from one or more light sources and/or oneor more angular bins below the target illuminance threshold for areading task since the individual is not there to read anything. In oneembodiment, an AVLED adjusts the light flux output from one or morelight sources and/or one or more angular bins based on the presenceand/or absence of an individual or object identified by an imager orother sensor (such as occupancy sensor, proximity sensor, or motiondetector, for example). In another embodiment, one or more AVLEDsadjusts one or more selected from the group: light flux output of one ormore light sources; light flux output in one or more angular bins; anoperational parameter; a specification target value for one or morelight properties; a threshold specification value for one or more lightproperties; the on/off state of one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation; and changes a relative priority and/or weighting of one ormore modes of illumination and/or irradiation, based one more selectedfrom the group: the presence and/or absence of an individual or object;light property of one or more surfaces and/or the environment reaching aspecific value (such as upper luminance/illuminance/relative intensitythreshold or lower luminance/illuminance/relative intensity threshold);and/or a change in light property of one or more surfaces and/or theenvironment reaching a specific value, identified by an imager or othersensor (such as occupancy sensor, proximity sensor, or motion detector,for example).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or a system comprising an AVLED, portabledevice comprising an AVLED, or vehicle comprising an AVLED uses angularcycling with different light colored light sources or different spectrallight output (from a diffractive AROE, for example) to increase colorperformance (increase saturation and/or contrast), increase efficiency(sending less light where most of it (or a particular flux) where itwould be absorbed), and/or increase color rendition. In one embodiment,the spectral content of the light is adjusted to maintain the colorpoint, while reducing one or more wavelength bands (or correspondinglight output from one or more sources).

For example, at the pixel level of an imager on an AVLED, if theillumination of a pixel detects a relative intensity of red greater thana first value, then the AVLED can illuminate the angle corresponding tothat pixel with red at first intensity level and blue at an intensitylevel less than that which would generate white light illumination forthat angle (for a given ambient color temperature or predetermined ordefault color temperature).

The AVLED or system with an AVLED could map the image pixels to set ofangular bins (and/or corresponding light sources) and use angularcycling, to determine relative intensity (where the setup or calibrationmode is preferably in the dark) from each color at each angle (with orwithout mapping 3D shape of room). The AVLED system could allowoverrides, allow one to change saturation of room, or it could syncillumination properties to the camera worn on person (such as on ahead-worn display, HMD, or augmented reality headset, for example) toilluminate what they can see based on their orientation and optionallyeye tracking or gaze tracking. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises animager (or a system comprising the AVLED comprises an imager) thatmonitors and/or tracks the movement of individuals and/or movement ofthe eyes of one or more individuals and identifies the object, region,or spatial zone frequently, occasionally, and/or currently viewed by theindividual and determines based on the identification of the object andviewing parameters if the object, region, or spatial zone should beilluminated for a longer period of time, more often, and/or with ahigher illuminance than neighboring regions or previous predictions ofilluminance values. The AVLED or system could also remove glare to theperson detected by the imager. The AVLED or system comprising the AVLEDcould cycle through angles/colors/fixtures to map out objects,illumination profiles from one or more light sources (and optionallydifferent colored light sources), from one or more angular bins, fromone or more AVLEDs to create a spatio-angular spectral illuminance mapfor each light source of each angular bin of each AVLED in the system(and optionally non-AVLED light emitting devices) collectively referredto herein as a “light field map.” Where the color information is notcollected (such as by only illuminating with white light source(s), thecollection of illumination profiles may still be referred to as a “lightfield map” and the imager may collect relative intensity and optionallycolor information.

The AVLED or system comprising the AVLED could determine and optimizethe light output (to reduce energy consumption) by prioritizing directillumination of a spatial zone over a less efficient indirectillumination mode where possible (such as where shadows prevent directillumination of a specific zone from a specific AVLED). The AVLED coulduse the light field map to take into account indirect lighting (such asilluminating the ceiling or wall) such that the reflected lightilluminates the zone which needs more illuminance according to one ormore modes of operation of the AVLED or system comprising one or moreAVLEDs.

The AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDs could be configured toprovide increased or a predetermined luminance contrast (or illuminancecontrast) and/or color contrast between two or more regions or spatialzones of an environment. For example, an object such as pole positionedalong a busy pathway may be illuminated to provide a higher luminancecontrast with the surrounding area and the illumination may also providean increased (or take into account) color contrast such that the pole ismore visible or has an increased visibility or contrast such that fewerpeople may accidentally hit the pole. Similarly, items, objects, orindividuals of interest/importance may be illuminated with increasedcolor and/or illuminance (highlighted) contrast with neighboringregions, such as in a safety or security illumination mode, in the eventof a fire (illuminating a door), for example.

In one embodiment, an illumination system comprising an AVLED and imager(optionally with the imager located on the AVLED) identifies therelative proportions of red, green, and blue reflected light from one ormore surfaces, regions, and/or spatial zones (such as by angular cyclingand/or adjusting the light flux output from two or more light sourceswith different spectral light properties (such as a red, green, and bluemicro -led in a micro-LED spatial array light source) and the AVLEDemits relative light flux output from the corresponding colored lightsources to provide illumination wherein the color of the illuminatinglight is substantially the same as the color of the surface, region,and/or spatial zone when illuminated with white light. In thisembodiment, by using non-white illumination of a colored object, thecolor perceived color of the surface, region, and/or spatial zone mayremain the same and/or the perceived saturation of the color mayoptionally be increased.

In one embodiment, the AVLED emits different light from differentcolored light sources into a single angular bin (such as red, green, andblue light), the flux ratios and total flux output could be maximized tomaintain the correct CIE 1976 Uniform Color Scale u′v′ color coordinatesof the corresponding object, region, or spatial zone when illuminatedwith a white or other light source from one or more AVLEDs. For example,a white broadband light source from an AVLED could illuminate the objector region of interest directly (such as by only emitting light flux intothe angular bin corresponding to the object (or by emitting 20, 30, or40 times or more light flux than in adjacent angular bins) such that thereflectance spectrum and/or the color coordinate may be determined. Inthis example, any potential issues related to colored illumination thatmight occur with a substantially isotropic or wide angle sources (suchas an LED bulb only providing wide angle diffuse lighting) illuminated ablue wall, for example such that the reference illumination is notstandard or known is reduced or eliminated

Sunlight Mimicry Mode

The system could measure and repeat color temperature (measure when theAVLED is off or between illumination periods or pulses) and/or measureon a surface opposite identified window. The AVLED could not only mimicthe color but mimic sunlight coming through window, by only illuminatingspatial zones that mimic the bright direct sunlight passing through awindow and the spatial zone location could change (by changing the lightoutput from the corresponding angular bins) to mimic the movement of thesun across the window or sky. The AVLED could also illuminate a screenor diffuser or other optical element such that the reflected lightappears to be the color of the sky and it can change as the sky wouldchange over time as the sun would rise or set. In one embodiment, one ormore AVLEDs may simulate the visible light from sunlight through a realor simulated window in an environment (or even absent a simulated orreal window), and optionally the same or a separate AVLED may provideinfrared illumination to the region (or optionally to the region when anindividual is detected in the region) to simulate the warmth due tosolar radiation. In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising anAVLED comprises a photosensor that detects the color temperature (orapproximate color temperature) of ambient light illumination (that maybe automatically, or manually identified to be sunlight and the color ofthe light from one or more light sources in one or more angular bins isadjusted to match the color of the ambient light illumination (such assunlight). In one embodiment, an AVLED records the changes in ambientlight due to sunlight and emits light from angular zones that correspondto where the sun would illuminate the room (the same locations asidentified and/or predicted paths of sunlight for a future day) when thesun illuminating the room or to enhance the illumination by the sun.Thus, for example, the color of light and light output in differentangular bins of the AVLED could mimic the path and/or color of sunlighton a sunny day when it is actually a cloudy day, nighttime, winter innorthern region of the globe, when the curtains are closed, or even in aroom without windows (where the path could be selected, estimated basedon a hypothetical window location, for example). In one embodiment, anAVLED that mimics sunlight is positioned adjacent a window, on theexterior of a window, on the interior of a window. In one embodiment, anAVLED or system comprising an AVLED comprises a beam splitter (such as adichroic coating, partial or 50% mirror coating, reflective polarizer,optical fold due to total internal reflection from a surface of a lens,and/or optical film beamsplitter) such that when the beam splitter ispositioned adjacent a window a portion of the light from outside of thewindow transmitting through the window transmits through thebeamsplitter into the interior environment and a portion of the lightoutput from the AVLED reflects from the beamsplitter into theenvironment such that it overlaps with light from the exterior (or wouldoverlap if there is no light from the exterior such as at night). Inthis embodiment, for example, an AVLED could be placed just inside andadjacent the transparent portion of a window (such as a skylight orwindow on wall) and mimic sunlight illuminating the interior environmenteven on a cloudy day or at night.

Specification Maintaining Mode

During install or otherwise in use, one could have the AVLED havetrigger a detector (or means for triggering and detector) correspondingto one or more determined measurement locations (spatial zones) andcycle through intensities (optionally color) by angular cycling toexamine different scenarios (light properties), optionally using thelight field map, for meeting or optimizing for specifications such as aspecification set at install, set remotely, set by a user, or set tomeet illumination building code requirements, for example (andoptionally allow for lumen maintenance factor, say 10%, for example),and determine the optimal one or more light sources (and theircorresponding light flux output) from one or more angular bins from oneor more AVLEDs to use to meet or optimize for the requirements orspecification in one or more specification maintaining modes selectedfrom the group: illuminance specification mode, luminance specificationmode, irradiance specification mode, radiance specification mode,luminance uniformity mode, illuminance uniformity mode, irradianceuniformity mode, radiance uniformity mode, color uniformity mode, andspectral uniformity mode. Each of the specification maintaining modesmay have a specification (or target) minimum, maximum, or average forone or more spatial zones or angular bins.

The illuminance specification mode could be enabled such that buildingcodes for illumination were met or optimized while enabling otherfeatures, or illumination modes for example. The illumination and/orspecification or rules for the mode could be based on activity of one ormore individuals (even simultaneously two different activities) such asreading, exercising, cooking, patrolling a security perimeter, orsleeping for example) and the imager and/or scanner on one or moreAVLEDs, system comprising one or more AVLEDs portable device, or vehiclecould analyze information to automatically determine the activity andadjust one or more light sources (and their corresponding light fluxoutput and/or color output) from one or more angular bins from one ormore AVLEDs to use to meet the requirements or specifications. In oneembodiment, the output of one or more AVLEDs is adjusted such that thedifference in illuminance between two or more regions or zones (whichmay be next to each other) is less than one selected from the group:100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 lux.

Luminance, Radiance, or Relative Intensity Specificaton Mode

During install or otherwise, one could have the AVLED trigger a detector(or means for triggering a detector) at determined measurement locationsand cycle through light flux output (luminous intensities or radiantintensity, optionally different colors) by angular cycling to examinedifferent scenarios using the light field map for meeting aspecification for luminance, radiance, or relative intensity (orestimated illuminance, estimated irradiance, or estimated relative lightoutput) for two or more spatial zones in an environment (such asneighboring zones) and determine the optimal one or more light sources(and their corresponding light flux output) from one or more angularbins from one or more AVLEDs to use to meet the target specification(with optimum uniformity or meeting the specification with utilizing thelowest electrical power, for example). In some embodiments, thespecification for one or more spatial zones may not be able to beachieved using the illumination system. In some embodiments thespecification may be considered a target to optimize The luminancespecification mode, radiance specification mode (or illuminancespecification mode, irradiance specification mode, or relative lightoutput specification mode) could be enabled such that the target orspecification was met while enabling other modes of illumination and/orirradiation, for example. The luminance specification (targeting amatching of the luminance to a specification) mode or illuminancespecification mode or rules for the mode could be based on activity ofone or more individuals (even simultaneously two different activities)such as reading, exercising, cooking, patrolling a security perimeter,or sleeping for example) and the imager and/or scanner on one or moreAVLEDs, system comprising one or more AVLEDs portable device, or vehiclecould analyze information to automatically determine the activity andadjust one or more light sources (such as their corresponding light fluxoutput and/or color output) from one or more angular bins from one ormore AVLEDs to use to meet the luminance specification.

Uniformity Modes

In one embodiment, the AVLED may be in a substantially uniform luminancemode, uniform illuminance mode, uniform relative intensity mode, oruniform color illuminance mode and the difference in average luminance,average illuminance, average relative intensity, or CIE 1976 (L*, u*,v*) color space Δu′v′ color difference of illumination from a firstregion (or first spatial zone) to a second region (or second spatialzone) immediately next to (adjacent) the first region (or first spatialzone) is less than one selected from the group: 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5and 1 Candela per square meter; 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 lux; 50%,40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, and 1%; and 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05,0.01, 0.008, 0.006, 0.004, and 0.002, respectively. In one embodiment,the AVLED may be in a highlighting mode, emergency mode, entertainmentmode, high color saturation mode, variable illumination for a cameramode (providing desired or different illumination in the foreground,background, or for one or more individuals and/or objects), or othermode and the difference in average luminance, average illuminance,average relative intensity, or CIE 1976 (L*, u*, v*) color space Δu′v′color difference from a first region (or first spatial zone) to a secondregion (or second spatial zone) immediately next to (adjacent) the firstregion (or first spatial zone) is greater than one selected from thegroup: 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 Candela per square meter; 100, 50,30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 lux; 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 2%, and 1%; 0.5,0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.008, 0.006, 0.004, and 0.002,respectively. In one embodiment, the AVLED is in a uniform radiancemode, uniform irradiance mode, or uniform spectral irradiance mode andthe difference in average radiance, average irradiance, or averagespectral irradiance of light to or from a first region (or first spatialzone) to a second region (or second spatial zone) immediately next to(adjacent) the first region (or first spatial zone) is less than oneselected from the group: 1,000, 500, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 wattper steradian per square meter for a first wavelength band of interest;1,000, 500, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5, 1, 0.5, and 0.1 watt per squaremeter; and 1,000, 500, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5, 1, 0.5, and 0.1 watt persquare meter per nanometer for a first wavelength band of interest. Inone embodiment, the output of one or more AVLEDs is adjusted such thatthe difference in luminance between two or more regions or zones (whichmay be next to each other) is less than one selected from the group:100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 Candela per square meter.

Shadow Reduction Mode or Shadow and Dark Object Differentiation

As described above and herein, the one or more AVLEDs, system comprisingone or more AVLEDs, portable device comprising an AVLED, or vehiclecomprising an AVLED can be used to reduce the shadows in the environmentfrom one or more AVLEDs, one or more light fixtures, or external lightsources such as the sun, other vehicles, flashlights, portable lightingdevice, etc. by using angular cycling the one or more AVLEDs, creating alight field map, and illuminating the shadow region or zone using theoptimum one or more light sources (and their corresponding light fluxoutput) from one or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDs In oneembodiment, a processor on one or more AVLEDs or on the network coulddetermine the optimum AVLED/light source/angular bin to use to increaseflux incident on the shadow region of the environment (optionally basedon reference measurements, calibration, and/or angular cycling,optionally determined in real time (through substantially real-timeangular cycling at frequencies higher than 50 hertz or 60 hertz) or atpredetermined intervals. In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs operatesin a shadow reduction mode wherein information from two or more imagers(or a single imager capturing images at two different locations) in asystem comprising an AVLED is used to identify one or more shadowregions and adjust the light flux output from one or more light sourcesin one or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDs to increase theilluminance of the shadow region. In one embodiment, a shadow reductionmode is part of an illuminance (or luminance) specification maintenancemode and/or uniformity mode where the illuminance (or luminance) and/orluminance or color uniformity, respectively, is specified for all orspecific spatial zones and/or surfaces.

In one embodiment, a system comprises at least one AVLED and one or moreimagers that images an environment and the system (or component thereofsuch as a processor on an AVLED) compares the luminance, color,estimated color and/or estimated illuminance of two neighboring regions(or spatial zones) (and optionally increase the brightness if needed) todetermine if a shadow is present, and directs more light flux outputfrom one or more light sources in one or more angular bins in one ormore AVLEDs that illuminate directly and/or indirectly the shadow in ashadow reduction mode, thus not just sending more light to dark areas(which could end up trying to light up dark objects). The angularcycling and imaging process could be used to differentiate between ashadow and dark object (such as a black object) because a black/lowreflectance object would remain substantially black (have a lowreflectance and/or corresponding low intensity level in thecorresponding pixels of the imager) from all (or most) illuminationangles, whereas a shadow would move depending on the angle ofillumination and thus the region corresponding to a shadow (low relativeand/or absolute luminance and/or radiance) from one illumination fromone AVLED would have a higher relative and/or absolute luminance and/orradiance from a second AVLED illuminating the region of interest from adifferent illumination angle. In some configurations, illumination fromone or more angular bins from three or more AVLEDs are needed todifferentiate between shadows and dark objects. In another embodiment, acombination of one or more indirect illumination angular bins andoptionally a direct illumination from an angular bin from one AVLED isused to differentiate between a shadow and dark object. In oneembodiment, a plurality of AVLEDs provide illumination to an environmentfrom one or more angular bins from each of the plurality of AVLEDs,wherein an imager (on one or more of the AVLEDs or external to theAVELDs) images the environment under the illumination from the one ormore angular bins such that a shadow is differentiated from a darkobject (which may have a relatively low reflectance for the wavelengthsof light illuminating the environment from the one or more AVELDs). Thedifferentiation of a shadow from a dark objection may utilize spatialthree-dimensional data derived from one or more sensors as disclosedherein. For example, if the spatial three-dimensional data for surfacesand/or objects in the room determine a tall structure adjacent a wall, ahigher level of certainty may be obtained for differentiating the lowluminance region behind the tall structure when illuminated by an AVLEDimaging the structure, external light source, or other AVLED, forexample, as a shadow as opposed to a region of the wall with areflectance less than 10%, for example.

In one embodiment, one or more shadow zones are identified in a shadowreduction mode by comparing measured and/or calculated light propertiesin regions or spatial zones to target light properties to determine thedifference between the light property values measured and/or calculatedand the target light property values (such as target luminance, targetradiance, target relative intensity, target illuminance, targetirradiance, target color uniformity, target spectral uniformity, etc.,based on one or more of user input, user adjustable threshold, minimum,predetermined value, user adjustable threshold, or other mode ofillumination and/or irradiation, such as luminance uniformity mode,illuminance uniformity mode, minimum luminance mode, or minimumirradiance mode, for example), thus identifying one or more shadow zonesbased on the difference in light property values from the target lightproperties values (such as the difference in light property valuesmeeting a threshold value) and determining the increase in lightproperty values needed for one or more shadow zones to meet the targetlight properties or the difference in light property values to be lessthan a threshold difference in light property values. In one embodiment,identification of the shadow zones includes differentiating betweenshadows and dark surfaces (surfaces with an average spectral reflectanceacross the wavelengths of interest less than one selected from the groupof 40%, 30%, 20%, and 10%) such that dark surfaces are not evaluated ortreated/compensated as shadow zones for reduction (i.e. the light fluxin angular bins corresponding to the dark surface is not increased totry to reach the target light property). In one embodiment, an angularcycle is performed for one or more AVLEDs with a predetermined lightflux output (based on other mode or user setting, or historicalcalculation of light flux output for target light properties, forexample) or using a light flux output sweep, and corresponding lightproperties are measured and compared at a plurality spatial zones, eachspatial zone, or each region, for the light from one or more lightsources from two or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs using oneimager or two or more imagers on one or more AVLEDs, portable devices,or vehicles which may be remote from each other to determine or estimatethe change in light properties. In one embodiment, angular cyclingmeasurements, such as previously performed angular cycling measurements,are used to determine shadow zones. In one embodiment, the optimumAVLED(s), angular bin(s), light source(s), and light source flux outputfor one or more light sources is determined to illuminate the shadowzone. In one embodiment, the light flux output needed from the one ormore light sources in one or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDs iscalculated to increase the luminance, radiance, relative intensity,illuminance, irradiance to reach the target light properties for a firstshadow zone. For example, in one embodiment, a shadow zone created dueto a table creating a shadow on the floor when illuminated by light froma first AVLED downlight can be identified by an imager on a second AVLEDdue to the shadow zone having a luminance of 20 Candelas per metersquared due to ambient sunlight determined with the first and secondAVLED not emitting light (or not emitting light from one or more, or allangular bins of the first and/or second AVLED), which could beinformation obtained from an ambient light map. In this example, thesecond AVLED could measure a luminance of approximately 200 Candelas permeter squared in one or more spatial zones around the identified shadowzone due to illumination from the first AVLED when illuminating with asubstantially constant illumination output in the angular binscorresponding to the shadow zone and one or more spatial zones on thefloor around the shadow zone. In this example, the illumination systemcomprising the two AVLEDs may optionally identify the table as a tallobject in the environment capable of creating a shadow from the firstfixture by stereoscopic imaging (or multi-viewpoint 3D environmentalsurface information extraction) from the imagers on the first and/orsecond AVLEDs (and optionally other imagers or data input methods suchas LIDAR). In this example, one or more light sources in one or moreangular bins of the second AVLED may be electronically controlled toemit sufficient light flux output to illuminate the shadow zone suchthat the total luminance of the shadow zone is 200 Candelas per metersquared as determined from the imager in the second AVLED (or optionallya remote imager, an imager in a third AVLED, or portable device, forexample). In this example, the light flux output from the second AVLEDmay emit light flux that provides illumination to the shadow zone suchthat the luminance of the shadow zone due to the second AVLED is 180Candelas per meter squared, and when combined with the illumination ofthe shadow zone due to sunlight, results in a total luminance of theshadow zone due to the sunlight and the second AVLED of 200 Candelas permeter squared. In this example, instead of measuring, calculating, orestimating luminance of the spatial zones, the second AVLED could use arelative intensity measurement from monochrome and/or color measurementsof the imager and the output of the light from the second AVLED could beadjusted to match the relative intensity. Also, in this example, thecolor (or spectral properties of the reflected light) of the shadow zoneand one or more spatial zones around the shadow zone could be evaluatedby the second AVLED and the spectral properties (or choice of lightsource such as a blue light source) of the light output from one or moresources in one or more angular bins of the second AVLED could beadjusted to provide spectral light output such that the color of theshadow zone and one or more spatial zones around the shadow zone have auniform color along with uniform illuminance (such as the illuminationsystem operating in a shadow reduction mode and color uniformity mode).

Light Reflecting and Light Emitting Object Differentiation Mode

The angular cycling and imaging process could be used to differentiatebetween an object with a high reflectance (such as an average spectralreflectance greater than one selected from the group of 70%, 80%, and90% for the wavelengths of the light emitted by one or more AVLEDsand/or other light fixtures and/or other light sources such as the sun)and an object emitting light (such as a lamp, laptop display, etc.) in alight reflecting and light emitting object differentiation mode. A lightemitting object would be identified as a bright region when the one ormore AVLEDs emit 0 lumens or watts of light flux, or a constant brightregion with a reduction in illumination and/or irradiation. However, theluminance, radiance, and/or relative intensity of an object determinedby an imager of an AVLED or portable device with an imager will increasewith an increase in illuminance or irradiance of the object from one ormore angular bins from one or more AVLEDs or light emitting devices.

Predictive Illumination Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDscomprises one or more imagers wherein when the AVLED is operating in asecurity mode, the one or more AVLEDs output light in a low illuminationmode for a plurality of angular bins or all angular bins and whenmovement is detected (such as by a light sensor or using a visibleand/or infrared imager) the one or more AVLEDs emit light in one or moreangular bins (or all angular bins) corresponding to (and/or including)the location of the movement and/or the predicted location of theperson, object, animal (such as an animal larger than an estimatedtwelve inches in any dimension as estimated by the imager), vehicle, orthing based on their rate of movement. In another embodiment, the fluxoutput of the immediate 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 angular binsadjacent the angular bin corresponding to the movement in the +theta,−theta, +phi, −phi, or other angular nomenclature used (in a plus andminus direction) is increased to a high level of illumination output. Inone embodiment, an AVLED or one or more angular bins of an AVLEDemitting light in a low illumination mode emit is less than one selectedfrom the group: 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, and 5% of the maximumoperating flux output (the maximum non-overdriven flux output) or of theaverage of the minimum and maximum flux output for the correspondingAVLED or one or more angular bins. In one embodiment, an AVLED or one ormore angular bins of an AVLED emitting light in a high illumination modeemit is greater than one selected from the group: 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%,80%, 90%, and 95% of the maximum operating flux output (the maximumnon-overdriven flux output) or of the average of the minimum and maximumflux output for the corresponding AVLED or one or more angular bins. Inthis embodiment, a significant power savings can be realized due toillumination in a low illumination mode until movement is detected andmore illumination is needed. In one embodiment, the movement may bedetected (and optionally located) based on one or more sensors in theAVLED, system comprising the AVLED, portable device, imager remote froma light emitting device, remote light sensor, or vehicle and theinformation may be communicated to one or more AVLEDs (optionally otherAVLEDs) such that the illumination in one or more angular bins of theone or more AVLEDs (and optionally other light emitting devices) may beturned on and/or increased.

In one embodiment, AVLED or system comprising AVLED comprises one ormore imagers and/or scanners (such as those describe herein) todetermine movement or potential movement of one or more individuals,animals, or objects and predictively illuminates one or more possiblepaths of movement for the one or more individuals, animals, or objects(such as illuminating both paths down a hallway when a person movestoward a door to a hallway and reduces the illumination of the path downthe hallway not chosen). The predictions may include historical timelogged data of movement, conversational analysis information (such asspeech from the individual indicating they are going to the garage, forexample), calendar or event information, information from one or moresensors or devices (such as a doorbell would likely indicate movementtoward the front door, for example).

In one embodiment, the network of AVLEDs and/or a network of imagersoperatively connected to an AVLED may capture images of the environmentsynchronized to each light source during angular cycling. In oneembodiment, one or more objects, individuals, or animals may behighlighted based on sensor information, environmental contextualinformation (such as a microphone and sound analyzer identifying acommand to “light up John more”) to cause the system to locate John(such as using facial recognition and/or 3D scanning, location of John'ssmartphone, for example) and increase the light flux output directed toJohn from one or more light sources from one or more angular bins fromone or more AVLED optionally based on the light field map determinedfrom the angular cycling (performed by an individual, automatically, ata specific time (such as overnight), or performed automatically or ondemand at a rate undetectable by the individuals in the environment suchas all but one light sources in the environment turned off for less than17 milliseconds and the imager is synchronized to determine the lightfield map for that light source. In one embodiment, an AVLED predictsmovement of an individual or object and adjusts increases theillumination of the shadow region within 1, 0.5, 0.2, and 0.1 seconds ofthe shadow moving.

Safety and Security Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED operates in a warning mode wherein anobject, individual, animal, thing, and/or spatial zone of interest isilluminated and/or irradiated by one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins from one or more AVLEDs when a sensor or informationprovider or microprocessor (or algorithm) provides safety or securityinformation suggesting a danger, security threat, or a need toilluminate. In one embodiment, the safety or security information is oneor more selected from the group: smoke or fire alarm (wherein thespatial zone comprising the fire or sensor may be illuminated by greenlight and the optimum path to exit the environment may be illuminated ingreen light, green arrows, using an indicator, or increased whiteilluminance, for example); motion alarm for a window or door (whereinthe AVELD may illuminate the corresponding window, door); intruder alert(optionally tracking and optionally dazzling the intruder by directlyilluminating and/or irradiating the eyes, head, and/or body of theintruder (directly or indirectly through specular reflections) to reducetheir ability to see such that the luminance for one or both eyes of theintruder of one or light output surfaces of the one or more AVLEDs isgreater than one selected from the group: 300, 500, 700, 1000, 1500,2,000, 2,500, 5,000, 7,500, and 10,000 Candela per square meter;

When an alarm occurs, the AVLED may illuminate one or more first spatialzones in the environment with a low level of illuminance and one or moresecond spatial zones at a higher illuminance (such as the path to one ormore rooms or exits) such that an individual awaking from sleep (wheresleep is optionally determined by one or more sensors or cameras or itis during sleep mode time period) is not blinded when trying to get outof bedroom in the case of a fire, for example). The illumination couldgradually increase in time or closer to the exit. In another embodiment,when an alarm occurs, the AVLED may irradiate one or more first spatialzones in the environment (which may include fluorescent and/orphosphorescent markings and/or materials) with ultraviolet light and oneor more second spatial zones at specific illuminance such that anindividual awaking from sleep (where sleep is optionally determined byone or more sensors or cameras or it is during sleep mode time period)can see the fluorescent and/or phosphorescent markings and/or materialswith a higher contrast since the noise level from light scattering fromsmoke is reduced due to any scattered light from smoke prior to themarkings and/or materials is not visible when trying to get out ofbedroom in the case of a fire, for example). For an individual (such asa security guard) the path of travel could be illuminated (either theentire path or the predicted next 5, 10, or 20 feet of travel) such thatthe lights a) do not provide glare to the guard, b) permit betterlow-level light adjustment for the environment outside of the path, c)permit light from an AVLED to illuminate a potential intruder or dangerwith a high illuminance (that could optionally dazzle the intruder), d)save electrical energy, e) prevent illuminating the environment suchthat it is easier for an intruder to see where they are going, and f)make it easier to dazzle an intruder since the ambient light level islow.

A theatre, stadium, or venue with seating could illuminate a pathwayand/or seat for an individual with an AVLED when they arrive and/or whenthey get up from their seat (optionally causing low or no glare to otherpatrons). In movement detection mode, the ambient light for one or morespatial zones could be at a low level and if something or someone moves,they/it are illuminated and/or irradiated and optionally not illuminatedand/or irradiated into the person's eyes (no/reduced glare) unlessprogrammed to for security. For safety mode, stairs may have anincreased luminance. During a fire, for example, one or more AVLEDs maylight up an exit door in red and optionally a series of AVLEDs couldlight a long exit path for an individual in red, for example, optionallyblinking By illuminating in red light, and only the necessary and/orprogrammed spatial zones, the red light and target light decreasesscattered light and increases contrast of the environment for theindividual to see the exit in smoke-filled conditions, for example. TheAVLED or system comprising AVLED may also analyze the furniture, debris,traffic flow, etc. to determine the optimal path (an illuminate the pathwith increased contrast from the surroundings) for illumination suchthat the individual is likely to make it to the exit more quickly. TheAVLED or system may comprise an infrared imager to enable it to see orimage through the smoke to determine the optimum path for illuminationThe AVLED could flash some light into eyes purposefully to help lightway to exits in smoke using light from one or more determined angularbins based on location information for the individual and/or eyes of theindividual (from an IR imager, for example).

Environmental Monitoring Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs operating in an environmentalmonitoring mode measures and/or analyzes one or more properties in theenvironment and uses the information to adjust the light flux output forone or more light sources, provide an alert or notification (electronic,visual, communication to a remote device, or sound output, for example),or provide light flux output from one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins corresponding to the spatial zone, surface, or regionwhere the properties in the environment have changed. In one embodiment,the properties in the environment comprise one or more of the followingproperties: light properties, presence of one or more gases above athreshold amount (such as methane, hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, carbondioxide, sulfur hexafluoride, refrigerants); presence of smoke above athreshold; air pollution; acoustic, sound or vibration properties;presence of a particular sound or acoustic frequency profile (such asthe sound from a smoke detector or doorbell); temperature of one or moresurfaces of objects and/or individuals; wind speed above a threshold;position, speed, and/or orientation of one or more objects orindividuals; the physical properties of one or more surfaces, objects,and/or individuals (such location, size, dimension, radius, orientation,for example); the optical properties of one or more objects and/orindividuals (such as color, spectral reflectance, gloss level,transmittance, absorbance, degree of scattering, light and/or radiationemissive properties); emission, reflectance, absorptance, or presence ofradiation (ultraviolet radiation, X-ray, Gamma radiation, Alpharadiation, Beta radiation, Neutron radiation, Cosmic radiation,Non-ionizing radiation, Ultraviolet light, Visible light, Infraredlight, Microwave radiation, radio waves, very low frequency radiation(30 Hz to 3 kHz), extremely low frequency radiation (3 to 30 Hz),thermal radiation, or black body radiation); relative humidity, watervapor, or rainfall; pressure; proximity of one or more surfaces,objects, or individuals; vibrations; occurrence of a glass break;electrical field; leak detector (such as water or gas leak detector);and radiofrequency spectrum reflectance (such as with a millimeter wavescanner), wherein the properties in the environment may be evaluatedspatially (such as at a particular surface or spatial zone or region),angularly (such as from a particular angular bin), or as being presentat the device.

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more sensors that detectsmoke, heat, and/or carbon monoxide in a smoke, heat, or carbon monoxidedetection mode. In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an infrared imagerand the AVLED or system comprising the AVLED comprises one or moreprocessors that analyzes one or more images from the infrared imager andidentifies or detects possible fire or sources of heat with temperatureshigher than 150 degrees Fahrenheit. In one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises a carbon monoxide sensor based on metal oxide semiconductor orone or more photosensor configured to identify the molecular absorptionphenomena of CO gas within a particular range of light spectrum.

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs operating in a safety mode provideillumination in an emergency or specific situation or event. In oneembodiment, one or more AVLEDs (optionally operating on a back-upbattery) detects (using one or more sensors on the one or more AVLEDs orremote from the AVLED and in communication with the one or AVLEDs, or anevent is otherwise identified or indicated) loss of power, fire orsmoke, an intruder, water leak and/or flood, gas (such as carbonmonoxide), open door/window, glass break, motion in a particularlocation, particular sounds (other alarms, tornado alarm, etc.), and/orweather event (possible tornado, hurricane, high winds, for example) andthe one or more AVLEDs adjusts the light flux output from one or morelight sources in two or more angular bins to illuminate the pathway(s)to one or exits or a particular object, angular bin, spatial zone,region or surface (such as a door, electrical panel, or source offire/smoke/water/gas/intruder). In one embodiment, a portable or mobileAVLED illuminates one or more surfaces, spatial zone, angular bins dueto an emergency, alarm, or one or more sensors. In this embodiment, theportable or mobile AVLED may be on a vehicle, drone (such as a droneproviding illumination for emergency services such as fire or police inan earthquake, fire, explosion where the power may be out), remotecontrolled vehicle or craft (land, water, or air), a portable AVLEDconfigured to be placed/hung/attached to an environment/wall/structure(such as a magnetic or comprising a hook for hooking onto an object inthe environment) to provide portable illumination and/or irradiation inemergencies or for temporary event illumination and/or irradiation, forexample. In one embodiment, the portable or mobile AVLED may becontrolled and/or parameters for illumination and/or irradiation for oneor more regions, surfaces, or spatial zones in the environment may bechanged remotely (such as by Wi-Fi, cellular wireless communication,Bluetooth, IEEE 80211 wireless protocol, etc.). In one embodiment, amobile device comprising an AVLED, such as a drone, remote controlledvehicle, remote controlled illumination vehicle or craft, vehicle, orother mobile device returns to a charging station automatically when thebatteries or other AVLED power source (such as gasoline, hydrocarbon,biofuel, alcohol, compressed air, methane, hydrogen, butane,supercapacitor) is low.

Near Infrared Spectroscopy Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises at least one infrared light sourceemitting light with wavelengths within the wavelength range from 780 nmto 2500 nm into one or more angular bins, and the AVLED or systemcomprising the AVLED, comprises an imager and/or sensor suitable todetect the spectral properties of the light reflected from a pluralityof spatial zones, surfaces, regions, or angular bins such thatproperties of the surface and/or material of the surface correspondingto the plurality of spatial zones, regions, or surfaces may beidentified and/or estimated. In one embodiment, an AVLED is an angularlyvarying light emitting device providing hyperspectral illumination of anenvironment, surface, or spatial zone for one or more imagers in ahyperspectral imaging device. For example, an single AVLED mayseparately send infrared light flux (or other spectral light flux) intodifferent angular bins corresponding to spatial zones over differentagricultural products (or different containers of the same agriculturalproducts) where the reflected light propagates to a sensor on the AVLEDor another sensor remote from the AVLED (which may spectrally analyzethe reflected light, such as using a spectrometer and/or diffractiongrating). Other items or materials may be identified and/or evaluated bynear-infrared illumination (or other spectral wavelength bandillumination) from one or more AVLEDs (and optionally analysis by one ormore sensors on one more AVLEDs or sensors remote from the one or moreAVLEDs and in communication with the one or more AVLEDs) such as one ormore selected from the group: plants, soils, ground cover, soilchemistry, fluid flow, pharmaceutical powder, agricultural powder,agricultural products, beverages, fats, dairy products, oils, oilseeds,protein content, coffee, tea, eggs, meat, grains, grain products,forages, vegetables, fruits, spices, and sugarcane.

Mobile Device Illumination Mode

In one embodiment, one or more mobile devices, portable devices,motorized devices, vehicle, drone, aircraft, water craft, land craft,drone, remote controlled vehicle or craft, movable devices, or devicecapable of self-powered and/or self-directed motion comprises an AVLED(hereinafter referred to as a mobile AVLED) and provides a first angularlight output profile at a first location in an environment, moves fromthe first location to a second location in the environment differentfrom the first location, and provides a second angular light outputprofile in the second location different from the first light outputprofile. In one embodiment, a plurality of mobile AVLEDs change theirlocation in an environment to provide optimum illumination and/orirradiation under one or more modes of irradiation and/or illuminationFor example, an office may comprise a plurality of mobile AVLEDs thatare uniformly spaced in across the ceiling and upon the sun rising toprovide increased illuminance through a window, the mobile AVLEDs movefurther from the window (since less light is now needed there) toprovide more energy efficient directed lighting from more optimumlocations operating in a high efficiency mode and mobile device mode ofillumination In one embodiment, a mobile AVLED is powered using a gridof electrical conductors or track on the ceiling providing power formovement and/or light flux output. In one embodiment, a plurality ofmobile AVLEDs (such as flying devices, drones, robots, or mobile lamps,for example) move through the environment to relocate to a location moreoptimum for one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation andtemporarily attach themselves to a wall, ceiling, floor, power sourcestation for recharging, or other substantially stationary surface orobject or come to a stop at the location (such as a mobile AVLED floorlamp) For example, drones comprising AVLEDs may fly to a new location ona ceiling and energize an electromagnet (or reposition a permanentmagnet) to affix the drone to a ceiling comprising a ferrous surface (orobjects or places on the ceiling comprising ferrous “stations” forillumination). In this example, when the drone needs to move to a newlocation to optimize for one or modes of illumination (or to measure oneor more light properties from different locations and/or orientations inthe environment using an imager on the mobile AVLED), the drone cande-energize the electromagnet and fly to a new location.

Track or Find Mode, Locate Mode, and/or Identify Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED highlights an individual or object (such asby an increasing the illuminance to the individual by increased theluminous flux in one or more angular bins or changes the color of theillumination in one or more angular bins to a different color (white tored, for example)) in a highlighting mode, such as for example, toindicate a particular level of health or health-related concern, orhighlight an individual with a particular health concern in a healthmonitoring mode. The AVLED could illuminate the individual or regionaround the individual (halo effect) corresponding to the view fromanother individual in the environment and track the individual andilluminate more or less light flux or with a different color. Theillumination could be performed by an AVLED on a drone or remoteoperated vehicle to track an individual, animal, or thing. The AVLEDcould be used to identify the location of an item, individual, object,or animal by illumination where the identification could be made by oneor more sensors such as a radio signal from the object or individual,and imager and device performing recognition algorithm such as facialrecognition, a 3D sensor, or other identification technology. The AVLEDor system comprising an AVLED may use a microphone to track the originsof sound (such as a person or object) and optionally illuminate theregion where the sound originates (such as by acoustic triangulation orother method for determining location).The AVLED may also irradiate withinfrared light to provide irradiation of an individual or object fornight vision applications. The AVLED may actively detect high pitchsounds from a smoke detector or fire alarm and illuminate according to afire alarm protocol or mode (environmental monitoring mode) as discussedherein in examples of fire. The paths for illuminating in certainscenarios or response to sensors or modes may be preprogrammed or inputmanually or automatically, such as by drawing them on an image on asmartphone display or controller tablet display. The AVLED (such as anAVLED street light) could light up around substantially all but the eyesof moving people along a street or pedestrian path at night (safety),and keep them highlighted or illuminated indefinitely (or till postsunrise) even if they are not moving. The AVLED could be used with asign or system comprising a sign to send flashes of to one or moreangular bins corresponding to one or more individuals, respectively,such that the light draws attention to the sign without sending lighteverywhere (wasting light) or in a broad sweeping area. The AVLED couldilluminate and/or irradiate with infrared or white or colored light fortactical reasons (highlight kidnapper/suspect), identify and lock-on(track) despite the AVLED being in a helicopter or on a police car forexample. The AVLED could highlight an individual, place, thing, object,animal, etc. not just by illumination on off, but by color or on/off orby blinking or color change, and can change color around individualplace, thing, etc. (halo effect), or for example, or make thesurroundings a different color than the target. The AVLED or systemcomprising an AVLED could track and illuminate and/or irradiate asuspect even if he/she stops and/or identify and highlight visiblyand/or irradiate invisibly (but visible through an IR camera, forexample) suspicious activity. The AVLED could be used in conjunctionwith individual identifiers (police IDs via phones/device, badges,workers via device/ID, phone ID, etc.) to filter out and not illuminatethem (or reduce illumination) but illuminate stranger or suspect(possibly based on their ID). In one embodiment, an AVLED comprising animager or an imager in communication with one or more AVLEDs identifiesone or more objects in an environment based on one or more selected fromthe group: shape, borderlines, 3D scan, calculations based on imagesfrom more than one imager, variations in one or more light propertieswhen illuminated from different angular bins, luminous reflectance,reflectance at one or more wavelengths or wavelength ranges (or color),specular reflectance, diffuse reflectance, tags, labels, otheridentified objects, user provided information, lookup tables ordatabases comprising shape or other object recognition or identifyinginformation. In one embodiment, the illumination from an AVLED isprovided based on identification of one or more objects and one or moremodes of operation or user preferences. For example, in one embodiment,a processor on an AVLED identifies a desk and white paper on the desk inan environment based on feature or shape recognition from images from animager on the AVLED and adjusts the light flux output in one or moreangular bins to illuminate the paper with 200 lux (or illuminated itsuch that it's measured or estimated luminance is 100 Candela per squaremeter) and the desk is illuminated with 100 lux (or illuminated it suchthat its measured or estimated luminance is 50 Candela per square meter)in a medium illumination preset mode. In this example, if a highillumination preset mode is chosen for example (or a specificationmaintaining mode is used for example), the AVLED could illuminate thepaper with 400 lux (or illuminate it such that it's measured orestimated luminance is 200 Candela per square meter) and the desk isilluminated with 200 lux (or illuminated it such that its measured orestimated luminance is 100 Candela per square meter).

Product or Inventory Tracking and Identification Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED, imager, or light sensor identifies one ormore objects, parts, or products (such as by a UPC code on a box forexample) and tracks the location in the environment. In one embodiment,the illumination or irradiation property for the one or more objects,parts, or products is adjusted based on information provided remotelyfrom the AVLED, such as illuminating the box with green light for a boxon a conveyor belt based on a destination address determined frominformation from a network, or determined by the AVLED, identifying thatthe item is close to falling off a conveyor belt, is faulty, has beenrecalled, has a status that warrants identification to individuals invisual range, is a safety hazard, or poses a danger. In one embodiment,an inventory tracking or monitoring system comprises one or more AVLEDsthat illuminate or irradiate one or more objects, parts, or productsbased on information identified by the AVLED, a sensor remote from theAVLED, or from information received from a network. For example, if anobject/product is determined by image analysis to be damaged, at a wronglocation, late, early, in the correct location, leaking, unsealed,without proper identification, with proper identification, or targetedfor a particular destination, for example, the color of illumination forthat object/product could be a designated color (red light from amicro-LED array or red light from a scanning laser diode, for example)and the colored illumination could track with the product or objectthrough the environment and optionally under illumination from multiplesimultaneous or sequential AVLEDs. The rate of illumination (flashingfor example), change in color (flashing green and red, for example),intensity of the illumination/irradiation could be used to furtheridentify or highlight the object, or product.

Reduced or Glare-Free Illumination Mode,

The AVLED could track eyes/and or individuals (using camera, or ID,motion, or other means for example). The AVLED, when tracking forexample, or otherwise illuminated an environment, may create a shadow ofan object, individual, etc., and another AVELD can illuminate the shadowregion and “fill in” the shadow to improve the illuminance uniformity ofthe environment. One could walk through room with camera on cellphone orportable device (or head worn device such as HMD) and perform an angularcycling (preferable at a frequency greater than 60 hz) such that glarecan be determined (such as by using a camera held less than 5, 4, 3, 2,and 1 inch from eyes), or by measuring and/or calculating the direct(and/or indirect) light field map for one or more AVLEDs using one ormore imagers. In one embodiment, each AVLED tracks eyes and communicateswith other AVLEDs at other locations in environment (such as in a largeroom, down a hallway, or throughout a building, for example). The AVLEDcould measure, and/or calculate glare angles and which spatial zones areilluminated by specular reflection based on measured, calculated, oridentified specular surfaces in the environment to reduce reflectedglare. Likewise, the AVLED could measure (such as by angular cycling)and/or calculate direct glare angles from one or more AVLEDs such thatwhen an individual (and/or an individual's eyes) enters into an glarespatial zone (spatial region receiving direct glare light from one ormore fixtures or reflected glare from a reflection off of a specularsurface receiving light from one or more AVLEDs) the light flux outputfrom one or more sources from one or more angular bins from one or moreAVLEDS that illuminate the glare spatial zone from an angle ofillumination that causes glare for the individual is reduced or turnedoff. The AVLED may also determine the degree of specular reflectancefrom a surface through angular cycling and examining the reflected lightusing one or more imagers and/or angular cycling. At least one imager ina system comprising one or more AVLEDs may also detect retroreflectedlight from eyes (such as by IR illumination and imaging or visible lightillumination and imaging) and reduce output in a spatial zone around theeyes, such as a 3D spatial zone corresponding to 0.5, 1, or 2 feet fromthe head of the individual from all illuminating directions. In oneembodiment, the AVLED identifies a mirror or mirror-like surface and anindividual and calculates/estimates the angle that would illuminate theeyes of an individual through the mirror and reduces the light fluxand/or emits 0 lumens of light flux output into the angular bincorresponding to the eye glare illumination through the mirror. In oneembodiment, the AVLED is in the form of a light fixture for illuminatinga large venue with high seating capacity, such as a stadium, theatre,performance venue, sporting venue, concert hall, racetrack, motorspeedway, festival, ballroom, auditorium, or arena, and the AVLED emitsreduced (reduced relative to the flux output at less steep angles) lightflux (or 0 lumens or 0 watts) into angular bins corresponding to thespatial locations of the audience wherein the angle of illuminance wouldbe greater than 40, 45, 50 or 55 degrees from the nadir to reduce glare.

Reduced Light Trespass or Light Trespass Free Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs (or an illumination systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs) reduces the light trespass from the oneor more AVLEDs automatically or by user identification of one or morelight trespass regions, light trespass surfaces, light trespass angularbins, and/or light trespass spatial zones, and the one or more AVLEDsreduce the light flux output from one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins corresponding to the light trespass regions, lighttrespass surfaces, light trespass angular bins, and/or light trespassspatial zones. In one embodiment, the one or more AVLEDs identify thelight trespass regions, light trespass surfaces, light trespass angularbins, and/or light trespass spatial zones by analyzing spatialthree-dimensional information, property boundary information(input/identified manually, determined/estimated from satellite data, orobtained from government or third party information providers), ambientlight map, angular cycling information, information from one or moresensors, information from one or more imagers on one more AVLEDs orremote devices in communication with one or more AVLEDs, user identifiedlight trespass regions, light trespass surfaces, light trespass angularbins, and/or light trespass spatial zones (such as by tapping on regionsof an image displayed on a portable device such as a tablet orsmartphone). In this embodiment, the one or more AVLEDs reduce the lightflux output (optionally to 0 lumens or watts) from one or more lightsources in one or more angular bins corresponding to the light trespassregions, light trespass surfaces, light trespass angular bins, and/orlight trespass spatial zones.

Reduced Sky Glow or Sky Glow Free Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs (or an illumination systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs) reduces the sky glow (from direct and/orindirect illumination of the sky) light pollution from the one or moreAVLEDs automatically or by user identification of one or more regions,angular bins, and/or spatial zones corresponding to light directedtoward the sky (directly and/or indirectly via reflection), and the oneor more AVLEDs reduce the light flux output from one or more lightsources in one or more angular bins corresponding to the light directedtoward the sky directly and/or indirectly via reflection from (and/ortransmission through such as light direct through windows) one or moresurfaces, spatial zones, or regions. In one embodiment, the one or moreAVLEDs identify the of one or more regions, angular bins, and/or spatialzones corresponding to light directed toward the sky (directly and/orindirectly via reflection) by analyzing spatial three-dimensionalinformation, object and/or spatial surface boundary information(input/identified manually or determined by analyzing one or more imagesfrom one or more image sensor on one or more AVLEDS), information fromone or more sensors, information from one or more imagers on one moreAVLEDs or remote devices in communication with one or more AVLEDs (suchas ambient light map, identification of one or more stars and/orconstellations, identification of the sun and/or solar movements,identification of the sky (such as identifying a blue sky,sunrise/sunset, and/or a night sky) and/or angular cycling information,for example), user identified regions, angular bins, and/or spatialzones corresponding to the sky (such as by tapping on regions of animage displayed on a portable device such as a tablet or smartphonecorresponding to the sky, wherein the AVLED may determine sky borderautomatically by image analysis, for example). In this embodiment, theone or more AVLEDs reduce the light flux output (optionally to 0 lumensor watts) from one or more light sources in one or more angular binscorresponding to the sky.

Selective Warming Mode

The AVLED could output infrared thermal irradiation to provide selectivewarming. The infrared light output from this “thermal AVLED” may beindependently directed to different angular bins to warm an individualand track the location of the individual (such as by the same IR imagerthat is used to determine that the individual is cold and/or whichregions of the individual are cooler than others for irradiation of thecooler regions or user defined regions of the individual set forirradiation in a selective warming mode. The infrared imager may alsolook for shadows and/or reflected light to help located or trackmovement and/or shape for one or more individuals or things or objectsin the environment. In one embodiment, the AVLED collects infrared lightemitted and/or the emissivity of objects, individuals, or regions todetermine its approximate temperature. In one embodiment, the AROE alsocollects infrared thermal radiation onto a detector in the AVLED. In oneembodiment, the AVLED comprises an infrared pyrometer, spot infraredpyrometer, scanned pot pyrometer, infrared scanning system, and/orinfrared thermal imaging camera. The spatial zone may be selected by theuser for specific increase, decrease, or constant temperature mode ofinfrared thermal radiation output into the corresponding one or moreangular bins of the AVLED (optionally with tracking of the object,individual or thing if it or they move). In one embodiment, one or moreAVLEDs, imagers, or sensors identify one or more individuals (such as byfacial recognition, smart tags, RF IDs, or tags/codes/bar codes/QRcode/Matrix or 2D barcodes on a hat or outer garment, for example), andprovides thermal irradiation based on the preference selected by theindividual (such as the individual selecting a desired temperature orirradiation level on their smartphone using an application incommunication with a system comprising one or more AVLEDs.) In thisembodiment, the AVLED may also provide illumination or irradiationaccording to one or more other illumination or irradiation modes such asobject or product inventory tracking for example.

Social Modes

The AVLED could be a variable angle illumination device for socialindication or social use. For example, if a company has determined afirst day is a “how you are feeling day” where if the individual saysthey are feeling poor they are illuminated with blue light (or they canbe provided a blue halo for viewing by a another person looking at theindividual by illuminating the surface around the poor feelingindividual based on the viewer's location and viewing direction). Inthis example, a person feeling great may be illuminated with red lightor a red halo. This can encourage discussion and/or interaction betweenpeople. Similarly, if today is “birthday month,” each month could becolor coded for illuminating an individual or a halo around anindividual. Other social categories could be “favorite color day”, birthlocation map (with color coded countries and/or states), favorite sport,college degree type-color coded, favorite hobbies (such as color codedwhere gardening=green, water sports=blue, white=not participating,etc.). These categories and colors that track with the individual thatilluminate the individual or halo the individual can help people findcommon interests-engages people, provides for good networking, icebreakers at a social event and may be good for networking with people orpeople at a party, for example, trying to find people with commoninterests.

In these social illumination mode of operation, one important aspect isto only illuminate one person with the correct color corresponding tothe color map for the categories(s). Each person could be a differentcolor based on feeling, or personal preference. Since each illuminationcolor for each person may be different, the angular resolution should besufficiently high. One may be able to look out across a room andidentify one or more individuals based on the illumination profile basedon one or more categories, indicators, or social indicator for aspecific color map for a category.

The AVLED could be used for a social illumination mode in a lunchroom,waiting room, conference room or other indoor or outdoor communalenvironment. The AVLED could help identify and know the social propertyor category (or other characteristic of the individual), and may useinformation from a badge, GPS sensor, imager connected to processorconfigured to perform facial recognition, and/or information from anapplication on a smartphone. For overhead direct illumination from anAVLED, one disadvantage of color-coded social mode is that people's hairis now red or illuminated with a distracting or undesired color oflight. The AVLED may use background “halos” as described elsewhereherein. An AVLED could provide the background halo using one or morecameras to detect eyes and then know which background to illuminate(opposite background behind the individual based on the location of theindividual and the light field map).

Light from an AVLED could provide notifications, outline an officecubicle or office to a door, or use perimeter lighting (more visible toothers) that indicates an aspect or information for an individual (basedon a color map) such as illumination representing that I'm busy/have amtg in 5 minutes(such as a red border/illumination, possibly blinking)or “I have meeting in 20 minutes” wherein AVLED light output may be slowflashing red, “I have some time available” may provide blue AVLED lightoutput toward the individual. The AVELD may be synchronized to acalendar for the individuals. The AVLED may promote selective engagementand/or reduce distractions at key times, may be synchronized to typing,for example, such as when an imager (and/or microphone detects typing ora sensor or imager shows that an individual is reading or typing forexample) and the light output properties from an AVLED (such asilluminance and/or color of light output properties) indicate thecurrent status of the individual (color coded or elsewise displaying anicon, for example). In one embodiment, the AVLED may illuminate aperimeter of an individual object based on information obtained from oneor more sensors or devices operatively connected to the color of theAVLED light positioned above the subject on the ceiling.

Health Monitoring Mode

The AVLED could indicate poor health (help me indicator for example) bymonitoring a pulse of an individual (distinguish between sleeping andgravely ill) or using IR camera to indicate fever or low temperature andcould be useful with livestock to highlight sick livestock (andoptionally track). An AVLED in a hospital waiting area, triage area,patient room, or operating room could indicate/show the pulse/healthindicator color, and could combine with remote health monitoring, (suchas by using millimeter wave radar).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDscomprises a Gigahertz millimeter-wave radio frequency transmitter andreceiver wherein one or more antenna are in the form of a horn antennaor phased array. In one embodiment, the radio frequency transmittertransmits radio waves at a frequency of 60 Gigahertz. In one embodiment,an AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDs comprises a Gigahertzmillimeter-wave radio frequency transmitter and receiver on one or moreAVLEDs and the system can monitor the breathing rate and/or heartbeat ofone or more individuals in the environment of the one or more AVLEDs.

Entertainment Mode

The AVLED can cycle through patterns of illuminating angular bins tosimulate a disco ball or mirror ball. The AVLED could track people andilluminate them with a specific color (or change the color). The AVLEDcould synchronize to detected colors from a television to project thecolors around (preferably not illuminating the television directly) tosimulate the environment of the TV on the spatial zones around thetelevision. The location of the television may be correlated to one ormore angular bins and/or pixels of an imager in a system comprising anAVLED, such as by touching the region corresponding to the television onan image of the room displayed on a portable device in the environment,wherein the system then uses the color information from thosecorresponding pixels to determine the ambient color to provide to theAVLED to illuminate the environment preferably excluding illuminatingthe television directly. The AVLED could also project light orappearance of shadows in conjunction with content on the television,such as illuminating the environment and reducing the illumination inregions of the floor (or ceiling, or wall) to simulate the shadow of anairplane flying over when the content on the television is an airplaneflying overhead from the perspective of the camera. Similarly, when abright explosion happens off-screen from the back-left corner, the AVLEDcould briefly increase the light flux output into angular bins to theback left corner (and optionally illuminate with red and/or yellow lightto simulate a fire explosion). The AVLED could project light intoregions to create lines, patterns, or icons to simulate a game such astic-tac-toe, chess, checkers, board games, games played on a floor mat,or other game with a playing area. In one embodiment, a target practicegame could illuminate targes to be “shot” with a laser diode, and theAVLED could optionally detect a correct hit using an imager on the AVLED(and change the color and/or illuminance if the target is hit). In thisgame, each person could have a different color of illumination for theirtargets for a multi-player game or different colors could provideadditional information for the game. In an entertainment mode fordancing, the AVLED could be synchronized to music or be configured tooutput a specific pattern or light output profile. The AVLED could alsofunction as a graphic or image creating tool by illuminating a surfacein a manner representing brush strokes, finger strokes, pen strokes, orstroke, swipe, or other gesture or motion wherein the user wishes topaint or draw on the surface as one might draw on a 2-dimensional paperor canvas. However, using a plurality of AVLEDs, one could paint around(or illuminate features of an environment) 3-D objects. For example, onecould set the color to blue and touch (or gesture toward) the top of acounter so that the countertop was illuminated with blue light from oneor multiple AVLEDs, set the color to red and touch (or gesture toward)sides of the counter such that the sides of the counter were illuminatedwith red light from multiple AVLEDs. Any 3D object could be illuminateddifferently along different sides, automatically determined regions(such as an imager detecting boundary regions), or manually identifiedsides or regions and the illumination output for each spatial zone ofthe object (or room, or individual or animal, etc.) could vary in colorand/or intensity from each angular bin of each AVLED, for example. Inone embodiment, a user may “paint” on a display via touchscreen or otheruser interface, or use an environmental indicator for spatial zone (suchas one or more laser pointers) to identify one or more zones and thepreferred illuminance, color, irradiance, or spectral properties(including IR heat) may be programmed to vary in time in coordinationwith an entertainment or other mode disclosed herein. For example, auser may identify a couch and chair using a touchscreen on a tabletusing an application running on the tablet in communication with one ormore AVLEDs such that color and illuminance of the light from one ormore AVLEDs directed to the couch and chair flashes red and off (noillumination) continuously at a predetermined time or in response toother input or as part of a program providing varying illumination colorof objects in room for visual effects that may optionally besynchronized to music or location of one or more individuals using oneor more sensors.

Variable Illumination for Camera

In one embodiment, the AVLED can provide illumination and/or irradiationfor a camera on a portable device (or a portable camera). The AVLEDcould be used for a flash, a fill flash or a flash on a camera (in aphone, a DSLR, or a full frame camera). The AVLED could communicate withthe device used with the imager and the AVLED could send more light tounder-illuminated (and/or under-irradiated) areas and/or it doesn'tdirect light to the eyes of the subject being photographed/imaged toeliminate red-eye. In one embodiment, the portable device, such as acamera or smartphone comprises an AVLED illuminator and/or irradiatorfor images taken by the smartphone or camera. In this embodiment, theillumination and/or irradiation could be specifically tailored toprovide a more uniform illumination and/or irradiation by sending lesslight into some angular bins (where there is more than sufficientillumination and/or irradiation) and more light into other angular binswhere there may be shadows (or more illumination and/or irradiationneeded). This can increase the visibility of the content for the imagewithout requiring as much post-processing and can improve the dynamicrange and/or detail contrast of the final image. The AVLED could alsoilluminate the background more than the foreground (such as in the caseof some nighttime photos where this is needed). The AVLED could alsotrack the subject for the photograph/image (optionally via the real-timeimage through the camera or smartphone) and also optionally track thecamera such that the illumination and/or irradiation needed is providedby the AVLED for illuminating and/or irradiating the subject withoutsending light directly (or via specular reflection) toward the camera(that would create glare for the image) or directly illuminating and/orirradiating the individual taking the photos that would causedistraction or glare when not looking through the camera or smartphonescreen. The camera or imager for providing illumination and/orirradiation without glare imager and filling in shadows could also beremote from the AVLED (such as a fixed position mounted on a wall) suchthat in Variable illumination and/or irradiation Camera #2 mode, forexample, one or more AVLEDs in a system provide illumination and/orirradiation for an individual and/or scene including an individual forthe field of view of a camera or imager positioned on the wall (Camera#2, for example). In this mode, the AVLED could be operating in thismode continuously while also executing other modes illumination and/orirradiation such that the Camera #2 always has a shadow-free imagewithout glare or high or overexposure regions. More than one camerafield of view can be accounted for in the variable illumination and/orirradiation camera mode for one or more AVLEDs. Using an infra-redimager, the infra-red irradiance from one or more AVLEDs may beincreased or decreased to create shadow-free infra-red images (such asnigh vision images) without oversaturating the infra-red imager whileincreasing the signal-to-noise in the spatial zones corresponding to lowirradiance when the light fixture emits light in an angularly uniform orsubstantially isotropic light output pattern across the angles of lightoutput for AVLED.

Using an imager, or camera, or 3D scanner, or other sensor, theangularly adaptive lighting could account for movements of theindividual and/or movement of people or things in the environment(optionally done in real-time, such as with an overall latency less thanone selected from the group: 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01,0.008, 0.006, 0.004, 0.003, 0.002, 0.001, and 0.0005 seconds. Theimager, on a head-worn AVLED device, for example, could continuouslysearch for eyes to reduce glare for the one or more other individuals inthe environment not wearing the device with the AVLED.

Light Field Display

In one embodiment, a light field display comprises a plurality of AVLEDwherein each AVLED represents one or more pixels in a light fielddisplay. For example, an array of 20 by 20 AVLEDs providing RGBillumination toward an individual can reproduce the light field (angularinformation and intensity and color information) representing light froma 3-dimensional scene. Also, a single AVLED could provide a light fielddisplay for many individuals standing in front of the display. In oneembodiment, an arrangement of a plurality of AVLEDs could provide adirect view light field display in a wide angle, up to 360 degreeviewing angle, by directing arrays of AVLEDs with angular ranges of atleast 180 degrees back to back, by directing AVLEDs along one or morecurved, arcuate, stepwise, or faceted arrangements wherein the opticalaxis of the AVLED changes such that the 3-dimensional arrangement ofAVLEDs provides a wide angle, up to 360 degree viewing angle, directview light field display. The size of the arrangement of AVLEDs from aspecific viewing angle will determine the size of the direct view lightfield display. The AVLED-based direct view light field display could becreated by a stationary arrangement of AVLEDs, a mobile arrangement ofAVLEDs (such as a plurality of drones hovering overhead to create thedisplay), or a partially mobile arrangement (such as patrons seated in astadium each wearing a head-mounted AVLED such that the entire audiencecan see a light field display from their own viewpoint). The AVLED couldaccount for the orientation and spatial location of each AVLED such thatif the AVLED is translated and/or rotated, the light sources providingillumination and/or the angular bins corresponding to the desiredillumination profile (for a specific mode, for example) can be alteredaccordingly. In one embodiment, the AVLED accounts for the orientationand spatial location of the AVLED for personal illumination orillumination using an AVLED on a non-stationary or mobile device. In oneembodiment, the output from a plurality of AVLEDs (and optionally anAROE or scanner) is directed through a lens or additional AROE toincrease the angular output range (illuminating range of angles for anilluminating device or field of view for a direct view light fielddisplay based on AVLEDs). In one embodiment, the direct view light fielddisplay based on an arrangement of AVLEDs is used to provide camouflageby displaying a light field representation of an object or scene that itis difficult to differentiate between the true view of the object orscene. The arrangement of AVLEDs or a single illuminating AVLED couldalso create a ubiquitous display wherein light output (such as patterns,images, colors, illumination profile, etc.,) represent the status ofsomething or provide an indicator for any event or something (such asthe status of the stock market or a stock, current or predicted weather,location of an individual, etc.).

Horticultural or Animal Lighting Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDcould send more/less blue/red/purple, white, or other spectral lightoutput to a specific plant or animal in an environment. The AVLED orsystem comprising the one or more AVLEDs could monitor the plant and/oranimal (such as by using an imager and photogrammetric analysis or otheranalysis to determine which plant or animal needs more or less of aspecific spectral range of light) and direct more or less of thespecific spectral range of light to only that specific plant or animal(or a plurality of them if more than one needs the specific illuminationand/or irradiation profile). Determining the spectral properties neededcould be based on one or more sensors, imagers, manually input, orcalculated based on other data. One or more AVLEDs could also directdifferent intensities of light from different spectral ranges todifferent plants in an environment (optionally based on measurements,sensors, or operator entered light output profile, for example). Thelight output profile from one or more light sources from one or moreangular bins of one or more AVLEDs at one or more time periods (thatcould be triggered automatically based on one or more sensors, ormanually initiated) could include ultraviolet light (such as to kill acollection of insects or sanitize the environment or specific regions ofthe environment when the animals are not present in the environment ornot present in the specific region, respectively), visible light (suchas to provide a blue light to calm poultry, blue-green light tostimulate chicken growth, or red-orange to stimulate reproduction ofchickens), infrared light (such as to warm a specific plant or animal),or any combination of the three. Other time based rules (such asduration and intensity) could be implemented for the AVLED for each ofone or more animals or plants, such as never increase the duration orintensity of light during the growing period for a chicken and/or neverdecrease the duration or intensity of light during the productionperiod, for example. In one embodiment, the system comprising one ormore AVLEDs provides a different illumination and/or irradiation outputprofile (such as a specific illuminance and/or specific irradiance,respectively) for a specific time period for each plant, each animal, acollection of plants, or a collection of animals in an environment basedon data from one or more sensors and/or controlled light output profileentered by the operator. The AVLED could also illuminate and/orirradiate individual insects in an environment. In one embodiment, theAVLED or system comprising an AVLED comprises one or more imagers andprocessors that identify which plants and/or animals or individuals needmore and/or less water and/or other resources to maintain and/or improvethe health of the individual, plant, animal, or collection of plantsand/or animals

Selective Sterilization Mode or Mold Inhibition Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED operates in a selective sterilization modeor mold inhibition mode. In one embodiment, the AVLED emits light in the280-315 nanometer wavelength range into one or more angular bins toreduce mold and/or decay on objects such as food. For example, in oneembodiment a refrigeration system (such as a refrigerator) comprises oneor more AVLEDs in the interior that selectively irradiates strawberriesand/or other fruit/vegetable/meat/daily/food within the system, device,or refrigerator when the door is closed to reduce mold and/or decay.

Light Communication

The AVLED may provide information using light communication such asLi-Fi and the light output (including visible light and/or infraredlight output) from the one or more AVLEDs may follow the device withwhich it is communicating and provide direct communicating light toprovide a higher signal to noise ratio, overcome shadowing (by changingthe light output to using a different angular bin from a differentAVLED), avoid noise, and possible increase the utilization efficiency oflight output since the devices could independently use the samefrequency of light output since the light could be modulated differentlyfor each angular bin. Examples of types, hardware, system arrangements,protocol, networks, interfaces, etc., for light communication are knownin the art and those which could be utilized with a system comprisingone or more AVLEDs include those known in the art and those described inUS Application Publication No. US20170310743, the entire contents areincorporated by reference herein and Handbook of Advanced LightingTechnology, Editors Robert Karlicek, Ching-Cherng Sun, Georges Zissis,Ruiqing Ma, Springer International Publishing, Switzerland, 2017, VolumeI, Part IV, section “Optical Wireless Applications,” pp. 635-700), thepages are incorporated by reference herein. In one embodiment, each orone or more angular bins of an AVLED is configured to transmit and orreceive information encoded in modulated light. In one embodiment, oneor more angular bins functions as a LI-FI device, such as one that cantransmit information using a micro-LED array.

Fixture or Led Performance Evaluation

The AVLEDs could monitor the light output from itself or another AVLEDusing one or more sensors. One or more AVLEDs could monitor the outputfrom one or more AVLEDs and they could collectively and/or individuallydetermine if there is a problem (lower light flux output, increased fluxoutput, color change of light output, for example) with one or morelight sources from one or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDsusing one or more imagers and angular cycling and optionally adjustand/or compensate, or take into account the reduce or varied output.

Personal Illumination Device

The AVLED (or system comprising one or more AVLEDs) could providepersonal illumination for vision or aided vision (such as night gogglesor AR/VR applications) and the AVLED could avoid directly illuminatingother cameras or eyes of the individual wearing an AVLED and/or anyindividuals in an environment. The AVLED could provide IR irradiationinto angular bins for IR irradiation with an IR imager (possibly used inparallel with a visible light imager) to track at night, for nightvision in military applications, or for a variable angle IR illuminatorand/or irradiator that prevents blinding other people with IR goggles bydetecting eyes with an imager and not illuminating and/or irradiating IRand/or visible light to that location or spatial zone. This type ofimager could also be used by firefighters. The AVLED could combineadaptive angular lighting with gaze tracking so that the AVLED onlyilluminates spatial zones that need illumination and if the AVELD wasmounted on the person (such as on head-worn device), the illuminationcould be provided “hands free.” The system could also be trained torecognize another imager, specific device, oricon/label/graphic/emitting light source such that it does notilluminate it directly and introduce glare to that camera or imager(such as the imager on a fellow firefighter's AVLED or helmet-moundingimager with AVLED, for example). The AVLED system could also detect thecamera/imager or other identifier and specifically not illuminate and/orirradiate a tracked region around the camera/imager (such as within a 1,2, or 3 foot diameter, within 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 angular bins, or within2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, or 20 degrees in any direction) around thecamera/imager to be sure not to cause glare with future movement of thecamera/imager/device with the camera or imager, or the individualthemselves and this would decrease the likelihood of causing glare, etc.and provide an illumination and/or irradiation glare-safety zone.

In one embodiment, a head worn device, arm-worn device, hand-worndevice, foot-worn device, torso-worn device, wearable device, portabledevice, or article worn (such as a coat, belt buckle, shoe, hat)comprises one or more AVLEDs providing illumination for the individualwearing the device or article. The AVLED could be in communication witha device (such as a head-worn device) that tracks one or more eyesand/or the gaze of the wearer and the AVLED illuminates where the weareris looking (illuminate more or turn on in that area) and/or reducesillumination in other areas (that may have a high luminance from otherlight sources or be problematic specular surfaces such as mirrors thatwould dazzle or increase glare to the wearer). The system comprising theAVLED or AVLED could use an imager to identify key elements toilluminate more or less (or with different colors or from differentAVLEDs specifically) such as a watch display that is reflective to turnup illumination, a book/newspaper identification for reading, walkway orthe ground in front of the wearer while walking. The AVLED or systemcomprising the AVLED could predictively illuminate a hazard, person,place, or thing for safety considerations and/or other people/things (orparts thereof such as optionally illuminating with reduced or glare-freeillumination,

Projection Mode

The AVLED or system comprising one or more AVLEDs may operate in aprojection mode where one or more AVLEDs emits light into a plurality ofangular bins from one or more light sources with varying light outputprofile (color and/or light flux) such that the illuminated and/orirradiated spatial zones collectively illuminate and/or irradiate in theform of one or more selected from the group: image, video, logo,indicia, graphic, warning, highlight, indicator, a display, alarm, andcustomized spatial zones for an object. The system comprising two ormore AVLEDs in a projection mode could emit light from two or moreAVLEDs such that the angular output from each AVLED does notsubstantially overlap with the angular output from another AVLED (suchas to provide a wider range of illumination and/or irradiation angles).The system comprising two or more AVLEDs in a projection mode could emitlight from two or more AVLEDs such that the angular output from eachAVLED substantially overlaps with the angular output from another AVLED(such as to provide an increased light flux output to one or morespatial zones from two or more AVLEDs. In another embodiment, a systemcomprising two or more AVLEDs in a projection mode could emit light fromtwo or more AVLEDs to illuminate and/or irradiate a non-planar, 3-Denvironment wherein a region corresponding to a shadow from a firstAVLED is illuminated and/or irradiated by a second AVLED to provide anilluminated and/or irradiated 3-D environment that can be viewed orimaged from multiple angles without shadows. The light output from twoor more AVLEDs to the same, neighboring, or defined spatial zones may becoordinated to collectively provide a continuous, or predeterminedillumination and/or irradiation appropriate for the image, video, logo,indicia, graphic, warning, highlight, indicator, or display. Forexample, light output from a first AVLED may illuminate the back side ofa white couch with an image of the back of a park bench, and lightoutput from a second AVLED directly overhead may illuminate the top ofthe white couch with an image of the top of a park bench andsimultaneously illuminate the top of a white coffee table with an imageof a campfire (and optionally, when the couch is occupied by anindividual, the second (or other) AVLED may direct warming IR light tothe individual to provide heat such as that which would result from thefire if the fire projected on the coffee table were real.)

Window Avoidance Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED identifies automatically or by user inputone or more angular bins and/or spatial zones that correspond to windows(such as by identifying specular reflections and/or estimating thereflectance of one or more surfaces and/or the color of reflected light)and adjust the light flux output from one or more light sources and/orone or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs corresponding to spatialzones comprising one or windows or portions thereof such that less light(or more light depending on preferences or settings) is directed to thewindows in a window avoidance mode (or window targeting mode if lightmore light is directed to the window(s)). For example, an AVLED used asa building exterior illumination light or facade lighting fixture mayidentify a plurality of windows on the building using one or moreimagers and less light or no light could be directed to the windows toreduce light pollution, save energy, and/or to reduce eye strain forsomeone looking out of the window downward. In another embodiment, bybeing able to avoid directing light into windows, an AVLED configured toilluminate a first building (such as one operating in a window avoidancemode) may be placed on a neighboring second building and directed towardthe first building (without directing light to one or more or all of thewindows) and/or the AVLED may be able to be oriented with a directionalcomponent downward (wherein it may also be optionally configured not toilluminate the ground, sidewalk, etc. adjacent the building).

Circadian Adaptation Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in a circadian adaptation modereduces the light flux output in the range from 430 nanometers to 500nanometers and/or the blue light from one or more light sources in oneor more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs at a preset time, useradjusted time, near sunset, or at night, to reduce circadian stimulationthat could disrupt a sleep cycle for an individual. In one embodiment,the AVLED identifies one or more first surfaces, first regions, or firstspatial zones (optionally non-white, and/or optionally non-uniformlycolored) with a relatively high diffuse reflectance (such as greaterthan 50, 60, 70, or 80 percent) within a wavelength range (such as aspectrum within the wavelength range between 430 nanometers to 500nanometers) and when the AVLED is operating in a circadian adaptationmode, the AVLED decreases the light flux output in the range from 430 nmto 500 nm from one or more second sources and/or one or more secondangular bins and decreases less, or does not decrease the light fluxoutput in the range from 430 nm to 500 nm in one or more first angularbins corresponding to the first surfaces, first regions, or firstspatial zones such that an individual may be able to discern colordifferences and features with a higher color rendition in the firstsurfaces, first regions, or first spatial zones while reducing the bluelight in other spatial zones.

Infrared Remoil Controller Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED emits infrared light from one or more lightsource into one or more angular bins corresponding to a spatial zonecomprising a device with an infrared optical receiver for controllingthe device, such as an audio device, stereo, television, display, mobileAVLED comprising an infrared optical receiver, remote controlled vehicleor craft, appliance, air conditioner, Blu-ray player, for example. Inthis embodiment, the AVLED could be programmed to interface with one ormore audio and/or visual components for control, such as by a user usingthe AVLED to control the device to change the channel, or the AVLEDturning on the audio system to broadcast an alarm or turning on the TVto display an image of an intruder from an AVLED in a security mode.

Seasonal Affective Disorder Treatment Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs operates in a seasonal affectivedisorder treatment mode and provides a total first illuminance greaterthan or equal to 7,000, 8,000, 9,000, or 10,000 lux to one or moreindividuals or to a light diffusing surface (reflecting or transmitting)within 10 to 36 inches, within 10 to 30 inches, within 12 to 28 inches,or within 16 to 24 inches from the face of an individual such that theindividual's eyes receive the total first illuminance from the scatteredlight from the light diffusing surface, optionally within 120 minutes,90 minutes, 70 minutes, 65 minutes, or 60 minutes from the individualwaking, optionally for a period of illumination from 10 to 60 minutes,10 to 50 minutes, 15 to 45 minutes, and 20 to 30 minutes. In oneembodiment, one or more AVLEDs operates in a seasonal affective disordertreatment mode and provides a total first illuminance greater than orequal to 2,000, or 2,500 lux at approximately 480 nanometer centeredillumination from one or more light emitting diodes (or greater than orequal to 300 lux or 350 lux at approximately 500 nanometer centeredillumination from one or more light emitting diodes) to the eyes of oneor more individuals or sufficient light flux to a light diffusingsurface such that the individual's eyes receives the total firstilluminance from the scattered light from the light diffusing surface.

Ubiquitous Display Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs illuminate one or more spatialzones and/or surfaces in an environment wherein the one or more lightproperties associated with illumination and/or irradiation display orindicate information related to an object, entity, individual (such asilluminating the area around a photo of an individual with green lightto indicate positive health), event, device, item, status (such greenillumination of a wall or picture as in indication of an increase in aparticular stock price for the day). In one embodiment, the illuminatedone or more spatial zones display or indicate information external tothe environment.

Sign, Display, or Advertising Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs illuminate one or more spatialzones and/or surfaces in an environment wherein the light displays oneor more selected from the group: indicia, graphics, text, icons, logo,and images on the one or more spatial zones and/or surfaces. In oneembodiment, a first plurality of angular bins of the AVLED function as aprojector projecting information onto one or more spatial zones and/orsurfaces and a second plurality of angular bins of the AVLED provideillumination and/or irradiation in one or more other modes ofillumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDsilluminate one or more spatial zones and/or surfaces in an environmentwherein the light displays advertising content in the form of one ormore selected from the group: indicia, graphics, text, icons, logo, andimages. In one embodiment, projecting advertising content in one or morespatial zones, surfaces, or regions at particular times (orcontinuously) subsidizes the cost of the AVLED for the user and/orbusiness which may be used at non-advertising times or the one or moreangular bins not presently displaying advertising content may be usedfor one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation. In oneembodiment, the AVLED provides illumination that indicates direction fora turn or continued progression, street name, or other navigationalrelated information to aid in navigation (such as pedestrian, vehicle,navigation indoors (shopping, etc.)).

Bac1ericidal Mode

In one embodiment, the AVLED emits light flux from a first spectral bandfrom one or more light sources in one or more angular bins to a surface,spatial zone, or region at a specific irradiance or radiant exposuresufficient to kill bacteria in a bactericidal mode. In on embodiment,the AVLED emits light from one or more LEDs (such as one or moremicro-LEDs) with a peak wavelength in the range between 380 nanometersand 510 nanometers, 395 nanometers and 420 nanometers, or 400 nanometersto 405 nanometers into one or more angular bins corresponding to one ormore spatial zones and/or surfaces wherein the light from the LED kills(inactivates) pathogenic bacteria. In this embodiment, the bacteria mayinclude, for example, one or more selected from the group StaphylococcusAureus, Clostridium, Clostridium Difficile, Coagulase-negativeStaphylococcus, MRSA, Enterococcus, and Streptococcus. In oneembodiment, an AVLED emits light flux from a first spectral band for afirst period of time from one or more light sources in one or moreangular bins corresponding to surfaces, regions, or spatial zonesautomatically identified and/or user identified for disinfecting (suchas drains, bathtubs, countertop, garbage bin, dish towel, toy, phone,refrigerator door, light switch, microwave button, phone, keyboard,remote control, bathroom floors, toilets, sinks, faucets, hospitalequipment, hospital walls, hospital floors, or hospital beds) optionallywhen people are not present and/or into angular bins that avoid exposureto people (such as identified by one or more imagers on the AVLED or incommunication with the AVLED).

Phototherapy or Photobiomodulation Therapy Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs illuminates and/or irradiates oneor more individuals or animals in a phototherapy or photobiomodulationtherapy mode wherein the wavelength, duration, dosage, and/or frequencyof exposure is provided to generate a clinical benefit, such asmechanisms at discrete cellular cites that use photoreceptive targetsthat may include a performance mechanism (such as cytochrome C oxidase,a regenerative mechanism (such as a TGF-β1 activation), and/or ananalgesic mechanism (such as TRPV1, Opsins). In one embodiment, thephotobiomodulation therapy provides benefits for one or more selectedfrom the group: Parkinson's disease, stroke, traumatic brain injury(TBI), chronic wounds (venous, pressure, or diabetic), mitigate theside-effects of cancer therapy (radiotherapy and/or chemotherapy),concussions, age-related macular degeneration, back pain, tendinopathy,Alzheimer's disease, diabetic retinopathy, hair growth, mitigatechemotherapy-induced oral mucositis, mitigate chronic inflammation,improve acute muscle performance and reduce muscle damage afterexercise. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises one or more scanninglasers or a spatial array light source that provides photobiomodulationtherapy light flux to a target (such as an arm on an individual, forexample) in one or more angular bins that may optionally be trackedautomatically.

Horticulture Lighting Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in a horticulture lighting modeemits a light flux with a first wavelength spectrum for plant growthand/or flowering into one or more angular bins associated with surfacesof plants, regions with plants, or a spatial zone comprising plants. Inthis embodiment, energy can be saved by not supplying unnecessaryspectrum of light (or less efficient spectrum of light) and also by notilluminating surfaces, regions, or spatial zones without plants (unless,for example, one or more surfaces without plants are illuminated nearthe plants for indirect illumination of the plants). In one embodiment,the first wavelength spectrum comprises one or more of the following:red light (630-660 nm), blue light (400-520 nm), green light (500-600nm), and far red light (720-740 nm). In one embodiment, one or moreAVLEDs may be programmed to emit light from one or more light sources inone or more angular bins to illuminate one or more regions, surfaces,objects, individuals, and/or component thereof at a specific time orinterval according to one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation, such as an AVLED emitting red and blue light flux only inangular bins corresponding to spatial zones comprising plants frommidnight to 5 AM. In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in ahorticulture lighting mode emits a first light flux at a first timeperiod from one or more light sources into one or more angular binsassociated with surfaces of plants, regions with plants, or a spatialzone comprising plants and a second light flux different from the firstlight flux in the one or more angular bins at a second time perioddifferent from the first time period. In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises an imager (or is in communication with an imager) wherein theAVLED emits light with the first wavelength spectrum in one or moreangular bins correlating to the location of a particular plant orproblematic portion of a plant using image analysis and increases and/ordecreases the light flux in the particular angular bin based on imageanalysis of images from the imager. In one embodiment, an AVLEDoperating in a horticulture lighting mode may provide UV-C light(100-279 nanometers) and/or UV-B light (280-315 nanometers) to reducemold, reduce decay, enhance terpene content of cannabis crops, alter thetaste and/or smell, and/or fight or kill pathogens in plants in one ormore spatial zones corresponding to one or more angular bins of theAVLED.

Aquacultural or Animal Husbandry Lighting Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in an aquacultural or animallighting mode emits a light flux with a first wavelength spectrum fromone or more light sources into one or more angular bins associated withdirect and/or indirect illumination of one or more surface(s) of fish,surface(s) of animals, region(s) with fish, region(s) with animals,spatial zone(s) comprising fish or animals for one or more of thefollowing: increased food uptake and/or visibility (such as increasedyellow-white light flux for poultry), increased growth, increased musclegrowth (such as increased green light flux for poultry), reducedaggression (such as increased red light flux for poultry), increasedwakefulness (such as increased 480 nm blue light flux for cows),increased environmental maintenance without disturbance (such as nighttime illumination with increased red light flux for cow since they areunable to detect significant red light flux), increased disinfection(such as increased light flux in a spectrum within the range from 380 to420 nanometers or at 405 nanometers). In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises an imager (or is in communication with an imager) wherein theAVLED emits light with the first wavelength spectrum in one or moreangular bins correlating to the location of a particular animal or fish(optionally tracking the animal or fish) and/or problematic portion ofan animal or fish using image analysis and increases and/or decreasesthe light flux in the particular angular bin associated with the animal,fish, or problematic portion thereof, based on image analysis of imagesfrom the imager to improve the health, productivity, reproduction,reduce aggression, and/or improve one or more other properties of theanimal or fish.

Human Centric Lighting Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in a Human Centric Lighting (HCL)mode emits a first light flux from one or more light sources with afirst HCL wavelength spectrum with a first HCL illuminance on one ormore surfaces, regions, and/or spatial zones from the first light fluxfor high circadian stimulus during the daytime, and a second light fluxless than the first light flux from one or more light sources with asecond HCL wavelength spectrum with a second HCL illuminance on the oneor more surfaces, regions, and/or spatial zones in the evening. In oneembodiment, the first HCL wavelength spectrum comprises one or morewavelength bands providing a cool white color temperature (such as whitelight with a correlated color temperature (CCT) between 4600K to 6500K,5000K, 6000K, or 6500K) and the first HCL illuminance is greater than orequal to one selected from the group 250, 275, 300, 350, and 400 lux. Inanother embodiment, the second HCL wavelength spectrum comprises one ormore wavelength bands providing a warm white color temperature (such aswhite light with a correlated color temperature (CCT) between 2000K to3000K, 2000K, 2500K, 2700K, or 3000K) and the second HCL illuminance isless than one selected from the group 250, 225, 200, 175, 150, and 100lux.

Myopia Reduction Mode

In one embodiment, an AVLED operating in a Myopia reduction mode emitslight in the morning with a first spectral irradiance (W·m⁻²·nm⁻¹),light in the afternoon with a second spectral irradiance less than thefirst spectral irradiance, and light in the evening with a thirdspectral irradiance less than the second spectral irradiance in thewavelength range between 470 and 490 nm, 475 and 485 nm, or 478 and 482nm into one or more angular bins corresponding to vertical and/orhorizontal surfaces visible to one or more individuals in theenvironment. In one embodiment, the second spectral irradiance isbetween 40% and 80% of the first spectral irradiance, and the thirdspectral irradiance is between 0 and 40% of the first spectralirradiance. For example, on a wall in front of an individual (optionallydifferent walls in different rooms over the course of a day) an AVLEDemits 100 Watts per square meter at 9 AM, 60 Watts per square meter at 2PM, and 20 Watts per square meter at 8 PM in the wavelength rangebetween 478 and 482 nanometers. In one embodiment, the light flux fromone or more light sources for wavelengths near 480 nanometers is reduced(such as reduced linearly) during daylight hours from morning tillevening. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises a first plurality ofwarm white light sources (optionally comprising less than 10% of thelight flux in the spectral range from 470 nm to 490 nm) and a secondplurality of cool white light sources (optionally comprising more than10% of the light flux in the spectral range from 470 nm to 490 nm)wherein for one or more angular bins, the AVLED emits light from thecool white light source(s) and less than 5 lumens or no light flux fromthe warm white light source(s) and gradually increases the relativelight flux output from the warm light source(s) and decreases therelative light flux from the cool white light source(s) over the courseof the day.

Multi-User Mode

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs (or a system comprising one ormore AVLEDs) adjusts the light flux output from one or more lightsources in two or more angular bins based on requirements, operationalparameters, or user preference for a plurality of users operating in thesame or different modes of illumination and or irradiation. In oneembodiment, the adjustment to the light flux output may be dependentupon user priority (optionally in addition to mode of illuminationand/or irradiation priority and/or weighting) where the priority and orweighting could prioritize the light flux output from one or more lightsources in two or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs for one userover another (or another group). In one embodiment, each priority foreach user could be higher (or lower) or weighted higher (or lower) thanany particular other user and/or mode of illumination and/or irradiationfor the other user. For example, in one embodiment, a parent mayprioritize a safety and security mode over a first child's entertainmentmode and a second child's projection mode, and the first child mayindependently prioritize the entertainment mode over a reduced orglare-free illumination mode. In one embodiment, each user may selectone or more of the following: their desired modes of illumination and/orirradiation; one or more operational parameters for the mode (such astargets, thresholds, light properties, and/or other parameters disclosedherein); the relative priority and/or weighting for each mode ofillumination and/or irradiation; one or more AVLEDs, angular bins,spatial zones, regions, surfaces, individuals, and/or objects forillumination and/or irradiation under the one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, a high-level user,such as an AVLED administrator, business owner, or parent, for example,has the ability change the permission for one or more lower level usersto change or select one of the aforementioned modes, parameters, lightproperties, priorities etc.

Manual Lighting Mode

The system comprising an AVLED could also use one or more keyilluminance and/or irradiance registration/alignment spots or indicatorsthat could be physical items in the environment, identified on imagesfrom an imager, or could be identified using a laser (such as a laserdiode). In this embodiment, the AVLED could prioritize or adjust theilluminance or irradiance for those spots or indicators to the desiredilluminance, irradiance, color, or temperature by infrared irradiation.One could use a red laser diode to decrease the white light illuminancein the spatial zone and a green laser diode (optionally on the samedevice as the red laser diode, such as a cellular phone) to increase theilluminance in that region. Alternatively, one could use a red, green,and blue laser diode on the same device with an increase button anddecrease button for each (6 buttons in total) or a single button foreach color. Pressing the red button once could turn on a constant redlaser dot which could be directed to a spatial zone (and optionally thebutton could be pressed again to cause the dot to flash quickly toindicate selection for increase) for increasing the red illuminance tothe spatial zone identified by an imager, for example, on the AVLED, andpressing the red button again could direct the dot back to a constantintensity, and when pressed again could cause the dot to blink slowly toindicate the spatial zone for decreasing the red illuminance to thespatial zone. Similarly, for the green and blue, the 3 or 6 buttonscould enable one to dial in the color. Similarly, one could point on aregion in an image on a display corresponding to the region of theenvironment and 3 pop-up slider bars could appear on the screen toadjust the red, green, or blue light output up or down for theenvironmental region or spatial zone (optionally for a particular AVLED)and the adjustments may be seen in substantially real-time (such asdelay in response less than one selected from the group: 5, 4, 3, 2, 1,0.5, 0.2, and 0.1 seconds). For manual light output adjustment, a usercould direct the AVLED to turn on the one or more light sourcescorresponding to one or more angular bins, and the user could touch on atouchscreen multiple times at the location to increase (or decrease)illuminance in that area, or press and hold to increase in that area, orpress and hold to set memory, or to have the region darkened thenincreased in illuminance in the location corresponding to the touchedlocation when AVLED emits light to that spatial zone, or another userinterface known for increasing, decreasing, turning off, or turning onthe light flux and/or light source light flux output could be used. TheAVLED could set a 50% base white light output for all angular bins, forexample, and the adjustment (increasing or decreasing light output orchanging color, from one or more AVLEDs) could be made from that baselight output level.

Spatial Zone Temporal Transitions

In one embodiment, the transition of one region of illumination orspatial zone from a first illuminance and/or first color to a secondilluminance and/or second color occurs linearly over a period of timeless than one selected from the group: 20, 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.4,0.3, 0.2, 0.1 and 0.05 seconds. In another embodiment, the transition ofone region of illumination or spatial zone from a first illuminanceand/or first color to a second illuminance and/or second color occurslinearly or non-linearly over a period of time greater than one selectedfrom the group: 30, 20, 10, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, and 0.1seconds. The transition time could include the dimming transition, colorchange transition, mode change transition, AVLED illuminationtransition, pre-illumination transition, or other transition occurringas a result of sensor information, programming, transition to adifferent mode of illumination, prioritization change (such as priorityto a different individual or illumination rules for a particular mode),or other change in the system or environment.

Spatial Zone or Illuminated Region Boundaries

The AVLED may illuminate one or more regions (or spatial zones) in ahard spatial transition mode such as one where the transition of averageluminance, average illuminance, average relative intensity, or CIE 1976(L*, u*, v*) color space Δu′v′ color difference of illumination from afirst region (or first spatial zone) to a second region (or secondspatial zone) immediately next to (adjacent) the first region (or firstspatial zone) may occur over a transition region less than one selectedfrom the group: 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.5%, and 0.1% of the averagespatial width of the first region (or first spatial zone) in a firstplane orthogonal to the direction of optical axis of the incident lightto the first region (or first spatial zone) centered on the estimatedboundary between the two regions (or spatial zone) in the first plane.The AVLED may illuminate one or more regions (or spatial zones) in asoft spatial transition mode such as one where the transition of averageluminance, average illuminance, average relative intensity, or CIE 1976(L*, u*, v*) color space Δu′v′ color difference of illumination from afirst region (or first spatial zone) to a second region (or secondspatial zone) immediately next to (adjacent) the first region (or firstspatial zone) may occur linearly or non-linearly over a transitiongreater less than one selected from the group: 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, and 1%of the average spatial width of the first region (or first spatial zone)in a first plane orthogonal to the direction of optical axis of theincident light to the first region (or first spatial zone) centered onthe estimated boundary between the two regions (or spatial zones) in thefirst plane.

In one embodiment, the illumination of a first region (or first spatialzone) and a second region (or second spatial zone) immediately next to(adjacent) the first region (or first spatial zone) do not overlap suchthat there is a substantially non-illuminated region between the firstregion and second region (or first spatial zone and second spatial zone)with an average luminance or average illuminance less than one selectedfrom the group: 30, 20, 10, 5 and 1 Candela per square meter; and 30,20, 10, 5 and 1 lux, respectively.

Adjacent Angular Bin Transitions

In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises an imager or light sensor withhigher equivalent angular resolution (the subtended angle in theenvironment corresponding to a single imaging pixel or single lightsensor) than the angular bin for a corresponding spatial array lightsource light emitting pixel. In this embodiment, the light propertiesfor more than one pixel (and/or portions of neighboring pixels thereof)of an image or light sensor corresponding to the angular bin (andoptionally neighboring pixels or portions thereof) may be averaged,estimated, totaled, or the maximum or minimum value for a group ofpixels may be used, to represent the light property for determining thelight flux for the corresponding angular bin of the spatial array lightsource (or scanning light source) depending on theillumination/irradiance mode. In one embodiment, the difference betweenlight properties measured or estimated between two adjacent spatialzones (in one or more directions) in the environment is greater than afirst transition value selected from the group of 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%,60%, and 70% and light flux output in one or two angular binscorresponding to one or both of the neighboring spatial zone is adjustedto reduce the difference in illumination, irradiance, or resultingtransition in light property (such as luminance or color) between theneighboring spatial zones to a second value less than the firsttransition value. For example, in a luminance matching mode, a darkobject in a first spatial zone has a reflectance property of 10% and anadjacent spatial zone has a lighter object with a reflectance of 60%(where the reflectances may be estimated by one or more AVLEDs, forexample). In this example, to match the luminance approximately 6 timesthe light flux could be directed toward the darker object than thelighter object, however to provide a more even transition (such as whereangular bin borders do not match object borders, for example), theangular bin corresponding to all or a portion of the dark object couldbe only 4 or 5 times the light flux directed to the lighter object. Inone embodiment, an optimized transition could be calculated for anentire environment or group of angular bins such that the ratio of thelight flux output from two adjacent angular bins is less than one outputflux ratio selected from the group 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 to 1.In one embodiment, a processor on the AVLED or remote to the AVLED andin communication with the AVLED processes the image or light sensorinput to identify one or more objects in the environment, determines oneor more angular bins corresponding to the one or more objects, andadjusts the light flux output to the one or more angular bins to providean output flux ratio less than one selected from the group 2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 to 1 for adjacent angular bins corresponding to allor a portion of the object and the one or more angular bins adjacent tothe angular bins corresponding to all or a portion of the object. In oneembodiment, the output flux ratio is minimized for all of the angularbins corresponding to the object and adjacent angular bins collectivelywhile targeting a particular light property according to theillumination and/or irradiation mode. In one embodiment, the AVLEDidentifies if an illumination spot size (angular bin size) is less thanor greater than an object to be illuminated (with white light or coloredlight) that could be identified using boundaries of color and/orluminance high contrast transitions or other identification orimage/object recognition methods disclosed herein and/or that could beidentified by using an imager and optionally an angular scan. In thisexample, if the spot size is less than the size of the object orboundary, then for illumination spatial zones within the object orregion (such as in the middle of a wall), or at or near the boundary ofthe object or region of the environment, the transition illuminance orcolor may be graded along the transition (or within the region orobject) such as by choosing an illuminance and/or color between theilluminance values for the spatial zones adjacent the central spatialzone being evaluated such that there is a smoother transition (no harshilluminance or color boundaries, or visibly bright, dark, or coloredspots or regions). In this and other embodiments, an imager on an AVLEDmay optionally validate the illuminance, irradiance, spectral output, orother light property based on one or more illumination and/orirradiation modes and the output may be optionally adjusted furtherbased on one or more evaluations or iterations of illumination.

Setup, Calibration, and Measurement

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs in an illumination and/orirradiation system is pre-calibrated for absolute or relativemeasurement for one or more light properties (optionally for a fixeddistance from the AVLED to the surface and/or a fixedenvironment/geometry). For relative calibration, different factorsrelated to measurement accuracy may be taken into account may beaccounted for to provide relative intensity measurements with increasedrelative accuracy from one spatial zone or region to another spatialzone or region, such as optical factors such as lens aberration,geometrical factors from one or more spatial three-dimensionalmeasurements, input information for surfaces in the environment, usersupplied information, for example. The aforementioned factors may alsobe taken into account for absolute calibration. In another embodiment,one or more AVELDs are calibrated on-site during install or by a user,on startup, at a regular/irregular interval, at a first frequency level,based on sensor input (such as light property information for one ormore spatial zones from imager information), based on one or more modesof illumination and/or irradiation, on-demand, manually, and/orautomatic at one or more predetermined or user configurable events ortimes. In one embodiment, the method of absolute or relative calibrationincludes one or more selected from the group: factory calibration usingcalibrated light sources and/or integrating spheres with light sourcesfor uniformity calibrations/corrections (but not necessarily absoluteluminance/radiance/intensity uniformity measurements); on-sitemeasurement of light output (such as with a calibrated imagingphotometer, portable lux meter, phone imager (used for relativemeasurements or calibrated), attachment to cellphone imager, or otherportable device calibrated (or used for relative measurements) for oneor more light properties translated and/or rotated in the environment toreceive light from two or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDs);angular cycling (optionally with a direct measurement such as a relativecalibration using a lux meter or luminance spot meter) using one or moreAVLEDs; using an integrating sphere or similar enclosed uniform whitesurface space configured to receive and diffusely reflect light from oneor more light sources such that relative uniformity corrections could bemade. In one embodiment, an illumination kit comprises an AVLED and anintegrating sphere (and optionally one or more light sources) that canbe attached and/or used with the AVLED for relative and/or absolutecalibration of an imager on the AVLED. In one embodiment, a kit forassisting with relative and/or absolute calibration of an AVLEDcomprises an integrating sphere or partially enclosed object with anwhite, diffusely reflecting interior surface (and optionally one or morelight sources) that can be attached and/or used with the AVLED forrelative and/or absolute calibration of an imager on the AVLED. In oneembodiment, the relative or absolute calibration of one or more lightproperties is made at one or more parameters for the AVLED such as focallength of imager lens and/or AROE lens, size of the aperture stopdiameter of the lens, entrance pupil diameter of the lens, light fluxoutput, and/or spectral properties of light flux output.

Setup or Operational Parameters

In one embodiment, the AVLED has one or more setup or operationalparameters that may be manually or automatically preconfigured at thefactory, configured by the installer at installation, adjusted by thedevice automatically, and/or adjusted by the user (manually orautomatically) on demand, at automatic (trigger) events, regularintervals, or user selected times or frequencies. In one embodiment, theoperational or setup parameters may include one or more parameters(optionally for one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation)selected from the group: user or automatically identified spatial zones(or regions or boundaries of spatial zones) for light flux output change(or exclusion from changing) from one or more light sources and/orangular bins and/or AVLEDs or monitoring using one or more sensors orimagers on one or more AVLEDs or remote devices; angular resolution ofone or more sensors or imagers on one or more AVLEDs or remote devices;focal length of one or more lenses or optical components for one or moresensors or imagers on one or more AVLEDs or remote devices; angular sizeof one or more angular bins of light output for one or more AVLEDs (suchas using two adjacent LEDs in a micro-LED array for a single angular bininstead of one angular bin for each LED (or two adjacent LEDs) in amicro-LED array); total angular range of light output in one or morelight output planes for one or more AVLEDs (such as by increasing thetotal angular output for an AVLED comprising a scanning laser); color orspectral properties of light flux output for one or more light sourcesin one or more angular bins and/or one or more AVLEDs; minimum, average,duration, maximum, or frequency (when pulsed) of light flux output fromone or more light sources in one or more angular bins and/or one or moreAVLEDs; events, triggers, times and/or frequency for angular cycling ormeasurement of one or more spatial zones using one or more imagers onthe one or more AVLEDS and/or remote imagers; events, triggers, timesand/or frequency for measurements (such as 3D spatial scanning, thermalscanning, occupancy sensor,) using one or more sensors (such as sensordisclosed herein) on the one or more AVLEDS and/or remote devices;events, triggers, times and/or frequency for communication between twoor more devices in an illumination system comprising one or more AVLEDs(and optionally one or more radio transceivers) or between a device in asystem comprising one or more AVLEDS and a device remote from the systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs; color or spectral properties of the lightanalyzed by one or more sensors or imagers on the one or more AVLEDSand/or remote devices (such as only analyzing pixels on a full colorimaging sensor on an AVLED beneath a green color filter, averaging thered green and blue pixels of a full color imaging sensor, chromaticallyweighting the red, green, and/or blue filter pixel intensities forclosest approximation of luminance values for white light with aspecific color temperature (such as 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 4100K,5000K, or 6500K, for example) or other colors, using a monochromeimaging sensor, or choosing the bit depth of the image sensor on one ormore AVLEDs); the integration time for one or more imaging sensors(and/or pixels) on one or more AVLEDs; the image capture frequency ofone or more imaging sensors on one more AVLEDs; the total refresh timefor measurement of one or more spatial zones and/or adjustment of lightflux output for one or more light sources in one or more angular bins;display properties for indication and/or adjustment of one or more ofthe aforementioned parameters (such as reducing the number of angularzones visible on a graphical user interface in an application on aportable phone or device for adjusting the spatial zones of importance,using a heat map for displaying spatial zones with higher or lower thanaverage values (or specific values, predetermined values, orspecification values) of measured and/or estimated light properties,indication of measured and/or estimated shadow regions, or display ofone or more active modes for one or more spatial zones (such as bycolor-coding the spatial zones according to a color or patterncorresponding to a particular mode of illumination and/or irradiation);and selection of manual or automatic mode for adjustment of one or moreof the aforementioned parameters based on measurements. In oneembodiment, the AVLED or a device in communication with the AVLED (suchas a portable device, smartphone, or tablet computer) displays on adisplay graphically or textually one or more operational parameters,output information, sensor information, communication information, lightproperty information, other property information, spatial zoneinformation, user parameters, or status information for one or morelight sources, angular bins, one or more AVLEDs, or a system comprisinga plurality of AVLED S (such as the real-time, minute average, hourlyaverage, daily average, or monthly average electrical power consumptionfor an AVLED).

In one embodiment, the AVLED has a setup, calibration, or measurementmode wherein one or more AVLEDs (optionally in a network) cycles throughemitting light from each (or one or more) of their one or more lightsources from each (or one or more) of their plurality of angular binsfor each of the one or more AVLEDs (herein called “angular cycling”) andoptionally adjusting the light flux from each light source over a range(preferably while no other light sources are emitting light in theenvironment, i.e. a dark environment, though an illuminated and/orirradiated environment could be used and the intensity or luminancedifferences could be used) and the light reflected from the environmentis detected by a sensor or camera on one or more selected from thegroup: the AVLED emitting light, each of a plurality of AVLEDs, one ormore other AVLEDs, a portable device (such as a smartphone) comprising acamera, and a vehicle comprising an imager. The AVLED or system with anAVLED could map the image pixels (and corresponding spatial zones) toeach energized light source or each angular bins and create a lightfield map (illumination light field map) that can be estimated,calculated, derived from the light reflected from the environment due tothe illumination (and/or irradiation) of the environment from each lightsource (and/or each angular bin) independently from each AVLED. When theAVLED comprises light sources (or an AROE) with different wavelengthranges representing different colors, each light source and/or eachwavelength range for an angular bin may provide illumination and/orirradiation of the environment separately such that the light field mapincludes color reflectance information. Additionally, the light fluxoutput from each light source may be varied (such as progressing from 0lumens (or watts) to the designed/configured/or set maximum lumen outputor watt output). The output may be adjusted, for example increased, toovercome ambient light such that the output due to the light source maybe more accurately determined. The one or more imagers may be calibratedto determine the luminance and/or illuminance for the pixelscorresponding to a region in the environment (such as a spatial zonecorresponding to a specific angular bin of a specific AVLED). Thesurface properties of the region in the environment can be estimated byevaluating the reflected light profile outside of the illuminatedregion. For example, a specular surface will reflect light with arelatively high intensity and often sharply defined boundaries due tothe boarders of the object or illuminated light profile. The accuracy ofthe surface profile (level of gloss) can be increased by looking at thereflected light from multiple AVLEDs during angular cycling. Examiningthe reflected light from different wavelength ranges (such as infrared,ultraviolet, red, green, blue, white, amber, yellow, for example) can beused to estimate the spectral reflectance of the region (and color ofthe region). In one embodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more slots, acavity, a strap, clip, clamp, snap-fit lock, or other fastener asdisclosed herein for an accessory configured to hold a smartphone orother portable device comprising an imager to the AVLED to use as theimager. In this embodiment, one could use the high-resolution camera ofthe smartphone (and optionally an application running on the phone forcalibration, setup, measurement, and/or AVLED and/or system control suchas a graphical user interface using the image taken from the phone(optionally adjusted for the off-set from the light emitting portion ofthe AVLED, or the control automatically adjusts for the offset whenselecting the light source for light flux adjustment corresponding to aregion on the image) for controlling the light flux output and/or lightflux into one or more angular bins of the AVLED using the smartphonedisplay user interface, for example) by attaching it temporarily (orpermanently) to the AVLED and communicating using optical (infrared LED,for example), RF (such as one or more IEEE 802.11 Wi-Fi communicationprotocols or Bluetooth, for example), or USB or other wiredcommunication method to the AVLED and/or a device/server on a network orsystem comprising one or more AVLEDs. In this embodiment, the imagercould be oriented toward the environment (such as oriented downward fora downlight AVLED) in a position such that it does not occlude the lightoutput from the AVLED. In this embodiment, the smartphone and/orportable device could have a lens accessory attachment to go over thecamera on the smartphone and/or portable device to increase the field ofview to substantially match or be greater than the total angular fieldof the angular bins of the AVLED in one or more light output planes. Inone embodiment, the AVLED comprises a mounting mechanism that mounts theportable device comprising an imager such that the optical axis of theimager is fixed and/or rotatable to one or more angles selected from thegroup: theta=0 degrees, phi=0-360 degrees (such as parallel to theoptical axis or device axis of the AVLED), and theta=45 degrees, phi=0,45, 90, 135, 180, 225, 270, 315, and/or 360 degrees, where the opticalaxis or device axis of the AVLED is parallel to theta=0 degrees, phi=0degree. In one embodiment, the AVLED comprises an electronicallyrotating mounting mechanism that mounts the portable device comprisingan imager such that the optical axis of the imager automatically rotatesto record light properties (such as in angular cycling) from a largerfield of view than a fixed orientation imager. In one embodiment, theautomatic rotation of the imager is controlled by the AVLED (or devicein communication with the AVLED) wherein the measurements and/orestimations may be used for calibrations, determining operationalparameters, and/or measurements of light properties (such as for angularcycling).

The illumination used for measurement by one or more sensors or imagingsensors in one or more AVLEDs (or remote devices in communication withone or more AVLEDs) may be one or more selected from the group: fixed orpredetermined angular light flux output from the one or more AVLEDs(including all light sources emitting 50% of their maximum light fluxoutput, all red light sources emitting 100% of their maximum light fluxoutput, or manually directing light output to one or more spatial zonesselected by the user, for example); angular cycling (including one ormore light sources (possibly one or more wavelength bands and one ormore light flux output levels) within one or more angular bins of one ormore AVLEDs); and ambient lighting sources (light sources or lightemitting devices that may be external light sources (external to thesystem comprising one or more AVLED), light emitting devicescontrollable by the system comprising one or more AVLEDs, light emittingdevices with a constant relative angular light output profile, lightfixtures, lamps, bulbs, the sun, the moon, light emitting displays(televisions, monitors, tablets, phones, etc.), light emitting signs, orlight emitting indicators).

The light output from the AVLED may be pre-measured (such as by using aphotometric goniometer or other methods such as imaging photometers asknown in the lighting industry or display industry) and the light outputmay optionally be configured to provide a predetermined light fluxoutput range for each angular bin which may be substantially the samefor each angular bin, substantially multiplied by the cosine of theangle from the optical axis of the AVLED (or nadir, for example) to theoptical axis of the corresponding angular bin, or substantially dividedby the cosine of the angle from the optical axis of the AVLED (or nadir,for example) to the optical axis of the corresponding angular bin. Bycreating a 3D spatial map of the environment using methods disclosedherein, the illuminance and/or irradiance on a surface region of theenvironment may be estimated using the size, shape, orientation, anddistance and direction from the AVLED to the illuminated and/orirradiated surface of the region using the pre-measured output from theAVLED. An AVLED may be evaluated by the manufacturer or third-partypost-production and the photometric and/or radiometric light outputmeasured (including spectral, optical watts, and/or lumen output overangle), optionally for each light source and each angular bin(optionally for each light output level for the light source, or a fixedlight output level (such as dimmed to 50%, for example). The outputmeasured may be continuously monitored by the AVLED using feedback todetermine relative performance (such as a decrease in output by 5% afterthe first 1000 hours of service measured by a photosensor receivingstray or predetermined light, one or more built-in detectors, one ormore remote AVLEDs sensors or imagers, or remote sensors or imagers toprovide intensity depreciation and/or lumen depreciation information ormonitoring to maintain accurate estimation of the illuminance orirradiance for the surface of the region.

Alternatively, or in addition, the reflected luminance and/or radianceand/or relative light intensity (such as from a calibrated imager on theAVLED, imager on a portable device or imager remote from the AVLED) maybe measured (or determined from measurements) and when the reflectivespectral properties (and diffuse or reflective properties) of the regionand the location and orientation geometry factors of the imagers andAVLEDs are taken into account, the illuminance or irradiance may beestimated by one or more AVLEDs or the system and the accuracy may beincreased by using more than one AVLED and/or one or more calibratedand/or non-calibrated imagers.

Uncalibrated imagers may be used to provide an illuminance and/orirradiance estimation, such as by evaluating the image intensitycorresponding to the reflectance from a white sheet of paper (or stackof white paper, reflectance standard, or other reference which may ormay not be provided with the AVLED or system) illuminated by aparticular light source (such as a calibrated, known, or estimated LEDlight output) from a particular location and orientation. In oneembodiment, the setup or operational parameters include manual override,choice of preset reference data or calibration data or acquisition ofthe data, environmental scan choices, angular cycling choices, modepriority, input from other AVLEDs or devices in communication with oneor more AVLEDs, and output type and ranges of output from the AVLED.

Angular Cycling

The angular cycling could include discrete steps that can each beevaluated by one or more sensors such as a plurality of imagers. In oneembodiment, one or more AVLEDs perform an angular cycle where the lightflux output (at a fixed light output (on/off) or a sweep of flux lightoutput) for each (or one or more) light source in each (or two or more)angular bins in each (or one or more) AVLEDs, is varied and is timesynchronized with imager detection receiving an image of the illuminatedor irradiated environment for each light source(s) where the light fluxoutput is varied. The light source emission of light for one or more (oreach) angular bins for one or more AVLEDs (and/or the sensor imagecapture exposure duration) may last less than one selected from thegroup: 1000, 100, 50, 25, 17, 15, 10, 8, 5, 2 or 1 milliseconds induration.

In the angular cycling descriptions below, A is followed by a two digitnumber referencing the number for a particular AVLED, followed by L anda two digit light source number for a light source within an angularbin, followed by a W and a 2 digit number referencing a wavelength bandreference number (if different colors of light sources are present),followed by the letter I and a two digit number referencing the lightflux output level for the source from 1 to 100% (maximum), followed by Band a two digit number referencing the bin number. For example,A02L02W04I20B66 references AVLED #2 to energize to emit light from thesecond light source with a wavelength band number 04 (which maycorrespond to light output substantially between 450 nanometers to 480nanometers, for example) at 20% maximum light flux output in angular binnumber 66. For some AVLEDs, the notation may be shortened. For example,in a scanning RGB laser-based AVLED, there may only be 1 effectivesource with 3 different wavelength bands such as a red laser (wavelengthband #1) , a green, laser (wavelength band #2), and a blue laser(wavelength band #3), for example, such that the light source number maybe omitted and A03W02I30B33 references driving on AVLED #3 the greenlaser at 30 percent of the maximum radiant flux in angular bin 33. Morethan 2 digits may be used for sources, wavelength band, intensity bands,or angular bins as needed. The AVLEDs may cycle through each of thecorresponding numbers in any particular fashion for angular cycling,such as starting with A01L01W01I01B01 to A01L99W01I01B01 where the AVLED#1 cycles through the 99 light sources in a first wavelength band in thefirst angular bin at an intensity of 1%. One or more portions may bekept constant for the cycling such as driving each light source at 50%light flux output. The light output for each source, each wavelengthband, each intensity level, in each angular bin, in each AVLED may beevaluated by a one or a plurality of imagers or sensors on the AVLEDemitting light, on an AVLED remote from the AVLED emitting light,mounted or positioned in the environment, on a portable device, or on avehicle. The imagers or sensors may be mounted at a range oforientations including upward, downward, horizontal, etc., preferably toimage the entire environment including the ceilings, floors, and walls,for example. In another embodiment, one or more sensors on a portabledevice (such as a portable phone) may be repositioned around theenvironment and/or reoriented in the environment to collect theillumination and/or irradiation information from different locationsand/or orientations, optionally collecting the full angular cyclinginformation (from each imager or sensor receiving light from each lightsource in each angular bin in each AVLED) at each location and/or eachorientation.

For example, a first AVLED emitting white light into angular bin 44illuminates an office area that includes a desk. The imager on the firstAVLED does not see the floor behind the desk because it is occluded bythe desk. The imager on the second AVLED sees a first dark (lowluminance or relative intensity) region behind the desk when angular bin44 from the first AVLED illuminates the office. At this point, it is notclear if there is a shadow or a black rug (or red) rug behind the desk.The second AVLED emits white light into angular bin 33 and the imager onthe second AVLED measures a bright increase in luminance (or relativeintensity) in all of the spatial areas surrounding the first region anda slight increase in luminance (or relative intensity) in the firstregion. The second AVLED can then emit red, green, and blue light fromangular bin 33 and examine the luminance (or relative intensity) in thefirst region for each of the red, green, and blue illuminations. In thisexample, the red illumination light has a bright increase in luminancein the first region and the area around the first region, while the blueand green illuminations have a relative low increase in luminance (orrelative intensity) in the first region compared to the regions aroundthe first region. Therefore, the system comprising the AVLEDs may deducethat there is a red rug (or material with a strong reflectance of redlight) behind the desk. In this example, the system may illuminate theregion in many different ways, such as a) illuminate the first regionwith sufficient white light from the second AVLED (or AVLED other thanthe first AVLED) to match the luminance of one or more of thesurrounding regions (or a target luminance), b) illuminate the firstregion with sufficient white light from the second AVLED (or AVLED otherthan the first AVLED) to meet an estimated illuminance for the firstregion to match the estimated illuminance of one or more of theneighboring regions (or a target illuminance), c) illuminate the firstregion from the second AVLED (or AVLED other than the first AVLED) withred, green, and blue light at a proportion such that the totalilluminance of the first region matches the luminance of the neighboringregions (which may be illuminated with white light) and d) illuminatethe first region with more red light and less blue and green light tomatch the luminance of one or more neighboring regions (or a targetluminance) In the above example, for a system with substantially onlywhite light output (or perhaps where substantially only the colortemperature of white light can vary), options a) orb) may be used.Options c) or d) have the opportunity to realize an energy savings sincesome of the blue light and green light that would be absorbed anywaydoes not necessarily need to be emitted from the second AVLED. In theabove example, the light output from angular bin 22 from a third AVLEDmay provide a more precise coverage of the first region due to itslocation, for example, and the system may direct it to emit white (orred, green, and blue, for example) to illuminate the first region. Insome embodiments, more than one AVLED may be directed to illuminate thesame region or spatial zone in order to increase efficiency (opticalefficiency for target illuminance, luminance, and/or color, thusincreased electrical efficiency). Similarly, if the rug in the firstregion were determined to be substantially black, less light flux fromeach of the red, green, and blue light sources (or less flux from thecorresponding white light source(s)) for the corresponding angular bincould be directed toward the first region.

An AVLED may initially perform an angular cycle from all of its lightsources and from image analysis from one or a plurality of imagers(optionally with 3D scanning of the environment (such as by LIDAR orimaging photogrammetry) which may be performed substantially near thesame time or at the same time as the angular cycling), the shadows andreflections (including specular reflections) may be determined and alight field map for the first AVLED is created. This could be repeatedfor a second AVLED, third AVLED, and many other AVLEDs illuminating anenvironment, for example. Preferably, the angular cycling is performedwithout other substantial illumination (i.e. in the dark). Non-AVLEDillumination source (angular invariant light sources) such as atraditional LED bulb in a lamp may optionally be analyzed in the on andoff (or at different dimming levels) to produce their light field mapand the system could also adjusted the light output profile from the oneor more AVLEDs to account for the dimming level of the non-AVLEDillumination source (or it could optionally also control the non-AVLEDillumination source) and also take into account personal preferencesfrom the user (such as use the lamp when seated at the desk) or otherrequirements or illumination priorities for one or more illuminationmodes described herein. In some embodiments, a subset of the angularbins may be illuminated to reduce the processing requirements and/ortime required to capture images etc. In another embodiment, informationfrom one or more sensors is processed and the angular bins to be cycledin angular cycle are based on the processing results. For example, ifmovement is detected in a room, the angular cycling could cycle throughthe angular bins corresponding to the regions surrounding (andoptionally including the individual) and optionally the regionscorresponding to the predicted path of the individual based on themovement to verify and/or modify the illumination based on one or moremodes. For example, if the individual stands up and creates a shadowfrom a first AVLED, the system may recognize the shadow (as disclosedabove) through an angular cycle that is limited to the region around theindividual and the second AVLED could illuminated the shadow (usingdirect and/or indirect illumination), for example. The angular cyclingmay be off or in a coarse angular cycling mode (with only 5% of theangular bins illuminating, for example), such as when no motion isdetected by a motion sensor.

In the above example with a desk in the environment, analyzing theimages from the imager from the first AVLED and the imager from thesecond AVLED may deduce that the light from angular bin 55 from thefirst AVLED illuminates a wall opposite the desk such that the lightreflected from the wall partially illuminates the first region and thatlight from angular bin 65 from the first AVLED illuminates the ceilingabove the desk such that the light reflected from the ceilingilluminates the first region and the combined indirect illumination fromangular bin 55 and angular bin 65 on the first region may match theneighboring or target illuminance or luminance. Thus, in this case,light from the first AVLED could illuminate what would normally be ashadow region using indirect illumination. The indirect illuminationcould also be supplemented by direct and/or indirect illumination fromthe second AVLED or other AVLED.

In one embodiment, a sensor or image sensor on one or more AVLEDS, on aportable device, on a vehicle or in communication with one or moreAVLEDs measures and/or estimates one or more light properties for two ormore spatial zones, angular bins, and/or surfaces from the illumination(such as a fixed or predetermined angular light flux output from one ormore AVLEDs, angular cycling one or more AVLEDs, and/or ambientillumination). In one embodiment, an illumination system comprising oneor more AVLEDs automatically choses to illuminate and/or irradiate areasbased on which AVLED (or other light fixture) has better coverage (suchas higher illuminance), such as a first AVLED having less occlusion oflight toward the region of interest from than a second AVLED. Bettercoverage may include increased angular resolution. For example, a firstAVLED far-away from the illumination region of interest may be able toprovide base illumination, but a second AVLED closer to the illuminationregion of interest than the first AVLED may result in a higherilluminance, higher resolution (more angular bins for the region ofinterest or spatial zone) in the region of interest, and optionally,cumulatively, the smaller coverage spots from the second AVLED couldfill in gaps in the illumination from the first AVLED if they both areutilized. An imager or camera in a system comprising one or more AVLEDscould image and match estimated illuminances and/or irradiances and/orrelative reflected intensity using the estimated illuminances (orirradiances or relative reflected intensity) from one or morecameras/detectors (taking the average illuminance of that region (whichmay correspond to different spatial zones for different AVLEDs), forexample), and can take into account glare and historical or currentwalking path for determining the best angular bin(s) from one or moreAVLEDs to use for providing illumination to be sure light glare from theone or more AVLEDs does not arise when an individual walks along thepath, for example.

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs performs angular cycling for anenvironment and one or more imagers on the one or more AVLEDs or remotefrom the one or more AVLEDs measures and/or estimates one or more lightproperties, the AVLED (or a device or processor in communicationtherewith) analyzes the information from the one or more imagers todetermine one or more of the following: the reflectance (optionallyspectral reflectance) of one or more regions, spatial zones, and/orsurface; identify a shadow region; identify and/or locate an individual,and face, eyes, or object and its orientation and/or speed; identify ahigh specular reflectance region (such as a mirror or window); degree ofreflected scattering (such as a portion of a Bi-directional ReflectanceDistribution Function); and with spatial three-dimensional informationfor the one or more regions, spatial zones, and/or surfaces (optionallydetermined using photogrammetric image analysis of the images from theone or more imagers, LIDAR, structured light projection, or otherspatial three-dimensional measurement techniques, etc. or user input)the AVLED adjusts the light flux output from one or more light sourcesin two or more angular bins to reach a target luminance, illuminance, orother light property for the one or more regions, spatial zones, and/orsurfaces, or a surface adjacent or near thereof.

In one embodiment, one or more imagers (or mobile AVLEDs comprising oneor more imagers) automatically change (and/or one can manually change)their position and/or orientation in an environment to measure one ormore light properties from two positions and/or orientations in theenvironment to provide light property information (or information fromwhich light property information can be obtained) to optimize the lightoutput from one or more AVLEDs for one or more regions, spatial zones,and/or surfaces at one or more times of illumination according to one ormore modes of illumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, oneAVLED performs angular cycling at a first location in an environment,moves to a second location in the environment different from the firstlocation, and performs second angular cycling at the second locationwherein an imager and/or processor on the AVLED, on another AVLED, or incommunication with the AVLED measures and/or estimates one or more lightproperties based at least in part on the information from the imager inthe two locations and the distance between the two locations (andoptionally using spatial three-dimensional information for theenvironment).

In one embodiment, an AVLED or device in communication with an AVLED orillumination system comprising an AVLED identifies and/or calculates oneor more of the following objects, places, surfaces, light properties, orother properties (such as from angular cycling and/or measurements fromimagers or other sensors): automatic identification of one or moreindividuals, objects (such as tables, pictures, tv, couches, seats,desks, monitors, doors, windows, or other items common to a room),rooms, or environments; the shape of a room and/or object, theirphysical surfaces locations, and/or orientations; location, orientation,and/or speed of one or more individuals or objects; the effect on lightproperties, reflective or transmission properties, diffuse or angularscattering properties, spectral reflection properties, and/ortransmission properties of illumination on each (or one or more)surface(s), region(s), spatial zone(s), from each (or one or more) colorlight source(s) and/or each (or one or more) light source(s) from each(or one or more) angular bin(s) from each (or one or more) AVLED(s) inthe illumination and/or irradiation system; and the approximate color ofone or more objects and/or surfaces; ambient lighting effects on each(or one or more) surface(s), region(s), spatial zone(s). In oneembodiment, the automatically identified (or optional user validatedand/or user verified automatically identified) object, individual, orplace may be automatically categorized into group (such as tables) forwhich one or more operational parameters for one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation may be set. In one embodiment, byangular cycling one or more AVLEDs (or providing light flux output to aplurality of angular bins), and analyzing the light properties from oneor more imagers (optionally on the one or more AVLEDs or remote from theone or more AVLEDs) the location of the one or more AVLEDs (andoptionally the spatial three-dimensional information for a room,environment or surfaces) may be estimated and/or calculated (such as byexamining the angles of a plurality of shadows and triangulating orusing photogrammetric image analysis).

Measurement Times

The AVLED may perform angular cycling and imager measurements (from thesame AVLED or one or more other AVLEDs such as to create a light fieldmap) and optionally other measurements (such as motion sensor or 3Dscanning) at one or more times or intervals selected from the group:upon initial startup (turn on); during time periods based on sensorinput such as during periods where substantially no motion is detectedfor a period of time such as 2, 5, or 10 minutes; when triggered by asensor (such as a motion sensor); at regular intervals such as aninterval less than or equal to substantially every 0.05, 0.1 seconds,0.5 seconds, 1 seconds, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1hour, 2 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, and 5 days, continuously inreal-time, at specific trigger events, or at other predeterminedfrequency.

By repeating the angular cycling and measurements at particular times orintervals, the properties of the room can be updated at an appropriaterate for one or more illumination and/or irradiation modes, for example,to account for movement of objects or individuals, movement of the AVLEDor device comprising the AVLED, movement of one or more of the imagers,external illumination, or other factors such as entertainment mode colorenhancement for a television which may require a fast response andupdate.

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs, an AVLED, aportable device, and/or a vehicle comprises one or more imagers whereinthe imagers are substantially calibrated for luminance, radiance,reflective spectral properties, and/or color for one or more lensapertures (or AROE apertures), one or more focal lengths for one or morelenses directing light to the one or more imagers. For example, in oneembodiment, prior to installation in a ceiling, one or more imagers ofan AVLED is illuminated by light from a uniform luminance integratingsphere where the luminance is known and the apertures and lens focallengths are changed and the lens and imager correction factors aredetermined (which can take into account lens vignetting, for example)for each pixel and optionally for different light colors such as red,green, blue, warm white, cool white, or other white color temperatures.

In one embodiment, the light output from an AVLED is not symmetrical oroff-axis from a direction orthogonal to the mounting surface. In thisembodiment, the orientation may be adjusted, selected from aconfiguration control panel (on a smartphone application for example),or the one or more imagers (in the AVLED or another AVLED or remote fromthe AVLEDs) automatically determines the relevant light output duringthe angular cycling regardless of the orientation.

The AVLED may also perform a color sweep for the angular cycling whereinthe color output from one cycle to the next cycle varies. For example,the AVLED may energize the corresponding red light source(s) as theAVLED cycles through each angular bin so that the red light field map iscreated by an imager on the AVLED (and optional from other imagers whichmay be on other AVELDs), then the AVLED may energize the correspondinggreen light source(s) as the AVLED cycles through each angular bin sothat the green light field map is created by an imager on the AVLED (andoptional from other imagers which may be on other AVELDs), then theAVLED may energize the corresponding blue light source(s) as the AVLEDcycles through each angular bin so that the blue light field map iscreated by an imager on the AVLED (and optional from other imagers whichmay be on other AVELDs). Optionally, the intensity for each color varyover a wide range, 2 intensity levels, 3 intensity levels, etc. beforemoving to the next angular bin. In another embodiment, the AVLED maycycle through each color, such as red, green and blue light source(s)for a single angular bin, then move to the next angular bin and repeatsequentially illuminating the red, green, and blue light source(s).Optionally, the intensity for each color in the angular bin may varyover a wide range, 2 intensity levels, 3 intensity levels, etc.

The system comprising the AVLED could optionally direct other AVLEDs(and/or non-AVLED illuminating devices) to not emit light during theangular cycling, or the system could detect the windows of time whereinthe one or more other AVLEDs are not emitting light (such as betweenpulse periods in a pulse-width modulated light source) and perform allor a portion of the cycling during the windows of time. In oneembodiment, the system could adjust the pulse widths, intervals,amplitude, etc. for one or more AVLED or non-AVLED light emittingdevices in order to open windows for angular cycling. The angularcycling could occur in illumination and/or irradiation off-duty cycles(or non-light emitting periods) and be split up to occur over a range oftime between periods of illumination and/or illumination

The light field for each AVLED (as optionally evaluated from more thanone imager) and optionally using 3D environmental data for each colorcould be used to calculate the reflectance matrix for a particularsurface or region. Using individual colors and/or white lightillumination, the degree of gloss, diffuse reflectance, and/oranisotropic reflectance parameters for each surface may also beevaluated. On or more visible or infrared imagers may also be used todetermine solar irradiation in the environment and the reflections fromthe surfaces. The angular cycling by one or more AVLEDs may also be usedto determine the 3D arrangement of the room (including the locations ofthe AVLEDs relative to each other), such as by looking at relativeintensities, shadows, reflections (each from direct and/or indirectillumination) from multiple angular bins from a single AVLED and/or frommultiple AVLEDs and one or more imagers (on the AVLEDs or remote fromthe AVLEDs) and image analysis such as photogrammetric analysis.

In one embodiment, based on the AVLED positions and/or orientations andthe components of the rooms including possibly other imagers, there maybe shadow area (or region without enough resolution from the imagers)where the imagers are not able to see to ascertain (or ascertain withenough resolution and/or accuracy) the relative or estimatedilluminance, luminance, or relative intensity, and the AVLED mayhighlight the region on a display on a smartphone with a camera or otherportable device with an imager such that the operator of the portabledevice may direct the smartphone imager at the region (optionallyindicating for the user to move closer or further back from the region)for all or a portion of an angular cycling routine of one or more AVLEDssuch that the relative or estimated illuminance, luminance, or relativeintensity may be determined for one or more angular bins of one or moreAVLEDs. The AVLED or system comprising the AVLED in this instance mayindicate when sufficient data has been collected so that the user maymove the portable device.

In one embodiment, the light flux output from one or more light sourcesin two or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs is determined for oneor more modes of illumination and/or irradiation using one or moreselected from the group: measured or obtained three-dimensional spatialinformation of the environment; measured or obtained information on thereflectance properties of one or more surfaces in the environment (suchluminous reflectance, spectral reflectance for one or more wavelengthsof interest); measured or obtained reflective angular distributionproperties (such as all or portions of a Bi-directional ReflectanceDistribution Function, BRDF) for one or more surfaces (or spatial zones)when illuminated from one or more light sources in one or more angularbins from one or more AVLEDs); measured or obtained information relatedto the identification of (or distinction between) low reflectance (orlow luminance or radiance) surfaces and/or shadow regions; informationrelated to the identification of (or distinction between) highreflectance surfaces (or high luminance or radiance) and/or externallight sources or light emitting devices; and measured or obtainedinformation related to identification of specific objects or features inthe environment (such as eyes, mirrors, windows, vehicles, signs,displays, monitors, facial recognition, for example) where the measuredinformation may be measured by one or more sensors on the AVLED orremote from the AVLED. In one embodiment, a light field map comprisingone or more light properties for one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins in one or more AVLEDs is generated based on, in part,information from angular cycling one or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment,the light field map information is stored, and/or saved on anon-transitory computer readable media on one or more AVLEDs, a systemcomprising one or more AVLEDs, or on a device in operable communicationwith a system comprising one or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment, thelight flux output for one or more light sources in two or more angularbins in one or more AVLEDs is determined based at least partly on thelight field map for the one or more light sources in two or more angularbins in one or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment, a processor on one ormore AVLEDs or a device in a system comprising one or more AVLEDs usesthe light field map for the one or more light source in the two or moreangular bins in one or more AVLEDs to calculate and/or optimize (locallyand/or globally) the light flux output for the one or more light sourcesin two or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs for one or more modesof illumination and/or irradiation.

Angular Cycling Reduction

In one embodiment, the information from the light field map (such as theestimated or measured luminance, radiance, relative intensity of lighton object, spectral reflectance, illuminance, irradiance, or relativelight intensity emitted, based on sensor (such as imager) information)from one or more AVLEDs and/or imagers during one or more angularcycling events may be used to determine where light property informationfrom the light map may be estimated or deemed to be static (or below afirst threshold of change) for one or more spatial zones, angular bins,and/or surfaces such that the angular cycling may be reduced by (1) notemitting light from one or more light sources and/or one or more angularbins and/or one or more AVLEDs during one or more angular cycling eventsor other measurement event, and/or (2) the information for one or moreregions of an imager or sensor (which may correspond to one or moreregions, surfaces, angular bins, and/or spatial zones) from one or moreAVLEDs, portable devices, and/or vehicles does not need to be evaluatedand/or measured (or a portion of a scan from a scanning detector doesnot need to be evaluated for light properties). For example, if therelative intensity (or measured or estimated luminance or illuminance)for a first spatial zone on the ceiling of a room comprising a firstAVLED and a second AVLED due to illumination from the third angular binfrom the first AVLED does not change after 5 measurements over a 20minute time period(once every 4 minutes), then the frequency ofmeasurement and/or evaluation for the first spatial zone may be changedto one evaluation/measurement every 30 minutes, 60 minutes, 2 hours, 1day, etc.(optionally unless a trigger event occurs from one or moresensors). In one embodiment, after one or more angular cycles isperformed by one or more AVLEDs, the system comprising one or moreAVLEDs may use a determined angular light output (for one or moreillumination and/or irradiation modes) as a new reference to evaluateand determine a change in the environment. For example, a system forillumination comprising two AVLEDs illuminating an environment in amaximum efficiency mode for a particular uniformity level (such asluminance uniformity greater than or equal to 70% for each neighboringspatial zone (or across all evaluated spatial zones) may optimize theangular light output for the two AVLEDs and maintain the optimizedrelative light output from each angular bin of each of the two AVLEDsand monitor the information estimated and/or measured from theenvironment (such as the estimated luminance in each spatial zone ofinterest). In this example, if the information estimated and/or measuredfrom the environment does not change, then angular cycling from one ormore AVLEDs does not need to be performed (or may be performed at a lessfrequent interval). Likewise, in this example, the change in theinformation estimated and/or measured from the environment for one ormore spatial zones changes, then this change triggers one or moreangular cycles from one or more AVLEDs (or increases the frequency ofthe angular cycling from one or more AVLEDs). In this example, if aperson walked into the room, the location and reflectivity of the personchanges the luminance in one or more spatial zones corresponding toperson (and possibly spatial zones corresponding to their shadow), and afull angular cycle from one or more AVLEDs may be started to compensatefor the change according to one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation, or a subset of light sources and/or a subset of angularbins and/or a subset of AVLEDs may be angular cycled as part of theangular cycling (optionally based on learned and/or historicalmeasurements from people walking into the room along the same path).

In one embodiment, a subset of full angular cycling is performed for oneor more AVLEDs in an illumination or irradiation system comprising oneor more AVLEDs. Subset angular cycling is angular cycling using one ormore of the following: fewer than the maximum light sources in anangular bin; fewer angular bins than the maximum number of angular binsfor one or more AVLEDs; light output from fewer AVLEDs in the system;fewer imaging sensors than the maximum number of imaging sensors (orother sensors) in the system (such as not using the imager from oneAVLED where each AVLED in the system comprises an imaging sensor); andanalyzing or measuring fewer spatial zones from images from one or moreimagers. Subset angular cycling may be based on one or more selectedfrom the group: user preference, identified information changing (suchas a light property change greater than 2%, 5%, or 10%) with a frequencyless than a first frequency level, and predicted or learned informationfrom historical evaluations of the light properties of one or morespatial zones (optionally with spatial three-dimensional information ofsurfaces in the environment). In one embodiment, a user may program orotherwise indicate to the illumination and/or irradiation system to notangular cycle one or more light sources, one or more angular bins, oneor more AVLEDs, or measure (or evaluate) using one or more imagers onone or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment, the first frequency level is oneselected from the group of 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120, 300, 600, 1800,3600, and 7200 seconds.

Alignment or Registration of Avled to Environment

In one embodiment, the AVLED emits light into one or more angular binscreating a light output pattern for alignment of the angular bins, thuslight output, to features, surfaces, or aspects of the environment. Inthis embodiment, the AVLED may be positioned, oriented, aligned and/orrotated during installation to align the light output to features,surfaces, or aspects of the environment. For example, in one embodiment,an AVLED comprises a rectangular spatial array light source and AROEthat redirects the light from the rectangular spatial array light sourceinto angular bins defining a rectangular light output pattern. In thisexample all of the light sources (or a subset such as the corners orouter borders or another plurality of sources) in the rectangularspatial array light source may emit light flux to align the rectangularlight output pattern of the total of all the angular bins (or a subset)to a rectangular shaped room, rectangular shaped office, rectangularshaped desk, or rectangular shaped hallway, for example. In anotherembodiment, an AVLED comprises one or more motors (for electricalalignment) or manual adjustment mechanisms to position, orient, and orrotate the AVLED to align the light output with one or more features,surfaces, or aspects of the environment. In one embodiment, an AVLED,such as a first AVLED, comprises a laser and a scanner or a laser and aDOE or HOE that scan or diffract, respectively, the laser light intoalignment marks, such as an alignment and/or diffractive pattern aligned(optionally aligned at the factory) to the angular borders (shapes) ofone or more angular bins (or the outer boarder or corners of the outerangular bins) such that when the environment illuminated with thealignment and/or diffractive pattern is imaged by an imager (on a theAVLED, on a second AVLED, on a portable device, or on a vehicle, forexample), the locations of the angular bins may be readily identifiedfor adjustment through an interface (such as a graphical display on aportable device) or readily identified by the second AVLED or deviceother than the first AVLED for determining the illumination pattern fromthe first AVLED. In one embodiment, one or more light sources(registration light sources) are used to register a surface, region,and/or angular in the environment (or a device) to one or more AVLEDs.In one embodiment, a high brightness LED on a smartphone emits light(optionally strobes or is in an on-off pattern for increased locationaccuracy and discrimination from other light sources/surfaces/devices inthe environment) and one or more AVLED estimates the location of thedevice, three-dimensional spatial location of the light source, and/oridentifies the angular bin corresponding to the location for futurecontrol of the light emitted into that angular bin. For example, a usersitting on a couch could place a smartphone with an application runningon the smartphone that emits light from a high brightness LED on thesmartphone and is in communication with one or more AVLEDs (or otherdevice on a system and/or network comprising an AVLED), and the usercould place the smartphone at the four corners of a table to identifythe angular bins of one or more AVLEDs for the four corners of the table(thus the angular bins/light sources corresponding to the top of surfaceof the table). In one embodiment, a plurality of AVLEDs simultaneouslydetect the light from the registration light source (such as externalillumination LED on a smartphone used as a camera flash) to identify theangular bin, spatial zone, and/or surface for registration with theplurality of AVLEDs. In one embodiment, the light source could be adisplay of the smartphone or portable device that may optionally displaya pattern, graphic, image, or indicia, such as white cross-hairs or awhite-line grid on a black background, for example, that could furtheraid in the registration and/or identification of the surface such asdetermining the angle of the surface upon which the portable device ispositioned on because of the perspective of the image at a non-zeroangle to the horizon and/or angle of the surface greater less than 90degrees from the optical axis and/or device axis of the AVLED. In oneembodiment, a laser pointer or other laser illuminates one or moreregions in an environment and a portable device (such as the laserpointer or smartphone), or other device in communication with the AVLEDor a device in a network or system comprising an AVLED communicates toan imager on a AVLED (or multiple imagers on multiple AVLEDs) or animager in communication with one or more AVLEDs or a system or networkcomprising one or more AVLEDs that the illuminated spot/patternindicates a region of interest, angular bin, and/or spatial zone for afuture change in illumination from one or more angular bins (byadjusting the light flux output for one or more light sourcescorresponding to the angular bin that illuminates the region/spatialzone comprising the surface reflecting the light from the laser (orother light source). In one embodiment, the registration and/or offset(optionally including translational and/or orientational offset)compensation of the AVLED light flux output in a plurality of bins andone or more pixels or grouping of pixels on the imager is calculatedand/or measured at the factory, or measured and/or estimated in-situ inthe installed or located environment.

Avled Control Methods and Interfaces

One or more AVLEDs or the system comprising one or more AVLEDs, themodes, and/or the output, settings, or configuration may be adjusted bya control device such as a touchscreen on a display of a device such asa smartphone or portable device wired device and the control interfacemay display an image of the environment from one or more viewpoints fromone or more cameras or imagers (optionally on one or more AVLEDs) ormenus or icons, dials, sliders, etc. on a displayed control panel, forexample. The view may be an interpolated (or actual) view from a virtualcamera displaying the interpreted view from above the center of theenvironment (such as a room) looking down and/or a virtual cameradisplaying the interpreted view from below the center of the roomlooking up toward the ceiling, (or from one or more walls, boundaries,or places of interest in the environment (such as from within a chair,on a couch or as one would see walking down a walkway, for example). Theinterface may include a virtual reality display, augmented realitydisplay, mixed reality display, or other display means that includes aportion of a virtual and/or real image of the environment. The interfacemay be any of those interfaces known to be used for control of anelectronic device, such as for changing the color of a room or relativeintensity of a room, color charts, color wheels, color sliders, lightlevel sliders, and may include a range of gestures for a touchscreen,gesture recognition (such as using a camera or LIDAR or other interfacedevice known to be usable with a computer or portable device such as asmartphone or cellular phone), audio commands to a smartphone, and audiocommands to a portable device, smart home device, speaker, or hub suchas Google Home by Google Inc. or Echo by Amazon Inc.

In one embodiment, one or more regions, surfaces, angular bins, and/orspatial bins are associated with an object name, category name, and/ormode of illumination such that direct control of the light propertiesassociated with the one or more regions, surfaces, angular bins, and/orspatial bins may be controlled by selection of the object name, categoryname, and/or mode of illumination by touch interfaces, voice control,gesture input, textual input, graphical selection, computer mouseselection, and/or other mode of human-computer interface. For example,all of spatial zones corresponding to the chairs and couches in a livingroom may be identified or grouped into a chair category and be set usingoperational parameters to be illuminated with 50 lux of warm white lightfrom one or more AVLEDs operating in an entertainment mode when a userspeaks a verbal command to a smart speaker to turn on entertainment modeor entertainment lighting mode.

In one embodiment, methods for controlling one or more light sources ofan AVLED, an AVLED, a vehicle comprising an AVLED, a portable devicecomprising an AVLED, or system comprising an AVLED include one or moreselected from the group: control algorithms, color control methods,color indicators, illumination methods or devices, spectral control andfeedback, transillumination methods, items comprising light emittingdiodes or light sources, smart units, modular LED units, arrayed LED,control hardware (including input control devices, switches, controllingsoftware, light module, input signals, circuits, data signals, pan ortilt control, illumination environments, alert systems, environmentalconditions (such as temperature, physical conditions of the environment,humidity, noise level, sound level, etc.), extracting data fromentertainment system (such as television or video, radio, etc.),ornamental effects, aesthetic effects, and light emitting devices andsystems, such as described in US Patent 6,340,868, the entire contentsare incorporated by reference herein.

In one embodiment, command and/or control modes and interfaces in whichinputs can be directed to a processor may include a graphical userinterface (GUI), auditory command interface, clickable icons, navigablelists, virtual reality interface, augmented reality interface, heads-updisplay, semi-opaque display, 3D navigation interface, command line,virtual touch screen, robot control interface, typing (e.g. withpersistent virtual keyboard locked in place), predictive and/or learningbased user interface (e.g. learns what the wearer does in a ‘trainingmode’, and when and where they do it), simplified command mode (e g handgestures to kick off an application, etc.), Bluetooth controllers,cursor hold, lock a virtual display, head movement around a locatedcursor, and the like, and combinations of the same.

In one embodiment, applications or programs on the controller, AVLED,portable device comprising the AVLED, vehicle comprising the AVLED,smartphone, portable device, vehicle, or mounted device that can usecommands and/or respond to inputs may include military applications,weapons control applications, military targeting applications, war gamesimulation, hand-to-hand fighting simulator, repair manual applications,tactical operations applications, mobile phone applications (e.g. iPhoneapps), information processing, fingerprint capture, facial recognition,information display, information conveying, information gathering, iriscapture, entertainment, easy access to information for pilots, locatingobjects in 3D in the real world, targeting for civilians, targeting forpolice, instructional, tutorial guidance without using hands (e.g. inmaintenance, assembly, first aid, etc.), blind navigation assistance,communications, music, search, advertising, video, computer games,video, computer games, eBooks, advertising, shopping, e-commerce,videoconferencing, and the like, and combinations of the same.

In one embodiment, communications or connections on the controller,AVLED, portable device comprising the AVLED, vehicle comprising theAVLED, smartphone, portable device, vehicle, or mounted device toexternal systems and/or devices may include a microcontroller,microprocessor, digital signal processor, steering wheel controlinterface, joystick controller, motion and sensor resolvers, steppercontroller, audio system controller, program to integrate sound andimage signals, application programming interface (API), graphical userinterface (GUI), navigation system controller, network router, networkcontroller, reconciliation system, payment system, gaming device,pressure sensor, and the like.

In one embodiment, one or more angular bins of an AVLED directs light toan image sensor remote from the AVLED (such as on a second AVLED) andthe light source corresponding to the illumination of the image sensoris modulated for optical communication from the first AVLED to thesecond AVLED. In one embodiment, by angular cycling the first AVLED, thesecond AVLED communicates to the first AVLED (such as wirelessly througha radio transceiver, through a wired connection over a network or by thesecond AVLED emitting light with a particular pattern (such as a doublepulse of light) when it receives light from the first AVLED) such thatthe AVLED (optionally through an imager on the first AVLED) can identifywhich light source and/or angular bin corresponds to light illuminatingthe second AVLED (for purposes of optical communication and/orillumination and/or irradiation calculations, for example) andoptionally identifying and/or approximating the relative and/orabsolution location of the second AVLED.

In one embodiment, a system comprising one or more AVLEDs may comprise auser interface based on a display (such as on a cellphone or tablet)where one or more live images from imagers on one or more AVLEDs isdisplayed and the user may touch the display at a location to identify aperson/object/animal, etc. and select to track (follow with illuminationor irradiance) and/or chose options such as illumination and/orirradiation modes (such as provide different colored illumination tohighlight or provide IR illumination for military training, forexample). In another embodiment, the user may point a laser or otherlight source with a narrow divergence (such as less than 10 degrees FWHMluminous intensity, for example) at and object/individual/animal, etc.and press or press and hold a button on the device or other remote orportable device to identify the object/individual/animal of interest tothe processor for the AVLED with the imager imaging theobject/individual or animal or a processor remote from the AVLEDreceiving information or images from the AVLED with the imager. Afteridentification for example, a menu could pop-up or a button (region on ascreen) could be pressed to change one or more light properties orillumination or irradiation properties for the object, individual, oranimal In one embodiment, the processor may identify the object from theimager in the AVLED or a remote imager and discriminate from otherobjects, individuals, animals, or regions based on edge detection, colordetection, user generated lines or borders, shining a laser or lightsource around the border, 3D scan, image analysis to produce 3Drepresentations, or other object or edge detection method disclosedherein and the calculated, estimated or identified border may displayedas an overlay on the screen around the border and/or filled in with acolor or an increased luminance overlay. In one embodiment, the user mayselect the border between two regions (or spatial zones) and choose fora soft transition, hard transition (high luminance contrast) or degreeof color morphing along the line or boundary (such as along a lineconnected the color coordinates between the two regions or spatialzones. The user may also select for example, the desired minimum,maximum, or average luminance, illuminance, or irradiance, desired coloror color range, hue, saturation, or mode of illumination or irradianceand the time period for the property, time for changing the property,schedule for change, and electronic trigger to cause the change (such asreal switch, meter, or gauge or virtual switch or trigger eventidentified by a smart home controller system or other system receivinginput or triggers from an external network and/or the internet).

Privacy Protection

In one embodiment, one or more AVLEDs or a system comprising one or moreAVLEDs prevents users from accessing or visualizing images from animager or AVLED comprising an imager of the system. In one embodiment,the relevant light property information and spatial/angular informationis extracted from the image using one or more processors in the AVLEDand the light property information may be further processed (or used aspart of an analysis for illumination or irradiation) or transmitted toother AVLEDs and/or a remote processor, or it can be accessed remotely.In one embodiment, the information from one or more imagers in an AVLEDor an imager or light sensor in communication with one or more AVLED isdisplay in an angular map (such as a concentric circular radar plot,circular or rectangular heat map) such that the information is displayat a resolution matching the angular bins or less than the resolution ofthe imager. In one embodiment, moving individuals or objects or animalsare removed from the images or video from the imager by one or moreprocessors in an AVLED. In one embodiment, the AVLED recognizes anindividual in an image or video and removes the individual from theimage or video. In one embodiment, an AVLED or system comprising one ormore AVLEDs comprises the means for a user or factory settings to turnoff access to the images and/or video that could comprise one or moreindividuals from one or more AVLEDs or cameras or light sensors incommunication with one or more AVLEDs. In one embodiment, the data fromone or more AVLEDs or imagers or light sensors in communication with oneor more AVLEDs does not comprise any personally identifiable images orinformation.

Accessories or Options for Avled

In one embodiment, a system comprising an AVLED or an AVLED comprisesone or more fasteners to connect an accessory or component to the AVLED(such as temporarily connecting a smartphone to the AVLED) or the AVLEDto a device. In one embodiment, the fastener is one or more selectedfrom the group: adhesive, pressure sensitive adhesive, silicone, epoxy,glue, weld, fastener, magnet, pin, threaded fastener, screw, bolt, nut,fixed tab, bendable tab operatively configured to attach components,tie, clamp, clasp, flange, latch, retainer, hook and loop fastener,rivet, clamp, tightening screw, set screw, clamp, tightening andunlocking mechanism, protrusion, pin, strap, ring, clip, clamp, one ormore slots for sliding in a component such as a smartphone, magneticmount, mount that clamps the sides of a smartphone, and other temporaryor permanent locking mechanisms or a suitable fastener known in the art.In one embodiment, the AVLED or system comprising the AVLED comprises anoptical accessory that redirects a portion of the light from the AVLEDto achieve a different angular light output profile. In one embodiment,the AVLED or system comprising the AVELD comprises a light reflectingaccessory comprising two fasteners (such as two bolts passing through ahole in each of two arms of the accessory) that may be screwed intoholes of the AVLED to secure the light reflecting accessory (andoptionally allow re-orientation and/or physical adjustment of thelocation of the light reflecting accessory relative to the AVLED). Inone embodiment, the light reflecting accessory comprising a lighttransmitting material or light reflecting material that totallyinternally reflects light such that it reflects light with component ina direction opposite to the direction of the optical axis of the AVLEDwhere the light reflecting accessory may allow the AVLED to provideup-lighting, for example, when attached to an AVLED in the form of adownlight to be attached to a ceiling. In one embodiment, the AVLEDcomprises a glass cover lens that transmits infrared radiation from theAVLED.

The AVLED may also include or be a component of one or more selectedfrom the group: one or more speakers or sirens, an audio amplifier, oneor more directional speakers, ionization-based smoke detector,photoelectric smoke detector, carbon monoxide detector, a non-AVLEDlight emitting device, a display, a controller method or interface, aserver, processor, non-transitory computer readable media, components ofa computer, power supply, battery, photovoltaic device, fuel cell, oneor more sensors (such as one disclosed herein), a video or graphicinterface port (such as an HDMI input port), radio transceiver, wiredconnection port, Edison style bulb connector for screwing into an Edisonstyle socket, wires for connected to a power supply, cables with anEdison adaptor on one end and wire connector on the opposite end forretrofitting into an Edison bulb socket, for example, mounting hardwarefor mounting into a recessed can or standard junction box, fan,heatsink, heat pipe, other heat dissipation device, fan for cooling aroom such as a ceiling fan, insulation (with an R value greater than 2,4, 6, 8, or 10) such as foam board to position between the AVLED and theceiling to insulate heat that may be generated from the AVLED from theceiling (such as with an AVLED that outputs infrared light in a warmingmode, sprinkler output, a translucent (average ASTM D1003-00 hazegreater than 20%, 15%, 10%, 8%, or 5%, or clear (average ASTM D1003-00haze less than 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, or 1%) globe substantially covering theouter surface of the AVLED (such as for ornamentation), window,skylight, radar device, LIDAR device, head-worn device, head-worndisplay, watch, vehicle, air craft, water craft, land craft, headphone,earphone, microphone, hub, router, camera, smartwatch, musicalinstrument, haptic device, weapon, gun, gaming system, television,monitor, appliance, refrigerator, dishwasher, space heater, clothesdryer (where the AVELD could selectively increase infrared output toregions of clothes that are more wet than others as detected by animager, laser or other sensor, for example) medical device, displayprojector, HVAC controller, thermometer, keyboard, other device,thermostat, computing device or accessory disclosed herein. In oneembodiment, the AVLED and/or a component thereof derives power from awired electrical connection, a battery, solar power, wind power, fluidmotion (such as hydroelectric), DC connection, AC connection, a fuelcell, and/or an electrical electricity conducting grid (such as aceiling). In one embodiment, an AVLED derives the electrical power forillumination, the electrical power for one or more sensors or imagers,and/or the electrical power for processing one or more images andcomputing one or more light properties and/or environmental properties(such as a spatial three-dimensional model of the environment).

FIG. 1 is a side view of an embodiment of an illumination system 100comprising a first AVLED 101 and a second AVLED 102. The first AVLED 101illuminates a room 105 with light from a first angular bin 111 and lightfrom a second angular bin 112. The illumination from the first angularbin 111 creates a shadow region 103. The second AVLED 102 may comprisean imager that detects the shadow region 103. The second AVLED 102 emitslight flux into a first angular bin 121 to illuminate the shadow region103 and reduce the illuminance difference from neighboring regions ofthe room. The second AVLED 102 also directs light into a second angularbin 122. In one embodiment, the light from the second angular bin 122provides indirect illumination by illuminating a wall that reflectslight that illuminates the shadow region 103. In one embodiment, thesecond AVLED 102 comprises an imager and operates in a shadow reductionmode.

FIG. 2 is a flow diagram illustrating an embodiment of a method ofproviding illumination in an environment including angular cycling anAVLED and providing light flux output to one or more light sources intwo or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs 200. In this embodiment,information from setup or operational parameters 201 are provided (orset by default) for one or more illumination methods 202 which mayinclude fixed or predetermined angular light flux output from one ormore AVLEDs 203, angular cycling of one or more AVLED 204, or ambientillumination 205, and may be provided to a calibration method 206 whichmay occur at a calibration event 207. The setup or operationalparameters 201 provide information to determine the light properties ofangular bins, spatial zones, and/or surfaces 209 (such as by using oneor more imagers),In one embodiment, other information from theenvironment 208 (such as information from other sensors (LIDAR, otherphotosensors, other AVLEDs) and/or information received across a networkor system through radiofrequencies, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc., for example)is provided to determine the light properties of angular bins, spatialzones, and/or surfaces 209. In one embodiment, determine the lightproperties of angular bins, spatial zones, and/or surfaces 209 (such asby using one or more imagers) provides feedback for one or more setup oroperational parameters 201 (such as historical information, measurementduration, peak values, minimum values, etc. which may be used forsetting one or more setup or operational parameters). In one embodiment,determine the light properties of angular bins, spatial zones, and/orsurfaces 209 (such as by using one or more imagers) optionally includesone or more steps selected from the group: measure or obtain 3D spatialmodel of the environment 210, measure or obtain luminous reflectanceproperties of surfaces in environment 211, measure or obtain spectralreflectance properties of surfaces in environment 212, determinereflective angular distribution properties of surfaces in environment213, differentiate between low reflectance surfaces and shadows 214,differentiate between high reflectance (such as high luminance/radiance)regions in the environment and external light emitting sources 215, andidentify specific objects/features in environment 216 (such as eyes,mirrors, windows, or facial recognition, for example). In thisembodiment, information from determine the light properties of angularbins, spatial zones, and/or surfaces 209 is compiled to generate a lightfield map for a plurality of angular bins or spatial zones 217. Usinginformation from the light field map for a plurality of angular bins orspatial zones 217, setup or operational parameters 201, and one or moremodes of illumination and/or irradiation and their relative prioritiesand/or weighting 218, one or more processors on one or more AVLEDs candetermine and emit light flux output from one or more light sources intwo or more angular bins of one or more AVLEDs 219 that satisfy one ormore modes of illumination and/or irradiation. The method may includeoptionally perform one or more iterations (re-measure light propertiesfor particular illumination) 220 such as in order to improve accuracy,adapt to a changing environment, or mode of illumination and/orirradiation.

FIG. 3 is a tabular presentation illustrating examples of modes ofillumination and/or irradiation 300 for one or more AVLEDs in anillumination and/or irradiation system comprising one or more AVLEDs.Each of the modes of illumination and/or irradiation 301 may havevariables, operational parameters, thresholds, specifications, targets,priorities, and/or relative weightings.

FIG. 4 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of generating a lightfield map 400 including angular cycling 401 one or more AVLEDs 402 andoptionally other steps (outlined by dashed lines or otherwise noted asoptional). In one embodiment, a method of generating a light field map400 includes angular cycling 401 one or more AVLEDs 402 (such as AVLEDsnumbered A01 to AN where N is the number of AVLEDs) wherein angularcycling 401 includes adjusting the light flux output 408 from one ormore light sources in one or more angular bins 413 (such as angular bins413 numbered B01 to BN where N is the number of angular bins 413 for aparticular AVLED (they may be different in one or more AVLEDs) in one ormore AVLEDs 402 and measuring and or estimating light properties 404(such as luminance, radiance, relative intensity of light on object,spectral reflectance, illuminance, irradiance, or relative lightintensity emitted) from the reflected light 409 from one or moresurfaces and/or spatial zones 405 (such as spatial zones numbered S1 toSN where N is the number of spatial zones 405 corresponding to thenumber of angular bins 413) in the environment 406 based on sensorinformation (such as imager information) from one or more sensors (suchas image sensors) on one or more AVLEDs comprising image sensors 403(such as AVLEDs numbered B01 to BN where N is the number of AVLEDs),fixtures, cameras, vehicles, portable devices, and/or other sensors 412(such as sensors numbered S1 to SN where N is the number of sensors). Inone embodiment, the one or more AVLEDs comprising image sensors 403 arethe same as the one or more AVLEDs 402 emitting light flux output 408.In one embodiment the one or more AVLEDs comprising image sensors 403optionally receive first light or other radiation 411 comprising spatialthree-dimensional information 414 from one or more surfaces and/orspatial zones 405. In one embodiment, the one or more AVLEDs comprisingimage sensors 403 may the optionally emit light or other radiation 410(such as laser light in a LIDAR system) that reflects from the one ormore surfaces and/or spatial zones 405 to become the light or otherradiation 411 comprising spatial three-dimensional information 414. Inthis embodiment, the measured and/or estimated light properties 404 fromthe angular cycling 401, optionally along with spatial three-dimensionalinformation 414, is stored in a light field map 415 for the one or moresurfaces and/or spatial zones 405 for the one or more light sources inthe one or more angular bins 413 in the one or more AVLEDs 402. In oneembodiment, light properties 404 and/or information from the light fieldmap 415 (optionally with spatial three-dimensional information 414) isused to identify angular scan reduction zones 416 such that for a futureevent, calibration, or measurement, the angular cycling 401 may bereduced by (1) reducing or emitting no light flux output 408 from one ormore light sources and/or one or more angular bins 413 and/or one ormore AVLEDs 402 and/or (2) the information for one or more regions of animager or sensor on one or more AVLEDs comprising image sensors 403,fixtures, cameras, vehicles, portable devices, and/or other sensors 412(which may correspond to one or more regions, angular bins 413, and/orthe one or more surfaces and/or spatial zones 405) does not need to beevaluated and/or measured (or a portion of a scan from a scanningdetector does not need to be evaluated for light properties 404).

In another embodiment, the method of generating a light field map fromangular cycling one or more AVLEDs includes one or more steps selectedfrom the group: manual input and/or automatic position and/ororientation information for or one or more AVLEDs, light emittingdevices (including the orientation of the optical axis of the lightoutput), and/or sensors such as imagers (optionally including the fieldof view and orientation of the optical axis of the imager or sensor);determining ambient lighting map; determining static regions (spatialzones and/or angular bins) where angular cycling frequency can bereduced or not be performed until secondary event; obtaining and usingspatial three-dimensional information for the surfaces/objects/people inthe environment to generate the light field map (optionally with thelight property at the surface/object/person in the environment).

In one embodiment, determining the ambient lighting map includes turningoff (or reducing) light flux output for one or more (preferably all)light emitting devices in environment andmeasuring/estimating/calculating light properties at two or more spatialzones using one or more imagers. Determining the ambient lighting mapmay include measuring/estimating/calculating the light property in oneor more spatial zones from light emitted by light sources or lightemitting devices that may be external light sources (external to thesystem comprising one or more AVLED), light emitting devicescontrollable by the system comprising one or more AVLEDs, light emittingdevices with a constant relative angular light output profile, lightfixtures, lamps, bulbs, the sun, the moon, light emitting displays(televisions, monitors, tablets, phones, etc.), light emitting signs, orlight emitting indicators, etc. The light properties of these lightsources or light emitting devices may be measured at particular timesand/or events, in on-state, in the off-state, or at varying light fluxlevels if dimmable (optionally light flux output controllable by thesystem comprising AVLED). In one embodiment, the light properties at twoor more spatial zones for the light sources or light emitting devicesevaluated for the ambient light map may be measured/calculated/estimated(by an AVLED, system comprising an AVLED, or remote device) atparticular times (such as regular, random, scheduled, or on-demandtimes, for example), events such as when the system is turned, or upon asensor detecting a particular event (such as trigger event such as anoccupancy sensor detecting movement).

FIG. 5 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of light flux outputadjustment in two or more angular bins for one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation 500 including optional steps (outlinedby dashed lines or otherwise noted as optional). In this embodiment,information from angular cycling one or more AVLEDs and measuring and/orestimating light properties 502 and fixed angle light propertymeasurements 503 are used to initially identify spatial zone(s) notmeeting target light property(ies) for one or modes 504. This initialinformation is used along with angular cycling one or more AVLEDs,optionally generating a light field map 506, to determine the optimumAVLED(s), angular bin(s), light source(s), and light source flux outputto meet or be closer to the target light property(ies), and emit lightflux from the light source(s) 505. In one embodiment, a method of lightflux output adjustment in two or more angular bins for one or more modesof illumination and/or irradiation 500 optionally includes evaluatelight properties using one or more imagers 508, evaluating if the targetlight property(ies) is met 509, and if yes, then optionally reevaluatethe light properties at future time and/or future event 510, and if no,optionally determine a new ambient lighting map 507 (if needed due tosomething in the environment moving or changing, for example) andidentify spatial zone(s) not meeting light property(ies) for one or moremodes. In one embodiment, the method of light flux output adjustment intwo or more angular bins for one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation 500 optionally includes determine ambient lighting map 501which may be subtracted from the angular cycling one or more AVLEDs andmeasuring and/or estimating light properties 502, subtracted from thefixed angle light property measurements 503, and/or used to initiallyidentify spatial zone(s) not meeting target light property(ies) for oneor modes 504.

FIG. 6 is a flow diagram illustrating a second method of light fluxoutput adjustment in two or more angular bins for one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation 600 including optional steps (outlinedby dashed lines or otherwise noted as optional) and parameters, details,or sub-steps. In this embodiment, information from angular cycling oneor more AVLEDs and measuring and/or estimating light properties 602 andfixed angle light property measurements 603 are used to initiallyidentify spatial zone(s) not meeting target light property(ies) for oneor modes 604. This initial information is used along with angularcycling one or more AVLEDs, optionally generating a light field map 606,to determine the optimum AVLED(s), angular bin(s), light source(s), andlight source flux output to meet or be closer to the target lightproperty(ies), and emit light flux from the light source(s) 605. In oneembodiment, a method of light flux output adjustment in two or moreangular bins for one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation600 optionally includes evaluate light properties using one or moreimagers 608, evaluating if the target light property(ies) is met 609,and if yes, then optionally reevaluate the light properties at futuretime and/or future event 610, and if no, optionally determine a newambient lighting map 607 (if needed due to something in the environmentmoving or changing, for example) and identify spatial zone(s) notmeeting light property(ies) for one or more modes. In one embodiment,the method of light flux output adjustment in two or more angular binsfor one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation 600 optionallyincludes determine ambient lighting map 601 which may be subtracted fromthe angular cycling one or more AVLEDs and measuring and/or estimatinglight properties 602, subtracted from the fixed angle light propertymeasurements 603, and/or used to initially identify spatial zone(s) notmeeting target light property(ies) for one or modes 604.

In one embodiment, a method of light flux output adjustment in two ormore angular bins for one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation in an environment comprises measuring light properties foran environment using fixed angle light property measurements or angularcycling light property measurements; identifying spatial zone(s) notmeeting target light properties for one or more modes; angular cyclingone or more AVLEDs if not already performed in the measurement step;determining optimum AVLED(s), angular bin(s), light source(s), and lightflux output for one or more light sources to reach the target lightproperties for one or one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation. In a further embodiment, the method of light flux outputadjustment further includes one or more steps selected from: determiningthe ambient lighting map data for the environment; subtracting theambient light map data from the fixed angle light property measurementsor the angular cycling light property measurements; taking into accountother modes of illumination and/or irradiation in determining theoptimum light flux output properties; taking into account the color orspectral properties of a surface, the light output, and/or reflectedlight from other surfaces (indirect illumination or irradiation)including color or spectral properties of light reflected from aneighboring surface or other surface(s) in the environment; evaluatingthe light properties of the environment at the calculated and/oroptimized light flux output using one or more imagers; determining a newambient lighting map if the light properties evaluated do not meet thetarget light properties; and re-evaluating the light properties at afuture time and/or future event if the light properties evaluated domeet the target light properties.

In one embodiment, determining the ambient lighting map includes turningoff (adjust to zero light flux output) one or more (preferably all)light fixtures or light emitting devices (such as system controlledlight fixture and/or light emitting devices) in an environment andmeasuring light properties at two or more spatial zones using one ormore imagers on one or more AVLEDs, vehicles, or portable devices. Inone embodiment, fixed angle light property measuring includes measuringand/or calculating light properties of light emitted from one or moreAVLEDs, one or more light emitting devices, light fixtures, one or morevehicles, one or more portable light sources on surfaces in anenvironment from two or more imagers remote from each other (optionallyone imager on an AVLED and one imager remote from the AVLED, or a singleimager repositioned and/or reoriented in the environment to record theproperties from a different measurement angle and/or position such as bymoving a camera on a cellphone in the environment, for example) for apredetermined light flux output (based other mode, predetermined value,or user setting, such as all light sources emitting 100% maximum flux,or 70% maximum flux, etc.) or using a light flux output sweep for one ormore light sources (optionally subtracting ambient lighting map data).In one embodiment, angular cycling light property measuring includesmeasuring and/or calculating light properties of light emitted from oneor more AVLEDs, one or more light fixtures, one or more vehicles, one ormore portable light sources at one or more light flux output levelsand/or from one or more angular bins from one or more AVLEDs on surfacesin an environment from two or more imagers remote from each other(optionally one imager on an AVLED and one imager remote from the AVLED,or a single imager repositioned and/or reoriented in the environment)for a predetermined light flux output (based on another mode,predetermined value, or user setting, such as all light source emittingmaximum flux) which could be a light flux output sweep for one or morelight sources (optionally subtracting the ambient lighting map data). Inanother embodiment, identifying one or more spatial zones not meetingtarget light properties for one or more modes includes comparingmeasured and/or calculated light properties in spatial zones to targetlight properties to determine the difference between the light propertyvalues measured and/or calculated and the target light property values(such as target luminance, target radiance, target relative intensity,target illuminance, target irradiance, target color uniformity, targetspectral uniformity, etc., based on one or more of user input, useradjustable threshold, minimum, predetermined value, user adjustablethreshold, one or modes of illumination and/or irradiation, such asuniform luminance mode, uniform illuminance mode, minimum luminance, orminimum irradiance mode, for example), thus identifying one or morespatial zones where adjustment is needed based on the difference inlight property values from the target light properties values (such asthe difference in light property values greater than a threshold value)and determining the increase or decrease in light property values neededfor one or more spatial zones to meet the target light properties or thedifference between measured and/or calculated light property values andthe target light property values to be less than a threshold differencein light property values. In one embodiment, an angular cycle isperformed for one or more AVLEDs with a predetermined light flux output(based on other mode or user setting, or historical calculation of lightflux output for target light properties, for example) or using a lightflux output sweep, and corresponding light properties are measured andcompared at a plurality spatial zones, each spatial zone, or eachregion, for the light from one or more light sources from two or moreangular bins in one or more AVLEDs using one imager or two or moreimagers on one or more AVLEDs, portable devices, or vehicles which maybe remote from each other to determine or estimate the change in lightproperties due to the light emitted. In one embodiment, the angularcycling generates a light field map for one or more AVLED (andoptionally fixed angle light emitting devices or fixtures). In oneembodiment, angular cycling measurements are used to determine one ormore spatial zones where the light properties of the one or more spatialzones are not meeting the target light properties, optionally includinginformation from the ambient lighting map and/or using previouslyperformed angular cycling measurements.

In one embodiment, the optimum AVLED(s), angular bin(s), lightsource(s), and light source flux output for one or more light sources isdetermined to meet the target light properties for one or more surfaces(including objects, walls, people, eyes of a person, for example) orspatial zones in the environment under one or more modes of illuminationand/or modes of irradiation. In one embodiment, the light flux outputneeded from the one or more light sources in one or more angular bins ofone or more AVLEDs is calculated to increase or decrease the luminance,radiance, relative intensity, illuminance, irradiance and/or change thecolor (spectral properties) of the light output from the one or moreAVLEDs to reach the target light properties for one or more surfaces orspatial zones in the environment. In another embodiment, a local and/orglobal optimized solution for the light flux output from one or morelight sources in one or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs iscalculated to provide an optimized local (such as a spatial zone ofinterest and the neighboring spatial zones, or spatial zones with aparticular light property and spatial zones neighboring the spatial zonewith a particular light property, for example) or optimized global (allspatial zones in an environment or spatial zones of interest in anenvironment, such as desks and pathways in an office environment, forexample) target light property (such as luminance uniformity,illuminance uniformity, relative intensity uniformity, coloruniformity), or desired light properties based on one or more modes ofillumination and/or irradiation (such as reduced or glare freeillumination). In one embodiment, multiple modes of illumination and/orirradiation and their relative priorities with respect to each other areaccounted for in calculating (and optionally optimizing locally orglobally) the light flux output from one or more light sources in one ormore angular bins in one or more AVLEDs. In another embodiment, thecolor or spectral properties of a surface, the light output, and/orreflected light from other surfaces (indirect illumination orirradiation) including color or spectral properties of light reflectedfrom a neighboring surface or other surface in the environment are usedin calculating (and/or optionally optimizing locally or globally) thelight flux output from one or more AVLEDs. In another embodiment, thescattering and/or reflective properties (such as identification orestimation of diffuse reflection, specular reflection, degree of gloss,reflected light angular scatter profile, anisotropic reflectanceparameters, and/or all or a portion of reflective angular distributionproperties (such as all or portions of a Bi-directional ReflectanceDistribution Function, BRDF)) for one or more surfaces (or spatialzones) when illuminated from one or more light sources in one or moreangular bins from one or more AVLEDs are used in calculating (and/oroptionally optimizing locally or globally) the light flux output for oneor more light sources in two or more angular bins in one or more AVLEDs.In a further embodiment, one or more AVLEDs emits light at thecalculated (and/or optionally optimized locally or globally) light fluxoutput. In another embodiment, the light properties based on thecalculated (and/or optimized locally or globally) light flux output forone or more light sources in one or more angular bins in one or moreAVLEDs are evaluated using one or more imagers and the target lightproperties for one or more modes of illumination and/or irradiation. Inone embodiment, a new ambient lighting map is determined if the lightproperties evaluated do not meet the target light properties. In anotherembodiment, the light properties are re-evaluated at a future timeand/or future event if the light properties evaluated do meet the targetlight properties.

FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of light flux outputadjustment in two or more angular bins to reduce shadow zones (shadowzone reduction method) in an environment including optional steps(outlined by dashed lines or otherwise noted as optional) andparameters, details, or sub-steps. In one embodiment, a method ofreducing shadow zones 700 in an environment comprises one or more stepsselected from: initially measuring light properties for an environmentusing fixed angle light property measurements 703 or angular cyclinglight property measurements 702; identifying shadow zones 704 bycomparing the measured light properties with target light properties;angular cycling one or more AVLEDs 706 if not already performed in theinitial or prior measurement step; and determining optimum AVLED(s),angular bin(s), light source(s), and light flux output for one or morelight sources to reach the target light properties for one or morespatial zones and emitting light flux 705 at the calculated and/oroptimized light flux output from the one or more light sources in theone or more angular bins from the one or more AVLEDs. In a furtherembodiment, the method of reducing shadow zones 700 in an environmentfurther includes one or more steps selected from: determining theambient lighting map 701 data for the environment; subtracting theambient light map data from the fixed angle light property measurementsor the angular cycling light property measurements; differentiatingbetween shadows and dark surfaces; taking into account other modes ofillumination and/or irradiation in determining the optimum light fluxoutput properties; taking into account the color or spectral propertiesof a surface, the light output, and/or reflected light from othersurfaces (indirect illumination or irradiation) including color orspectral properties of light reflected from a neighboring surface orother surface(s) in the environment; evaluate the light properties 708of the environment at the calculated and/or optimized light flux outputusing one or more imagers; determine if the target light property(ies)is met 709; determining a new ambient lighting map 707 if the lightproperties evaluated do not meet the target light properties; andre-evaluating the light properties at a future time and/or future event710 if the light properties evaluated do meet the target lightproperties.

In another embodiment, a local and/or global optimized solution for thelight flux output from one or more light sources in one or more angularbins in one or more AVLEDs is calculated to provide an optimized local(such as a shadow zone and the neighboring spatial zones or lowluminance/radiance/intensity spatial zone and neighboring spatial zones)or optimized global (all spatial zones in an environment or spatialzones of interest in an environment (such as desks and pathways in anoffice environment) target light property (such as luminance uniformity,illuminance uniformity, or relative intensity uniformity), or desiredlight properties based on one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation. In another embodiment, other modes of illumination and/orirradiation and their relative priorities with respect to each other andthe shadow reduction mode are accounted for in calculating (andoptionally optimizing locally or globally) the light flux output.

FIG. 8 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of differentiatingbetween a shadow region and a dark object 800. In this method, one ormore of the following steps provides input information to the stepdifferentiate between shadow region and dark object 804: examineluminance/radiance/relative intensity of region when illuminated usingdifferent angular bins from one AVLED 801; examineluminance/radiance/relative intensity of region when illuminated usingone or more angular bins from each of two or more AVLEDs 802; andexamine luminance/radiance/relative intensity of region when illuminatedusing one or more angular bins from each of N (whole number) or moreAVLEDs 803. In one embodiment, examine luminance/radiance/relativeintensity of region when illuminated using different angular bins fromone AVLED 801 includes illumination using two or more indirectillumination angular bins and/or illumination using a directillumination angular bin and one or more indirect illumination angularbins. In one embodiment, the step examine luminance/radiance/relativeintensity of region when illuminated using one or more angular bins fromeach of two or more AVLEDs 802 includes one or more steps selected fromthe group: illumination using two or more direct illumination angularbins; illumination using two or more indirect illumination angular bins;and illumination using at least one direct illumination angular bin andone or more indirect illumination angular bins. In one embodiment, thestep examine luminance/radiance/relative intensity of region whenilluminated using one or more angular bins from each of N (whole number)or more AVLEDs 803 includes one or more steps selected from the group:illumination using N or more direct illumination angular bins;illumination using N or more indirect illumination angular bins; andillumination using at least one direct illumination angular bin and N ormore indirect illumination angular bins. In one embodiment, the methodof differentiating between a shadow region and a dark object 800optionally uses spatial three-dimensional data for surfaces in theenvironment 805 as input for the step differentiate between shadowregion and dark object 804.

FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of an AVLED 900 (suchas a ceiling-mounted AVLED) with an AROE 902 that totally internallyreflects first light 905 from one or more light sources 901. In thisembodiment, the AVLED 900 has an optical axis 908 parallel to the nadirand comprises an AROE 902 with a lower surface 904 suspended below theone or more light sources 901 of the AVLED 900 by support arms 903 suchthat first light 905 from the one or more light sources 901 above afirst angle from the optical axis 908 of the AVLED 900 (and/or thenadir) enters the AROE 902 and totally internally reflects from thelower surface 904 of the AROE 902 and exits 906 the AROE 902 intodirections with a directional component in a direction opposite to theoptical axis 908 of the AVLED 900 (back toward the ceiling around theAVLED in an AVLED downlight, for example). Second light 907 at anglesless than the first angle from the optical axis 908 of the AVLED (and/orthe nadir) transmits through the AROE 902 (optionally reflected and/orrefracted by the AROE 902) and exits the AROE 902 and/or AVLED 900 witha directional component parallel to the optical axis 908 of the AVLED900 (and/or parallel to the nadir). In one embodiment, the first angleis greater than one selected from the group: 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, and65 degrees.

FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of an AVLED 1000(such as a ceiling-mounted AVLED) with an AROE 1002 that reflects firstlight 1005 from one or more light sources 901. In this embodiment, theAVLED 1000 has an optical axis 908 parallel to the nadir and comprisesan AROE 1002 with a reflective coating 1009 in an annular shape (whenviewed from below) on an upper surface 1004 of the AROE 1002 which issuspended below the one or more light sources 901 of the AVLED 1000 bysupport arms 1003 such that first light 1005 from the one or more lightsources 1001 above a first angle from the optical axis 908 of the AVLED1000 (and/or the nadir) reflects from the reflective coating 1009 of theAROE 1002 and exits 1006 the AVLED 1000 into directions with adirectional component in a direction opposite to the optical axis 908 ofthe AVLED 1000 (back toward the ceiling around the AVLED in an AVLEDdownlight, for example). Second light 1007 at angles less than the firstangle from the optical axis 908 of the AVLED (and/or the nadir)transmits through the AROE 1002 (optionally reflected and/or refractedby the AROE 1002) and exits the AROE 1002 and/or AVLED 1000 with adirectional component parallel to the optical axis 908 of the AVLED 1000(and/or parallel to the nadir) In one embodiment, the first angle isgreater than one selected from the group: 30, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, and 65degrees.

FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED 1100 comprising aspatial array light source 1109, an AROE 1108, and an imager 1106. Thespatial array light source 1109 (such as a micro-led array) comprises afirst light source 1101, second light source 1102, third light source1103, fourth light source 1104, and fifth light source 1105. As FIG. 11is a cross-sectional view, only one row of light sources in the xdirection is visible whereas the spatial array light source 1109comprises columns of light sources parallel to the y direction (into andout of the page). First light 1111 from the first light source 1101 isdirected by the AROE 1108 into a first angular bin 1121 corresponding toa first spatial zone 1131 in the environment. Second light 1112 from thesecond light source 1102 is directed by the AROE 1108 into a secondangular bin 1122 corresponding to a second spatial zone 1132 in theenvironment. Third light 1113 from the third light source 1103 isdirected by the AROE 1108 into a third angular bin 1123 corresponding toa third spatial zone 1133 in the environment. Fourth light 1114 from thefourth light source 1104 is directed by the AROE 1108 into a fourthangular bin 1124 corresponding to a fourth spatial zone 1134 in theenvironment. Fifth light 1115 from the fifth light source 1105 isdirected by the AROE 1108 into a fifth angular bin 1125 corresponding toa fifth spatial zone 1135 in the environment. The imager 1106 on theAVLED 1100 receives reflected light 1107 from one or more surfaces orzones including the first spatial zone 1131, the second spatial zone1132, the third spatial zone 1133, the fourth spatial zone, 1134, andthe fifth spatial zone 1135. In one embodiment, the light flux outputfrom one or more of the first light source 1101, the second light source1102, the third light source 1103, the fourth light source 1104, and thefifth light source 1105 is adjusted based at least in part onmeasurements and/or evaluations of light properties using the imager1106 and optionally one or more modes of illumination and/orirradiation. In one embodiment, the AROE is a Fresnel lens with anaverage thickness less than one selected from the group of 2, 1, 0.5,0.3, 0.2, 0.1 millimeters.

FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED 1200 comprising alaser 1201, a scanner 1202, an AROE 1208, and an imager 1206. Laserlight 1203 emitted from the laser 1201 is scanned by the scanner 1202with directional components in the x-z plane and y-z planes (scanned intheta and phi from an optical axis 1204 of the AVLED 1200 parallel tothe +z axis and the nadir) and is received by the AROE 1208 andredirected by the AROE 1208 (most light is directed into larger anglesfrom the optical axis 1204) including first light 1211 in a firstangular bin 1221 corresponding to a first spatial zone 1231 in theenvironment, second light 1212 in a second angular bin 1222corresponding to a second spatial zone 1232 in the environment, thirdlight 1213 in a third angular bin 1223 corresponding to a third spatialzone 1233 in the environment, fourth light 1214 in a fourth angular bin1224 corresponding to a fourth spatial zone 1234 in the environment, andfifth light 1215 in a fifth angular bin 1225 corresponding to a fifthspatial zone 1235 in the environment. As FIG. 12 is a cross-sectionalview, only one row of angular bins with directional components the +x or−x direction is visible whereas the laser light 1203 from the laser 1201is also scanned in the y-z plane with directional components in the +yor −y directions. The flux of the laser light 1203 emitted by laser 1201may be adjusted at for the first angular bin 1221, second angular bin1222, third angular bin 1223, fourth angular bin 1224, and/or fifthangular bin 1225 based at least in part on measurements and/orevaluations of light properties using the imager 1106 and optionally oneor more modes of illumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, acollimated, high-brightness light source, such as collimated LED, isscanned instead of the laser 1201. In one embodiment, the AROE 1208 isnot used and the scan angles (and corresponding angular bins) aredetermined by the scanner 1202.

FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional side view of an AVLED 1300 comprising aspatial array light source 1304 (such as a micro-LED array) on asubstrate 1306, and an AROE 1305 in a housing 1307. In this embodiment,the AROE 1305 comprises a planoconvex lens 1308, a biconcave lens 1309,and negative meniscus lens 1310 (in order seen by light from the spatialarray light source 1304). As FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view, only onerow of light sources in the x direction is visible whereas the spatialarray light source 1304 comprises columns of light sources parallel tothe y direction (into and out of the page). First light 1311 from thefirst light source 1301 of the spatial array light source 1304 isdirected by the AROE 1305 into a first angular bin 1321. Second light1312 from the second light source 1302 of the spatial array light source1304 is directed by the AROE 1305 into a second angular bin 1322. Thirdlight 1313 from the third light source 1303 of the spatial array lightsource 1304 is directed by the AROE 1305 into a third angular bin 1323.The AVLED 1300 further comprises an imager 1314 that receives reflectedlight 1315 from the environment due to illumination from the AVLED 1300(or from external illumination sources such as other AVLEDs). The lightflux output from each of the light sources in the spatial array lightsource is adjusted based at least in part on measurements and/orevaluations of light properties using the imager 1314 and optionally oneor more modes of illumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, theAVLED 1300 comprises an optical fold device (such as a partial mirror,dielectric coating, reflective polarizer, or total internal reflectionsurface of a lens, for example) oriented at an angle such as 45 degreesto the optical axis of the AROE 1305 such that the light output from thespatial array light source 1304 and the reflected light 1315 input tothe imager 1314 share at least a portion of the same optical axis and/orall or a portion of the optical path through the AROE 1305. For example,in one embodiment, the AROE is a ultra-wide-angle lens, and the AVLEDcomprises a reflective polarizer between the AROE and the spatial arraylight source such that the AROE directs light from the spatial arraylight source into wide angles and the AROE directs wide angle lightreceived from the environment to the imager. In this example, only oneultra-wide-angle lens is needed for the AVLED and the spatial zones fromthe angular bins are substantially aligned with the image in the imagersince they may be coaxial such that fewer calculations are needed toalign the regions (pixels) of the imager to the spatial zones.

FIG. 14 is a top view of a spatial array light source 1400 suitable foruse in an embodiment of an AVLED, the spatial array light sourcecomprising a plurality of substrates oriented at an angle to each other.In this embodiment, the spatial array light source 1400 comprises afirst substrate 1411 comprising a first set of light sources 1401 (suchas micro-LEDs) oriented at a first substrate angle less than a firstangle (such as less than −20 degrees) to a first axis 1406 (see FIG. 15)in a first output plane (y-z plane), a second set of light sources 1402on a second substrate 1412 oriented at a second substrate angle 1422less than a second angle (such as less than −20 degrees) to the firstaxis 1406 (see FIG. 15) in a second output plane (x-z plane) orthogonalto the first output plane, a third set of light sources 1403 on a thirdsubstrate 1413 oriented at a third substrate angle greater than a thirdangle (such as greater than +20 degrees) to the first axis 1406 (seeFIG. 15) in the first output plane (y-z plane), a fourth set of lightsources 1404 on a fourth substrate 1414 oriented at a fourth substrateangle 1424 greater than a fourth angle (such as greater than +20degrees) to the first axis 1406 (see FIG. 15) in the second output plane(x-z plane), and a fifth set of light sources 1405 on a fifth substrate1415 oriented substantially orthogonal to the first axis 1406 (see FIG.15) (thus substantially in the x-z plane). In one embodiment, an AVLEDcomprises the spatial array light source 1400 and an AROE. In oneembodiment, a spatial array light source comprises a plurality of lightsources on a plurality of substrates at angles greater than 0 degrees toeach other (or on a surface curved outward in the light emittingdirection), wherein the plurality of light sources have an angularfull-width at half maximum intensity less than 20, 15, 10, 8, 5 or 3degrees. In one embodiment, the first axis 1406 is the optical axis ofthe AVLED, optical axis of the AROE, optical axis of the spatial arraylight source, or device axis of the AVLED. In one embodiment, a spatialarray light source comprises a plurality of light sources on a pluralityof substrates at angles greater than 0 degrees to each other (or on asurface curved outward in the light emitting direction), wherein theplurality of light sources have an angular full-width at half maximumintensity less than 20, 15, 10, 8, 5 or 3 degrees.

FIG. 15 is a side view of the spatial array light source 1400 of FIG.14.

In one embodiment, a system comprises a first light emitting devicecomprising one or more light sources collectively emitting light out ofthe first light emitting device into at least a first angular bin and asecond angular bin different from the first angular bin wherein a firstlight flux output from the first angular bin directly illuminates afirst region of the environment and a second light flux output from thesecond angular bin directly illuminates a second region of theenvironment different from the first region, and the first light fluxoutput from the first angular bin and the second light flux output fromthe second angular bin are each independently controlled; and a firstimager positioned and oriented to substantially image the lightreflected from the environment due to illumination from the first lightemitting device, wherein the first imager captures a first image of thereflected light from the environment due to illumination from only thefirst light flux output and a second image of the reflected light fromthe environment due to only the second light flux output; and a secondlight emitting device positioned at a distance greater than 3 feet fromthe first light emitting device, the second light emitting devicecomprising one or more light sources collectively emitting light out ofthe second light emitting device into at least a third angular bin and afourth angular bin different from the third angular bin, wherein a thirdlight flux output from the third angular bin directly illuminates athird region of the environment and a fourth light flux output from thefourth angular bin directly illuminates a fourth region of theenvironment different from the third region, and the third light fluxoutput from the third angular bin and the fourth light flux output fromthe fourth angular bin are each independently controlled; and a secondimager positioned and oriented to substantially image the lightreflected from the environment due to illumination from the second lightemitting device, wherein the imager captures a third image of thereflected light from the environment due to illumination from only thethird light flux output, a fourth image of the reflected light from theenvironment due to only the fourth light flux output, and a fifth imageof the reflected light from the environment due to only the first lightflux output, wherein, if the fifth image indicates a sub-region of thefirst region is a shadow region of the environment due to a shadow fromthe first light flux output interacting with a surface of theenvironment, and the third region at least partially overlaps thesub-region, the second light emitting device emits light into the thirdangular bin when the first light emitting device emits light into thefirst angular bin.

In one embodiment, a method of illuminating an environment comprisesemitting a first light flux from one or more first light sources in anangularly varying light emitting device into a first angular bin at afirst time period, the first light flux directly illuminating a firstspatial zone in the environment; capturing a first image of theenvironment including light from the first light flux reflected from theenvironment using a first imager within the first time period; emittinga second light flux different from the first light flux from one or moresecond light sources in the light emitting device different from the oneor more first light sources into a second angular bin different from thefirst angular bin at a second time period different from the first timeperiod, the second light flux directly illuminating a second spatialzone in the environment different from the first spatial zone; capturinga second image of the environment including light from the second lightflux reflected from the environment using the first imager within thesecond time period; determining or estimating one or more lightproperties of a region of the environment based at least in part onanalyzing the first image and the second image using one or moreprocessors; and increasing or decreasing the first light flux due to atleast in part to the one or more light properties of the region of theenvironment. In one embodiment, the increasing or decreasing the firstlight flux includes increasing or decreasing the first light flux due inpart to the specification, operational parameters, target value,threshold value, or measured or evaluated light property for one or moremodes of illumination and/or irradiation. In one embodiment, the angularwidths in theta and phi spherical coordinates of the first angular binand the second angular bin are less than 10 degrees, 5, degrees, or 2degrees. In one embodiment, the method of illuminating an environmentfurther comprises emitting a third light flux from one or more thirdlight sources in the light emitting device different from the one ormore first light sources and the one or more second light sources into athird angular bin different from the first angular bin and the secondangular bin at a third time period different from the first time periodand the second time period, the third light flux directly illuminating athird spatial zone in the environment different from the first spatialzone and the second spatial zone; and capturing a third image of theenvironment including light from the third light flux reflected from theenvironment using the first imager, wherein determining or estimatingthe one or more light properties for the region of the environment isfurther based at least in part on analyzing the third image using theone or more processors. In one embodiment, the one or more lightproperties of the region of the environment includes illuminance of theregion due to the first light flux and the second light flux. In oneembodiment, the region of the environment includes all or a portion ofthe first spatial zone or the second spatial zone. In one embodiment,the first light flux indirectly illuminates the region of theenvironment by reflecting off of one or more surfaces of theenvironment. In another embodiment, the first imager is calibrated forluminance, radiance, or relative intensity. In one embodiment, the firstimager is an imager on a portable device, the angularly varying lightemitting device comprises the first imager, or a second angularlyvarying light emitting device comprises the first imager. In oneembodiment, the angularly varying light emitting device comprises aspatial array light source comprising the one or more first lightsources and the one or more second light sources. In one embodiment, thespatial array light source is an array of light emitting diodes or amicro-LED array. In one embodiment, a method of illuminating anenvironment comprises angular cycling angular light flux output in aplurality of different angular bins of an angularly varying lightemitting device by increasing and decreasing light flux output from eachlight source of a plurality of light sources, each light source of theplurality of light sources is associated with a different angular bin ofthe plurality of different angular bins; capturing using an imager aplurality of images of the environment synchronized with the light fluxoutput from each light source of the plurality of light sources;determining a measured or estimated illuminance in a first spatial zonecorresponding to a first angular bin of the plurality of differentangular bins due to each light source of the plurality of light sourcesbased at least in part on analysis of the plurality of images of theenvironment; and independently adjusting the light flux output from oneor more light sources of the plurality of light sources to achieve atarget illuminance in the first spatial zone based at least in part onthe measured or estimated illuminance in the first spatial zone. In oneembodiment, the angularly varying light emitting device comprises amicro-LED array, and the plurality of light sources are micro-LEDs inthe micro-LED array. In one embodiment, a method of illuminating asurface in an environment comprises angular cycling angular light fluxoutput in a plurality of different angular bins of an angularly varyinglight emitting device by increasing and decreasing light flux outputfrom each light source of a plurality of light sources, each lightsource of the plurality of light sources is associated with a differentangular bin of the plurality of different angular bins; capturing usingan imager a plurality of images of the environment synchronized with thelight flux output from each light source of the plurality of lightsources; determining a measured or estimated illuminance of the surfacein the environment due to each light source of the plurality of lightsources based at least in part on an analysis of the plurality of imagesof the environment; and independently adjusting the light flux outputfrom one or more light sources of the plurality of light sources toachieve a target illuminance at the surface based at least in part onthe measured or estimated illuminance of the surface. In one embodiment,the angularly varying light emitting device comprises a micro-LED array,wherein the micro-LED array comprises the plurality of light sources. Inanother embodiment, light flux output from a first light source of theplurality of light sources indirectly illuminates the surface byreflecting from a second surface in the environment, and determining ameasured or estimated illuminance of the surface in the environmentincludes determining a measured or estimated illuminance of the surfacedue to indirect illumination from the first light source.

Equivalents

Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using nomore than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specificprocedures described herein. Such equivalents are considered to bewithin the scope of the invention. Various substitutions, alterations,and modifications may be made to the invention without departing fromthe spirit and scope of the invention. Other aspects, advantages, andmodifications are within the scope of the invention. This application isintended to cover any adaptations or variations of the specificembodiments discussed herein. Therefore, it is intended that thisdisclosure be limited only by the claims and the equivalents thereof.

Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing feature sizes,amounts, and physical properties used in the specification and claimsare to be understood as being modified by the term “about”. Accordingly,unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth inthe foregoing specification and attached claims are approximations thatcan vary depending upon the desired properties sought to be obtained bythose skilled in the art utilizing the teachings disclosed herein.

What is claimed is:
 1. A light emitting system comprising: an angularlyvarying light emitting device comprising one or more light sources, theangularly varying light emitting device operable to individually adjustlight flux output from the one or more light sources into differentangular bins in an environment; and at least one light sensor positionedto receive light from the environment, wherein the angularly varyinglight emitting device emits light flux into different angular bins atdifferent time periods, the at least one light sensor providesinformation related to light from the light flux reflected from theenvironment in one or more spatial zones at the different time periods,and the angularly varying light emitting device adjusts the light fluxoutput in at least one angular bin based at least in part on analysis ofthe information received by the light sensor and a target luminance forthe one or more spatial zones.
 2. The light emitting system of claim 1wherein the angularly varying light emitting device adjusts the lightflux output in two angular bins that illuminate the one or more spatialzones.
 3. The light emitting system of claim 2 wherein the light fluxoutput in the two angular bins simultaneously illuminate the one or morespatial zones.
 4. The light emitting system of claim 3 wherein lightflux output in one angular bin of the two angular bins illuminates theone or more spatial zones indirectly by reflecting off of one or moresurfaces in the environment.
 5. The light emitting system of claim 1wherein the one or more spatial zones can be defined by a user of thelight emitting system.
 6. The light emitting system of claim 5 whereinthe at least one light sensor provides an image of the environment, andthe user can select the one or more spatial zones based on a display ofthe image.
 7. The light emitting system of claim 5 wherein the targetluminance is determined specifically for the user when the user ispresent in the environment.
 8. The light emitting system of claim 7wherein the target luminance is determined specifically for the userwhen the user is present in the environment and the target luminancechanges based on activity of the user in the environment.
 9. The lightemitting system of claim 1 wherein the at least one light sensorcomprises a photopic correction filter, the light from the light fluxreflected from the environment passes through the photopic correctionfilter, and the light flux output in the at least one angular bin isadjusted based at least in part on a luminance calculated or estimatedfrom the information provided by the at least one light sensor.
 10. Thelight emitting system of claim 1 wherein the at least one light sensorcomprises an imager with a plurality of pixels below a plurality oflight filters, and the light flux output in the at least one angular binis adjusted based at least in part on luminance calculated or estimatedbased at least in part from information from the plurality of pixelsbeneath the plurality of light filters corresponding to the one or morespatial zones.
 11. The light emitting system of claim 10 wherein theplurality of light filters comprise red, green, and blue color filters.12. The light emitting system of claim 1 wherein the at least one lightsensor comprises an imaging sensor on a portable device.
 13. The lightemitting system of claim 1 wherein the at least one light sensorcomprises an imaging sensor calibrated to provide spectral information,and the information related to the light from the light flux reflectedfrom the environment includes spectral information of light from thelight flux reflected from a surface in the one or more spatial zones.14. The light emitting system of claim 1 wherein the light emittingsystem determines the at least one angular bin to adjust the light fluxoutput at least in part based on the information related to the lightfrom the light flux reflected from the environment and the targetluminance
 15. A light emitting system comprising: an angularly varyinglight emitting device comprising one or more light sources, theangularly varying light emitting device operable to individually adjustlight flux output into different angular bins in an environment; and atleast one light sensor positioned to receive light from the environment,wherein the angularly varying light emitting device emits light fluxinto different angular bins in the environment, the at least one lightsensor provides first information related to light from the light fluxfrom each of the different angular bins reflected from the environmentin one or more spatial zones, and the angularly varying light emittingdevice adjusts the light flux output in at least one angular bin basedat least in part on analysis of the first information received by thelight sensor and a target light property for the one or more spatialzones.
 16. The light emitting system of claim 15 wherein the targetlight property is luminance
 17. The light emitting system of claim 15wherein the target light property is irradiance.
 18. The light emittingsystem of claim 15 wherein the target light property is illuminance 19.The light emitting system of claim 15 wherein the at least one lightsensor provides second information related to light reflected from theenvironment in the one or more spatial zones at a time after providingthe first information, and the angularly varying light emitting deviceadjusts light flux output in at least one angular bin based at least inpart on analysis of the second information received by the light sensorand a target light property for the one or more spatial zones.
 20. Amethod of emitting light into an environment, the method comprising:emitting light flux into different angular bins in an environment froman angularly varying light emitting device operable to individuallyadjust light flux output into different angular bins in the environment;receive first information from at least one light sensor related tolight from the light flux from each of the different angular binsreflected from the environment in one or more spatial zones; andadjusting the light flux output from the angularly varying lightemitting device in at least one angular bin based at least in part onanalysis of the first information received by the light sensor and atarget light property for the one or more spatial zones.